2014 Kia Sorento 37088

XM(FL) CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.
QXP 1/23/2013 3:19 PM Page 1
Kia, THE COMPANY

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.
As a global vehicle manufacturer focused on building high-qual-
ity, value for money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to provid-
ing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your
expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at

the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement can be carried out.
This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions

and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As
a result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not
applicable to your specific Kia vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

XM(FL) CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.QXP 1/23/2013 3:19 PM Page 2
Foreword
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.
When you require service, remember that your Kia Dealer knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained
technicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfac-
tion. Because subsequent owners require this important information as well, this publication should remain with the
vehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about
your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important infor-
mation on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the rec-
ommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features for its various models. Therefore, some of the equip-
ment described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.
The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the
right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obliga-
tion. If you have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2013 Kia Canada Inc.

All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by
any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written author-
ization from Kia Canada Inc.
Printed in U. S. A.
i
XM(FL) CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.QXP 1/23/2013 3:19 PM Page 3
Introduction
How to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process / Vehicle handling instructions / 1
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders
Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment
2
Safety features of your vehicle

Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag
3
Features of your vehicle
Keys / Door locks / Tailgate / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panoramic sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors 4
/ Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Multimedia system / Etc.
table of contents Driving your vehicle
Before driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / All Wheel Drive (AWD) / Brake system / 5
Cruise control system / Active ECO system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.
What to do in an emergency
Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.
6
Maintenance
Engine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid / 7
Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Etc.
Specifications & Consumer information 8

Index I
ii
XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 1.QXP 3/21/2013 3:25 PM Page 1
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Operation in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

We want to help you get the greatest The general layout of the manual is You will find various WARNINGs,
possible driving pleasure from your provided in the Table of Contents. CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can Use the index when looking for a manual. These WARNINGs were pre-
assist you in many ways. We strong- specific area or subject; it has an pared to enhance your personal safe-
ly recommend that you read the alphabetical listing of all information ty.You should carefully read and follow
entire manual. In order to minimize in your manual. ALL procedures and recommenda-
the chance of death or injury, you Sections: This manual has eight sections provided in these WARNINGs,
must read the WARNING and CAU- tions plus an index. Each section CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
TION sections in the manual. begins with a brief list of contents so
Illustrations complement the words you can tell at a glance if that section
in this manual to best explain how to has the information you want. WARNING
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your A WARNING indicates a situa-
manual, you will learn about fea- tion in which harm, serious bod-
tures, important safety information, ily injury or death could result if
and driving tips under various road the warning is ignored.
conditions.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
1 2
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to use Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol
only unleaded fuel having a pump WARNING may be used in your vehicle.
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 • Do not "top off" after the noz- Do not use gasohol containing more
(Research Octane Number 91) or zle automatically shuts off than 10% ethanol, and do not use
higher. when refueling. gasoline or gasohol containing any
• Tighten the cap until it clicks methanol. Ethanol provides less
Your new vehicle is designed to one time, otherwise the Check energy than gasoline and it attracts
obtain maximum performance with Engine light will illumi- water, and it is thus likely to reduce
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- nate. your fuel efficiency and could lower
mize exhaust emissions and spark your MPG results.
• Always check that the fuel cap
plug fouling. is installed securely to pre- Methanol may cause drivability prob-
vent fuel spillage, especially lems and damage to the fuel system.
CAUTION in the event of an accident. Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Never add any fuel system
cleaning agents to the fuel tank Vehicle damage or drivability prob-
Gasoline containing alcohol and lems may not be covered by the
other than what has been speci- methanol
fied. (Consult an authorized Kia manufacturer’s warranty if they result
dealer for details.) Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and from the use of:
ethanol (also known as grain alco- 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing
hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- methanol.
taining methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
1 3
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- Use of MTBE Fuel Additives

prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 Kia recommends avoiding fuels con- Kia recommends that you use good
percent gasoline, and is manufac- taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl quality gasolines treated with deter-
tured exclusively for use in Flexible Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen gent additives such as TOP TIER
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-
ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85” Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vent deposit formation in the engine.
may result in poor engine perform- vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) These gasolines will help the engine
ance and damage to your vehicle's may reduce vehicle performance and run cleaner and enhance perform-
engine and fuel system. Kia recom- produce vapor lock or hard starting. ance of the Emission Control
mends that customers do not use System. For more information on
fuel with an ethanol content exceed- TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,
ing 15%. CAUTION please go to the website (www.top-
Your New Vehicle Limited tiergas.com)
CAUTION Warranty may not cover damage For customers who do not use TOP
Your New Vehicle Limited to the fuel system and any per- TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
Warranty does not cover dam- formance problems that are and have problems starting or the
age to the fuel system or any caused by the use of fuels con- engine does not run smoothly, addi-
performance problems caused taining methanol or fuels con- tives that you can buy separately
by the use of “E85” fuel. taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary may be added to the gasoline.
Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of additive
CAUTION should be added to the fuel tank at
Do not use methanol every 7,500miles or every engine oil
Never use gasohol which con- Fuels containing methanol (wood change is recommended. Additives
tains methanol. Discontinue use alcohol) should not be used in your are available from your authorized
of any gasohol product which vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce Kia dealer along with information on
impairs drivability. vehicle performance and damage how to use them. Do not mix other
components of the fuel system. additives.
1 4
Introduction
VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN

Operation in foreign countries INSTRUCTIONS PROCESS
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to: As with other vehicles of this type, No special break-in period is need-
failure to operate this vehicle correct- ed. By following a few simple precau-
• Observe all regulations regarding ly may result in loss of control, an tions for the first 1,000 km (600
registration and insurance. accident or vehicle rollover. miles) you may add to the perform-
• Determine that acceptable fuel is Specific design characteristics (high- ance, economy and life of your vehi-
available. er ground clearance, track, etc.) give cle.
this vehicle a higher center of gravity • Do not race the engine.
than other types of vehicles. In other • While driving, keep your engine
words they are not designed for cor- speed (rpm, or revolutions per
nering at the same speeds as con- minute) between 2,000 rpm and
ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. 4,000 rpm.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu-
vers. Again, failure to operate this • Do not maintain a single speed for
vehicle correctly may result in loss of long periods of time, either fast or
control, an accident or vehicle slow. Varying engine speed is
rollover. Be sure to read the needed to properly break-in the
“Reducing the risk of a rollover” engine.
driving guidelines, in section 5 of • Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
this manual. gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Don't let the engine idle longer
than 3 minutes at one time.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
2,000 km (1,200 miles) of opera-
tion.
1 5
Exterior overview .I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Exterior overview
Interior overview .II.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2-4
Interior overview
Instrument panel overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2-5
Instrument
Engine compartment
panel overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2-6 2
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
1. Hood......................................................4-38
2. Head lamp ...........................................4-108
3. Fog lamp .............................................4-112
4. Wheel and tire .......................................7-50
5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-64
6. Panorama sunroof.................................4-44
7. Front windshield wiper blades ...............7-44
8. Windows ................................................4-33
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OXMA013001
2 2
■ Rear view
9. Door locks .............................................4-21

10. Fuel filler lid .........................................4-40
11. Rear combination lamp
12. High mounted stop lamp
13. Rear window wiper blade ....................7-45
14. Tailgate ................................................4-25
15. Antenna .............................................4-159
16. Rearview camera ..............................4-106
17. Parking assist system .......................4-102
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OXM013002L
2 3
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Driver position memory system button .....3-8

2. Inside door handle ...................................4-22
3. Power window switch...............................4-33
4. Central door lock switch ..........................4-23
5. Power window lock button .......................4-36
6. Outside rearview mirror control ...............4-65
7. Outside rearview mirror folding ...............4-66
8. Fuel filler lid open switch .........................4-40
9. Parking assist system On/Off button.....4-102
10. AWD Lock button...................................5-23
11. ESC Off button ......................................5-36
12. Instrument panel illumination
control switch .........................................4-69
13. BSD On/OFF button ..............................5-49
14. Steering wheel.......................................4-49
15. Steering wheel warmer On/Off Button ..4-51
16. Tilt and telescopic steering
control lever .........................................4-50
17. Lighting control lever............................4-109
18. Inner panel fuse panel...........................7-65
19. Parking brake pedal...............................5-32
20. Hood release lever.................................4-38
21. AC inverter...........................................4-152
22. Active ECO ...........................................5-54
23. Seat..........................................................3-2
❈ The actual interior in the vehicle may differ from the illustration
OXMA013003N
2 4
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Audio remote control buttons ............4-160

2. Driver’s front air bag ............................3-60
3. Horn.....................................................4-51
4. Instrument cluster................................4-68
5. Wiper and washer control lever .........4-113
6. Ignition switch or
Engine start/stop button .................5-5, 5-8
7. Cruise control button ...........................5-44
8. Digital clock .......................................4-154
9. Audio .................................................4-159
10. Hazard warning flasher .......................6-2
11. Climate control system.........4-121, 4-131
12. Front seat warmer /
Seat cooler ...............................3-12, 3-14
13. Power outlet.....................................4-151
14. Cup holder.......................................4-149
15. Center console storage box ............4-146
16. Rear seat warmer..............................3-21
17. Glove box ........................................4-146
18. Passenger’s front air bag ..................3-60
❈ The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration
OXM013004L
2 5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline Engine (Theta II 2.4L) - GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-34

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-31
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-36
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-39
5. Fuse box ...........................................7-64
6. Negative battery terminal..................7-47
7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-47
■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.3L) - GDI
8. Radiator cap .....................................7-35
9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-31
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-37
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODMEMC2001/ONCEIN2007
2 6
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 • Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66

• Front seat adjustment - Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 • Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
• Front seat adjustment - Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 • Inflation and non-inflation conditions of
• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 the air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70, 3-72
• Seat cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 • SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 • Additional safety precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
3
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 • Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
• Tether Anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
• Securing a child restraint seat with
child seat lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Air bag - supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . 3-47
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
• Do not Installing a child restraint on a front
passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
• Occupant classification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
• Main components of occupant detection system . . . 3-55
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height
(Driver’s seat)
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*
Manual seat
(5) Seat warmer* /
Manual seat Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat)*
(6) Headrest
2nd row seat

(7) Forward and backward*
Power seat
Power seat (8) Seatback angle and folding
(9) Headrest
(10) Armrest
(11) Seat warmer*
3rd row seat*

(12) Seatback folding
(13) Headrest
* if equipped
OXMA033001
3 2
WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING - Driver’s seat

objects responsibility for front seat • Never attempt to adjust the
Loose objects in the driver’s passenger seat while the vehicle is mov-
foot area could interfere with Riding in a vehicle with a front ing. This could result in loss
the operation of the foot pedals, seatback reclined could lead to of control, and an accident
possibly causing an accident. serious or fatal injury in an acci- causing death, serious injury,
Do not place anything under the dent. If a front seat is reclined or property damage.
front seats. during an accident, the occu- • Do not allow anything to inter-
pant’s hips may slide under the fere with the normal position
lap portion of the seat belt, apply- of the seatback. Storing items
WARNING - Uprighting ing great force to the unprotect- against a seatback or in any
seat ed abdomen. Serious or fatal other way interfering with
internal injuries could result. The proper locking of a seatback
When you return the seatback
driver must advise the front pas- could result in serious or fatal
to its upright position, hold the
senger to keep the seatback in injury in a sudden stop or col-
seatback and return it slowly
an upright position whenever the lision.
and be sure there are no other vehicle is in motion.
passengers around the seat. If • Always drive and ride with
the seatback is returned with- your seatback upright and the
out being held and controlled, lap portion of the seat belt
the back of the seat could WARNING snug and low across the hips.
spring forward resulting in acci- Do not use a sitting cushion that This is the best position to
dental injury to a person struck reduces friction between the seat protect you in case of an acci-
by the seatback. and passenger. The passenger’s dent.
hips may slide under the lap por- (Continued)
tion of the seat belt during an
accident or a sudden stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries
could result because the seat
belt cannot operate normally.
3 3
(Continued) WARNING - Rear seat- (Continued)

• In order to avoid unnecessary backs • When resetting the seatback to
and perhaps severe air bag • The rear seatback must be the upright position, make sure
injuries, always sit as far back securely latched. If not, pas- it is securely latched by push-
as possible from the steering sengers and objects could be ing it forward and backwards.
wheel while maintaining com- thrown forward resulting in • To avoid the possibility of
fortable control of the vehicle. serious injury or death in the burns, do not remove the car-
We recommend that your chest event of a sudden stop or col- pet in the cargo area. Emission
be at least 25 cm (10 inches) control devices beneath this
lision. floor generate high tempera-
away from the steering wheel.
• Luggage and other cargo tures.
should be laid flat in the cargo
area. If objects are large, heavy,
or must be piled, they must be
secured. Under no circum- WARNING
stances should cargo be piled After adjusting the seat, always
higher than the seatbacks. check that it is securely locked
Failure to follow these warnings into place by attempting to
could result in serious injury or move the seat forward or back-
death in the event of a sudden ward without using the lock
stop, collision or rollover. release lever. Sudden or unex-
• No passenger should ride in pected movement of the dri-
the cargo area or sit or lie on ver's seat could cause you to
folded seatbacks while the lose control of the vehicle
vehicle is moving. All passen- resulting in an accident.
gers must be properly seated
in seats and restrained proper-
ly while riding.
(Continued)
3 4
Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle

WARNING Forward and backward
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat cushion forward may
cause strong pressure on the
abdomen.
• Use extreme caution so that
hands or other objects are not
caught in the seat mechanisms
while the seat is moving.
• Do not put a cigarette lighter
on the floor or seat. When you OXM039003
operate the seat, gas may OXM039002 To recline the seatback:
gush out of the lighter and
cause fire. To move the seat forward or back- 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
ward: seatback recline lever.
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment 2. Carefully lean back on the seat
lever up and hold it. and adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
3. Release the lever and make sure
(The lever MUST return to its orig-
the seat is locked in place.
inal position for the seatback to
Adjust the seat before driving, and lock.)
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
3 5
Seat height (for driver’s seat) Lumbar support (if equipped) Front seat adjustment - power
(if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to the
proper position so you can easily
control the steering wheel, pedals
and switches on the instrument
panel.
OXM039004 OXM033018
WARNING
The power seat is operable with
To change the height of the seat, The lumbar support can be adjusted the ignition OFF.
push the lever upwards or down- by pressing the lumbar support
Therefore, children should
wards. switch on the side of the seat.
never be left unattended in the
• To lower the seat cushion, push the 1. Press the front portion of the vehicle.
lever down several times. switch to increase support, or the
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the rear portion of the switch, to
lever up several times. decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
3 6
Forward and backward Seatback angle

CAUTION
• The power seat is driven by an
electric motor. Stop operating
once the adjustment is com-
pleted. Excessive operation
may damage the electrical
equipment.
• When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large
amount of electrical power. To
prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, don’t adjust the OXM039006 OXM039007
power seat longer than neces-
sary while the engine is not Push the control switch forward or Push the control switch forward or
running. backward to move the seat to the backward to move the seatback to
• Do not operate two or more desired position. Release the switch the desired angle. Release the
power seat control switches at once the seat reaches the desired switch once the seat reaches the
the same time. Doing so may position. desired position.
result in power seat motor or
electrical component malfunc-
tion.
3 7
Seat height (for driver’s seat) Lumbar support (for driver’s seat) Driver position memory system
(if equipped, for power seat)
OXM039008 OXM039009
Pull the front portion of the control The lumbar support can be adjusted OXM033002
switch up to raise or press down to by pressing the button. A driver position memory system is
lower the front part of the seat cush- provided to store and recall the driv-
ion. Pull the rear portion of the con- er seat and outside rearview mirror
trol switch up to raise or press down position with a simple button opera-
to lower the rear part of the seat tion. By saving the desired position
cushion. Release the switch once the into the system memory, different
seat reaches the desired position. drivers can reposition the driver seat
based upon their driving preference.
If the battery is disconnected, the
desired seat position memory will
need to be re-saved.
3 8
Storing positions into memory Recalling positions from memory

WARNING using the buttons on the door 1. Shift the shift lever into P (for
Never attempt to operate the Storing driver’s seat positions Automatic transaxle) while the
driver position memory system 1. Shift the shift lever into P (for engine start/stop button is ON or
while the vehicle is moving. Automatic transaxle) while the ignition switch ON.
This could result in loss of con- engine start/stop button is ON or 2. To recall the position in the memo-
trol, and an accident causing ignition switch ON. ry, press the desired memory but-
death, serious injury, or property 2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out- ton (1 or 2). The system will beep
damage. side rearview mirror comfortable once, then the driver’s seat will
for the driver. automatically adjust to the stored
position.
3. Press SET button on the control
panel. The system will beep once. Adjusting the control switch for the
driver’s seat while the system is
4. Press one of the memory buttons recalling the stored position will
(1 or 2) within 5 seconds after cause the movement to stop and
pressing the SET button. The sys- move in the direction that the control
tem will beep twice when memory switch is moved.
has been successfully stored.
WARNING
Use caution when recalling the
adjustment memory while sit-
ting in the vehicle. Push the seat
position control switch to the
desired position immediately if
the seat moves too far in any
direction.
3 9
Easy access function Headrest (for front seat)

(if equipped) WARNING
The system will move the driver's • For maximum effectiveness in
seat automatically as follows: case of an accident, the head-
• Without smart key system rest should be adjusted so the
- It will move the driver’s seat rear- middle of the headrest is at
ward when the ignition key is the same height of the center
removed. of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of
- It will move the driver’s seat for- gravity of most people's head
ward when the ignition key is is similar with the height of
inserted. the top of their eyes. Also,
• With smart key system OHM038048N
adjust the headrest as close
- It will move the driver’s seat rear- to your head as possible. For
ward when the engine start/stop The driver's and front passenger's this reason, the use of a cush-
button is changed to the OFF seats are equipped with a headrest ion that holds the body away
position. for the occupant's safety and comfort. from the seatback is not rec-
The headrest not only provides com- ommended.
- It will move the driver’s seat for-
ward when the engine start/stop fort for the driver and front passenger, • Do not operate the vehicle
button is changed to the ACC or but also helps protect the head and with the headrests removed.
START position. neck in the event of a rear collision. Severe injury to the occu-
pants may occur in the event
of an accident. Headrests may
You can activate or deactivate this provide protection against
feature. Refer to "User settings" in neck injuries when properly
chapter 4. adjusted.
• Do not adjust the headrest
position of the driver’s seat
while the vehicle is in motion.
3 10
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing
may damage the headrest.
OXM039011 OXM039010
Adjusting the height up and down Adjusting the angle (if equipped)
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the The headrest angle may be adjusted
desired position (1). To lower the by pulling or pushing the lower part of
headrest, push and hold the release the headrest.
button (2) on the headrest support Adjust the headrest so that it properly
and lower the headrest to the desired supports the head and neck.
position (3).
3 11
Seat warmer (if equipped)

WARNING ■ Type A
A gap between the seat and the
headrest release button may
appear when sitting on the seat
or when you push or pull the
seat. Be careful not to get your
finger, etc. caught in the gap.
HNF2041-1 OXM033005
Active headrest ■ Type B
The active headrest is designed to

move forward and upward during a
rear impact. This helps prevent the
driver's and front passenger’s heads
from moving backward and thus
helps minimize neck injuries.
For your safety, the active headrest
can’t be removed. If there is any
problem with the active headrest, OXM033004
take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the system The seat warmer is provided to warm
checked. the front seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
3 12
During mild weather or under condi-

tions where the operation of the seat CAUTION WARNING - Seat warmer
warmer is not needed, keep the • When cleaning the seats, do burns
switches in the "OFF" position. not use an organic solvent Passengers should use extreme
• Each time you press the switch, such as paint thinner, ben- caution when using seat warm-
the temperature setting of the seat zene, alcohol and gasoline. ers due to the possibility of
will change as follows : Doing so may damage the sur- excess heating or burns. The
face of the heater or seats. seat warmer may cause burns
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) • To prevent overheating the even at low temperatures, espe-
→
seat warmer, do not place any- cially if used for long periods of
thing on the seats that insu- time. In particular, the driver
• The seat warmer defaults to the lates against heat, such as must exercise extreme care for
OFF position whenever the ignition blankets, cushions or seat the following types of passen-
switch is turned on. covers while the seat warmer gers:
is in operation. 1. Infants, children, elderly or
✽ NOTICE • Do not place heavy or sharp handicapped persons, or
objects on seats equipped hospital outpatients
With the seat warmer switch in the with seat warmers. Damage to
ON position, the heating system in 2. Persons with sensitive skin
the seat warming components or those that burn easily
the seat turns off or on automatical- could occur.
ly depending on the seat tempera- 3. Fatigued individuals
ture. • Be careful not to spill liquid 4. Intoxicated individuals
such as water or beverages on
the seat. If you spill some liq- 5. Individuals taking medication
uid, wipe the seat with a dry that can cause drowsiness or
towel. Before using the seat sleepiness (sleeping pills,
warmer, dry the seat com- cold tablets, etc.)
pletely.
3 13
Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) • The seat warmer (with air ventila- Seatback pocket
(if equipped) tion) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
CAUTION - Seat damage

• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, ben-
zene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the air
ventilation seat.
• Do not place heavy or sharp ORP032013
OXM033003 objects on the seat. Those The seatback pocket is provided on
The temperature setting of the seat things may damage the air the back of the front passenger’s and
changes according to the switch ventilation seat. driver’s seatbacks.
position. • Be careful not to spill liquid
• If you want to cool your seat cush- such as water or beverages on
the seat. If you spill some liquid, WARNING - Seatback
ion, press the switch (blue color). pockets
wipe the seat with a dry towel.
• Each time you press the button, Before using the air ventilation Do not put heavy or sharp
the airflow will change as follows: seat, dry the seat completely. objects in the seatback pockets.
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
→
injure vehicle occupants.
3 14
Rear seat adjustment Seatback angle (2nd row seat) Walk-in seat
Forward and backward (2nd row seat, if equipped)
(2nd row seat)
OXM039031
OXMA033104
To recline the seatback:
OXMA033103 1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.
To move the seat forward or back- 2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat-
ward: back of the seat to the position you
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever desire.
up and hold it. 3. Release the lever and make sure
2. Slide the seat to the position you the seatback is locked in place.
desire. (The lever MUST return to its orig- OXMA033105
inal position for the seatback to To get in or out of the 3rd row seat,
3. Release the lever and make sure lock.)
the seat is locked in place. 1. Route the seat belt webbing
Adjust the seat before driving, and through the rear seat belt guide clip.
make sure the seat is locked securely After inserting the seat belt, tighten
by trying to move forward and back- the belt webbing by pulling it up.
ward without using the lever. If the 2. Pull up the walk-in lever (1) on the
seat moves, it is not locked properly. 2nd row seatback.
3 15
Folding the rear seat

WARNING The rear seatbacks can be folded to
Never attempt to adjust the 2nd facilitate carrying long items or to
row seat while the vehicle is increase the luggage capacity of the
moving or the seat is occupied vehicle.
as the seat may suddenly move
and cause the passenger on the
seat to be injured. WARNING
The purpose of the fold-down
rear seatbacks is to allow you to
carry longer objects that could
OXMA033106 not be accommodated in the
cargo area.
3. Fold the 2nd row seatback and
push the seat to the farthest for- Never allow passengers to sit
ward position. on top of the folded down seat-
back while the vehicle is mov-
After getting in or out, slide the 2nd
ing. This is not a proper seating
row seat to the farthest rearward
position and no seat belts are
position and pull the seatback firm-
available for use. This could
ly backward until it clicks into
result in serious injury or death
place. Make sure that the seat is
in case of an accident or sud-
locked in place.
den stop. Objects carried on the
folded down seatback should
not extend higher than the top
of the front seatbacks. This
could allow cargo to slide for-
ward and cause injury or dam-
age during sudden stops.
3 16
■ 2nd row seat To fold down the rear seatback

1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in
the pocket between the rear seat-
back and cushion, and insert the
rear seat belt webbing in the guide
to prevent the seat belt from being
damaged.
2. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
■ 3rd row seat (if equipped)
ODM032034/OXM039030/OXM039031/OXM039032
3 17
■ 2nd row seat 4.Pull on the seatback folding lever

or strap, then fold the seat toward
the front of the vehicle. When you
return the seatback to its upright
position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on
the top of the seatback.
5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by pulling
on the folding lever or strap.
Pull the seatback firmly until it
clicks into place.
Make sure the seatback is locked
in place.
6.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
ODM032028/OXM039022/ODM032030/OXM039025
3 18
To fold down the rear center seat-

back (for 2nd row seat) WARNING - 2nd row cen- WARNING - Uprighting
ter seat folding seat
When you return the seatback
to its upright position, hold the
seatback and return it slowly. If
the seatback is returned with-
out holding it, the back of the
• Do not fold the 2nd row center seat could spring forward
seat, if there are occupants in resulting in injury caused by
the 3rd row seats, as this may being struck by the seatback.
result in injury to occupants if
the seat moves during a colli-
sion. If occupants in the 3rd CAUTION - Damaging
ODM032033
row seats, fix the 2nd row cen- rear seat belt buckles
1. Lower the rear headrests to the ter seat in its upright and
lowest position. locked position. When you fold the rear (2nd
and/or 3rd row) seatback, insert
2. Push the center seatback folding • The 2nd row center seat back the buckle in the pocket between
lever up, then fold the seat toward does not lock into position the rear seatback and cushion.
the front of the vehicle. when it is folded toward the Doing so can prevent the buckle
front of the vehicle. If you use from being damaged by the rear
the 2nd row center seat back seatback.
When you return the seatback to its
folding function to carry long
upright position, always be sure it
objects, you should fix the
has locked into position by pushing
long object to prevent it from
on the top of the seatback.
being thrown about the vehi-
cle in a collision and causing
injury to vehicle occupants.
3 19
CAUTION - Rear seat belts WARNING - Cargo loading

When returning the rear (2nd Make sure the engine is off, the
and/or 3rd row) seatbacks to the automatic transaxle is in P (Park)
upright position, remember to or the manual transaxle is in R
return the rear shoulder belts to (Reverse) or 1st, and the parking
their proper position. Routing the brake is securely applied when-
seat belt webbing through the ever loading or unloading cargo.
rear seat belt guides will help Failure to take these steps may
keep the belts from being trapped allow the vehicle to move if the
behind or under the seats. shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position. OUN026140
WARNING - Cargo WARNING - 3rd row seat

Cargo should always be 3rd row occupants should
secured to prevent it from being always remain in the center of
thrown about the vehicle in a the seat cushion so the occu-
collision and causing injury to pants head is protected by the
the vehicle occupants. Do not headrest.
place objects in the rear (2nd
and/or 3rd row) seats, since they If not, the tailgate may hit the
cannot be properly secured and occupant's head, which could
may hit the front seat occupants cause injury.
in a collision.
3 20
Rear seat warmer (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE

With the seat warmer switch in ON WARNING - Seat warmer
position, the heating system in the burns
seat turns off or on automatically Passengers should use extreme
depending on the seat temperature. caution when using seat warm-
ers due to the possibility of
CAUTION excess heating or burns. The
• When cleaning the seats, do seat warmer may cause burns
not use an organic solvent even at low temperatures, espe-
such as thinner, benzene, alco- cially if used for long periods of
hol and gasoline. Doing so may time. In particular, the driver
damage the surface of the must exercise extreme care for
heater or seats. the following types of passen-
OXMA033015
• To prevent overheating the seat gers:
The seat warmer is provided to warm warmer, do not place anything 1. Infants, children, elderly or
the rear seats during cold weather. on the seats that insulates handicapped persons, or
With the ignition switch in the ON against heat, such as blankets, hospital outpatients
position, push either of the switches cushions or seat covers while
to warm rear seats. 2. Persons with sensitive skin
the seat warmer is in operation. or those that burn easily
During mild weather or under condi- • Do not place heavy or sharp
tions where the operation of the seat 3. Fatigued individuals
objects on seats equipped
warmer is not needed, keep the with seat warmers. Damage to 4. Intoxicated individuals
switches in the "OFF" position. the seat warming components 5. Individuals taking medication
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF could occur. that can cause drowsiness or
position whenever the ignition switch • Be careful not to spill liquid sleepiness (sleeping pills,
is turned on. such as water or beverages on cold tablets, etc.)
the seat. If you spill some liquid,
wipe the seat with a dry towel.
Before using the seat warmer,
dry the seat completely.
3 21
Headrest
WARNING - Headrest (Continued)
adjustment • Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Severe injury to an occupant
may occur in the event of an
* accident. Headrests may pro-
vide protection against severe
* neck injuries when properly
• For maximum effectiveness in adjusted.
case of an accident, the head-
• Do not adjust the headrest
rest should be adjusted so the
height while the vehicle is in
middle of the headrest is at the
motion.
* if equipped OHM038049N same height as the center of
gravity of an occupant's head.
The rear seat(s) is equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions Generally, the center of gravi-
for the occupant's safety and com- ty of most people's head is
fort. similar with the height of the
top of their eyes.
The headrest not only provides com-
fort for passengers, but also helps Also adjust the headrest as
protect the head and neck in the close to your head as possi-
event of a collision. ble. For this reason, the use of
a cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback is not
recommended.
(Continued)
3 22
Adjusting the height up and down To lower the headrest : Removal and installation
(for 2nd row seats) 1. Push and hold the release button (for 2nd row seats)
■ Outside (2) on the headrest support
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
OXMA033108 OXMA033107
■ Center
To remove the headrest :
1. Raise it as far as it can go then
press the release button (1) while
pulling the headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest :

1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
OXMA033018
2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.
To raise the headrest :
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
3 23
3rd row headrest (if equipped) Armrest (2nd row seat)

WARNING
• Make sure the headrest locks
in position after adjusting it to
properly protect the occu-
pants.
• After installing the headrest,
make sure that it is installed
in the right direction.
A headrest installed reversely
could increase whiplash
injury during rear impact.
OXM039061N OXMA043215
The headrest will fold down automat- To use the armrest, pull it forward
ically when the seatback folding. from the seatback.
Always be sure the headrest has
locked into position after you return
the seatback.
3 24
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system (Continued) WARNING
• Never wear the shoulder belt Seat belts are designed to bear
WARNING under your arm or behind upon the bony structure of the
• For maximum restraint sys- your back. An improperly body, and should be worn low
tem protection, the seat belts positioned shoulder belt can across the front of the pelvis or
must always be used whenev- cause serious injuries in a the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
er the vehicle is moving. crash. The shoulder belt as applicable; wearing the lap
• Seat belts are most effective should be positioned midway section of the belt across the
when seatbacks are in the over your shoulder across abdominal area must be avoided.
upright position. your collarbone.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
• Children age 12 and under • Avoid wearing twisted seat firmly as possible, consistent
must always be properly belts. A twisted belt can't do with comfort, to provide the pro-
restrained in the rear seat. its job well. In a collision, it tection for which they have been
Never allow children to ride in could even cut into you. Be designed.
the front passenger seat. If a sure the belt webbing is
straight and not twisted. A slack belt will greatly reduce
child over 12 must be seated the protection afforded to the
in the front seat, he/she must • Be careful not to damage the wearer.
be properly belted and the belt webbing or hardware. If
seat should be moved as far the belt webbing or hardware Care should be taken to avoid
back as possible. is damaged, replace it. contamination of the webbing
with polishes, oils and chemicals,
(Continued) and particularly battery acid.
Cleaning may safely be carried
out using mild soap and water.
The belt should be replaced if
webbing becomes frayed, con-
taminated or damaged.
(Continued)
3 25
Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)

(Continued) WARNING
It is essential to replace the • No modifications or additions
entire assembly after it has been should be made by the user
worn in a severe impact even if which will either prevent the
damage to the assembly is not seat belt adjusting devices
obvious. from operating to remove
Belts should not be worn with slack, or prevent the seat belt
straps twisted. Each belt assem- assembly from being adjusted
bly must only be used by one to remove slack.
occupant; it is dangerous to put • When you fasten the seat belt,
a belt around a child being car- be careful not to latch the seat
ried on the occupant's lap. belt in buckles of other seat. It's
very dangerous and you may 1GQA2083
not be protected by the seat The driver's seat belt warning light
belt properly. and chime will activate pursuant to
• Do not unfasten the seat belt the following table when the ignition
and do not fasten and unfasten switch is in "ON" position.
the seat belt repeatedly while
driving. This could result in
loss of control, and an accident
causing death, serious injury,
or property damage.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt
does not pass over objects that
are hard or can break easily.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle. The seat belt may
not be fastened securely.
3 26
Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system The seat belt automatically adjusts to
Vehicle Chime- with emergency locking retractor the proper length only after the lap
Seat Belt Light-Blink belt portion is adjusted manually so
Speed Sound
Unbuckled 6 seconds
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
Buckled 6 seconds None
motion, the belt will extend and let
Below 5 km/h you move around. If there is a sud-
6 seconds None
(3 mph) den stop or impact, however, the belt
Buckled → 5 km/h~ will lock into position. It will also lock
6 seconds
Unbuckled 10 km/h if you try to lean forward too quickly.
Above 10 km/h 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off
(6 mph) (11 times)
✽ NOTICE
Above 10 km/h
If you are not able to pull out the
(6 mph) 6 seconds *1
B180A01NF-1
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
Unbuckled ↓ ↓ pull the belt out and release it. Then
Below 5 km/h Stop *2
To fasten your seat belt: you will be able to pull the belt out
(3 mph) To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of smoothly.
the retractor and insert the metal tab
*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times (1) into the buckle (2). There will be
with an interval of 24 seconds. If an audible "click" when the tab locks
the driver's seat belt is buckled, the into the buckle.
light will stop within 6 seconds and
chime will stop immediately.
*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds
and chime will stop immediately.
3 27
Front seat Release the button to lock the

anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
WARNING
• Verify that the shoulder belt
anchor is locked into position
at the appropriate height.
Never position the shoulder
belt across your neck or face.
OXM039026 B200A02NF
Improperly positioned seat
Height adjustment belts can cause serious
You can adjust the height of the shoul- injuries in an accident.
der belt anchor to one of the 4 posi- WARNING
tions for maximum comfort and safety. • Failure to replace seat belts You should place the lap belt
after an accident could leave portion as low as possible and
The height of the adjusting seat belt you with damaged seat belts
should not be too close to your neck. snugly across your hips, not on
that will not provide protec- your waist. If the lap belt is locat-
The shoulder portion should be tion in the event of another
adjusted so that it lies across your ed too high on your waist, it may
collision leading to personal increase the chance of injury in
chest and midway over your shoulder injury or death. Replace your
near the door and not your neck. the event of a collision. Both
seat belts after being in an arms should not be under or
To adjust the height of the seat belt accident as soon as possible. over the belt. Rather, one should
anchor, lower or raise the height be over and the other under, as
adjuster into an appropriate position. shown in the illustration.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up Never wear the seat belt under
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while the arm that is near the door.
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
3 28
Seat belts - Front passenger and It automatically adjusts to the proper

rear seat 3-point system with length only after the lap belt portion CAUTION
combination locking retractor of the seat belt is adjusted manually Do NOT fold down the left por-
To fasten your seat belt: so that it fits snugly around your hips. tion of the rear seat back when
When the seat belt is fully extended the rear center seat belt is buck-
Combination retractor type seat belts led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
are installed in the rear seat posi- from the retractor to allow the instal-
lation of a child restraint system, the rear center seat belt before fold-
tions to help accommodate the ing down the left portion of the
installation of child restraint systems. seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend rear seat back. If the rear center
Although a combination retractor is seat belt is buckled when the
also installed in the front passenger (Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint sys- left portion of the rear seat back
seat position, it is strongly recom- is folded down, distortion and
mended that children always be tem” in this section.
damage to the top portion of the
seated in the rear seat. NEVER seat back and seat belt garnish
place any infant restraint system in ✽ NOTICE may result, causing the seat
the front seat of the vehicle. back to lock into the folded
Although the combination retractor
This type of seat belt combines the provides the same level of protection down position.
features of both an emergency lock- for seated passengers in either emer-
ing retractor seat belt and an auto- gency or automatic locking modes,
matic locking retractor seat belt. To have the seated passengers use the
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the emergency locking feature for
retractor and insert the metal tab into improved convenience. The auto-
the buckle. There will be an audible matic locking function is intended to
"click" when the tab locks into the facilitate child restraint installation.
buckle. When not securing a child To convert from the automatic lock-
restraint, the seat belt operates in the ing feature to the emergency locking
same way as the driver's seat belt operation mode, allow the unbuck-
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). led seat belt to fully retract.
3 29
Stowing the rear seat belt

■ 2nd row seat
ODM032051 B210A01NF-1 ODM032034

When using the rear center seat belt, To release the seat belt:
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark The seat belt is released by pressing
must be used. the release button (1) on the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
OXM039030
The rear seat belt buckles can be

stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not
in use.
3 30
■ 2nd row seat Pre-tensioner seat belt

CAUTION
Remove the seat belt from the
guides before using. If you pull
on the seat belt when it is stored
in the guides, it may damage the
guides and/or belt webbing.
OXM039031
OXMA033101
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's

and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts (retractor pretensioner and
EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)).
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated, when a frontal collision is
OXM039032 severe enough, together with the air
bags.
Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides will When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
help keep the belts from being if the occupant tries to lean forward
trapped behind or under the seats. too quickly, the seat belt retractor
may lock into position. In certain
After inserting the seat belt, tighten frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner
the belt webbing by pulling it up. will activate and pull the seat belt into
tighter contact against the occu-
pant's body.
3 31
(1) Retractor Pretensioner

The purpose of the retractor pre- WARNING
tensioner is to make sure that the • Do not put anything near the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against buckle. Placing objects near
the occupant's upper body in cer- the buckle may increase the
tain frontal collisions. risk of personal injury in the
(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) event of a collision.
The purpose of the EFD is to • For your safety, be sure that
make sure that the pelvis belts fit the belt webbing is not loose
in tightly against the occupant's or twisted and always sit
lower body in certain frontal colli- properly on your seat.
ODMESA2024
sions.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
If the system senses excessive ten- consists mainly of the following com-
sion on the driver or passenger's ponents. Their locations are shown in
seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- the illustration:
tem activates, the load limiter inside 1. SRS air bag warning light
the retractor pre-tensioner will release 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
some of the pressure on the affected 3. SRS control module
seat belt.
4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)
3 32
✽ NOTICE
WARNING CAUTION
• Both the driver's and front pas-
To obtain maximum benefit senger's seat belt pre-tensioner If the pre-tensioner seat belt
from a pre-tensioner seat belt: system may be activated not only system are not working proper-
1. The seat belt must be worn in certain frontal collision but also ly, this warning light will illumi-
correctly and adjusted to the in certain side collision or rollover, nate even if there is no malfunc-
proper position. Please read if the vehicle is equipped with a tion of the SRS air bag. If the
and follow all of the important side or curtain air bag. SRS air bag warning light does
information and precautions • When the pre-tensioner seat belts not illuminate when the ignition
about your vehicle’s occupant are activated, a loud noise may be switch is turned ON, or if it
safety features – including heard and fine dust, which may remains illuminated after illumi-
seat belts and air bags – that appear to be smoke, may be visible nating for approximately 6 sec-
are provided in this manual. in the passenger compartment. onds, or if it illuminates while
These are normal operating condi- the vehicle is being driven, have
2. Be sure you and your passen- tions and are not hazardous. an authorized Kia dealer inspect
gers always wear seat belts • Although it is harmless, the fine the pre-tensioner seat belt and
properly. dust may cause skin irritation and SRS air bag system as soon as
should not be breathed for pro- possible.
longed periods. Wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly after an
accident in which the pre-tension-
er seat belts were activated.
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light on
the instrument panel will illumi-
nate for approximately 6 seconds
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.
3 33
(Continued) Seat belt precautions

WARNING
• Pre-tensioners are designed • Improper handling of the pre-
to operate only one time. After tensioner seat belt assem- WARNING
activation, pre-tensioner seat blies, and failure to heed the All occupants of the vehicle
belts must be replaced. All warnings not to strike, modify, must wear their seat belts at all
seat belts, of any type, should inspect, replace, service or times. Seat belts and child
always be replaced after they repair the pre-tensioner seat restraints reduce the risk of
have been worn during a colli- belt assemblies may lead to serious or fatal injuries for all
sion. improper operation or inad- occupants in the event of a col-
vertent activation and serious lision or sudden stop. Without a
• The pre-tensioner seat belt injury. seat belt, occupants could be
assembly mechanisms become shifted too close to a deploying
hot during activation. Do not • Always wear the seat belts
when driving or riding in a air bag, strike the interior struc-
touch the pre-tensioner seat ture or be thrown from the vehi-
belt assemblies for several min- motor vehicle.
• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner cle. Properly worn seat belts
utes after they have been acti- greatly reduce these hazards.
vated. seat belt must be discarded,
contact an authorized Kia Even with advanced air bags,
• Do not attempt to inspect or unbelted occupants can be
replace the pre-tensioner seat dealer.
severely injured by a deploying
belts yourself. This must be air bag.
done by an authorized Kia
dealer. Always follow the precautions
about seat belts, air bags and
• Do not strike the pre-tension- occupant seating contained in
er seat belt assemblies. this manual.
• Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat
belt system in any manner.
(Continued)
3 34
Infant or small child ✽ NOTICE Larger children

You should be aware of the specific Small children are best protected Children who are too large for child
requirements in your state. Child from injury in an accident when restraint systems should always
and/or infant seats must be properly properly restrained in the rear seat occupy the rear seat and use the
placed and installed in the rear coun- by a child restraint system that available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
try. For more information about the meets the requirements of the safety portion should be fastened and
use of these restraints, refer to “Child standards of your country. Before snugged on the hips and as low as
restraint system” in this section. buying any child restraint system, possible. Check if the belt fits period-
make sure that it has a label certify- ically. A child's squirming could put
ing that it meets safety standards of the belt out of position. Children are
WARNING your country. The restraint must be given the most safety in the event of
Every person in your vehicle appropriate for your child's height an accident when they are restrained
needs to be properly restrained and weight. Check the label on the by a proper restraint system in the
at all times, including infants child restraint for this information. rear seat. If a larger child (over age
and children. Never hold a child Refer to “Child restraint system” in 12) must be seated in the front seat,
in your arms or lap when riding this section. the child should be securely
in a vehicle. The violent forces restrained by the available lap/shoul-
created during a crash will tear der belt and the seat should be
the child from your arms and placed in the rearmost position.
throw the child against the inte- Children age 12 and under should be
rior. Always use a child restraint restrained securely in the rear seat.
appropriate for your child's NEVER place a child age 12 and
height and weight. under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
3 35
If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women Injured person
touches the child’s neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear A seat belt should be used when an
placing the child closer to the center of lap/shoulder belt assemblies when- injured person is being transported.
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific When this is necessary, you should
touches their face or neck they need to recommendations by their doctors. consult a physician for recommenda-
be returned to a child restraint system. The lap portion of the belt should be tions.
worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
WARNING - Shoulder POSSIBLE.
One person per belt
belts on small children
Two people (including children)
• Do not allow small children to WARNING - Pregnant should never attempt to use a single
ride in the vehicle without an women seat belt. This could increase the
appropriate child restrain sys- Pregnant women must never severity of injuries in case of an acci-
tem. place the lap portion of the dent.
• Never allow a shoulder belt to safety belt over the area of the
be in contact with a child’s abdomen where the fetus is
neck or face while the vehicle Do not lie down
located or above the abdomen
is in motion. where the belt could crush the To reduce the chance of injuries in
• If seat belts are not properly fetus during an impact. the event of an accident and to
worn and adjusted on chil- achieve maximum effectiveness of
dren, there is a risk of death or the restraint system, all passengers
serious injury. should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the vehicle is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front and rear
seats are in a reclined position.
3 36
Care of seat belts Periodic inspection

WARNING Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected
Riding with a reclined seatback disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of
increases your chance of seri- tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should
ous or fatal injuries in the event that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible.
of a collision or sudden stop. not damaged by seat hinges, doors
The protection of your restraint or other abuse.
system (seat belts and air bags) Keep belts clean and dry
is greatly reduced by reclining Seat belts should be kept clean and
your seat. Seat belts must be WARNING dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
secured against your hips and When you return the rear seat- cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
chest to work properly. The back to its upright position after tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
more the seatback is reclined, the rear seatback has been fold- strong detergents or abrasives
the greater the chance an occu- ed down, be careful not to dam- should not be used because they
pant's hips will slide under the age the seat belt webbing or may damage and weaken the fabric.
lap belt causing serious internal buckle. Be sure that the web-
injuries. Also, the shoulder belt bing or buckle does not get When to replace seat belts
may strike the occupant's neck. caught or pinched in the rear
Drivers and passengers should seat. A seat belt with damaged The entire in-use seat belt assembly
always sit well back in their webbing or buckle could possi- or assemblies should be replaced if
seats, properly belted, and with bly fail during a collision or sud- the vehicle has been involved in an
the seatbacks upright. den stop, resulting in serious accident. This should be done even if
injury. If the webbing or buckles no damage is visible. Additional
are damaged, get them replaced questions concerning seat belt oper-
immediately. ation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
3 37
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Children riding in the vehicle should Children could be injured or killed in
(Continued)
sit in the rear seat and must always a crash if their restraints are not
be properly restrained to minimize properly secured. For small children • A seat belt or child restraint
the risk of injury in an accident, sud- and babies, a child seat or infant seat system can become very hot
den stop or sudden maneuver. must be used. Before buying a par- if it is left in a closed vehicle
According to accident statistics, chil- ticular child restraint system, make on a sunny day, even if the
dren are safer when properly sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat outside temperature does not
restrained in the rear seats than in belts, and fits your child. feel hot. Be sure to check the
the front seat. Larger children not in Follow all the instructions provided seat cover and buckles before
a child restraint should use one of by the manufacturer when installing placing a child there.
the seat belts provided. the child restraint system. • When the child restraint sys-
You should be aware of the specific tem is not in use, store it in
requirements in your country. Child the cargo area or fasten it with
and/or infant safety seats must be WARNING a seat belt so that it will not be
properly placed and installed in the • A child restraint system must thrown forward in case of a
rear seat. You must use a commer- be placed in the rear seat. sudden stop or an accident.
cially available child restraint system Never install a child or infant • Children may be seriously
that meets the requirements of the seat on the front passenger's injured or killed by an inflating
Safety Standards of your country. seat. Should an accident air bag. All children, even
Child restraint systems are designed occur and cause the passen- those too large for child
to be secured in vehicle seats by seat ger-side air bag to deploy, it restraints, must ride in the
belt, or by a tether anchor and/or could severely injure or kill an rear seat.
LATCH anchors (if equipped). infant or child seated in an
infant or child seat. Thus only
use a child restraint in the
rear seat of your vehicle.
(Continued)
3 38
WARNING (Continued) (Continued)

To reduce the chance of serious • Never put a seat belt over your- • Never allow a child to stand-up
or fatal injuries: self and a child. During a crash, or kneel on the seat or floor of
the belt could press deep into a moving vehicle. During a col-
• Children of all ages are safer the child causing serious inter- lision or sudden stop, the child
when restrained in the rear nal injuries. can be violently thrown against
seat. A child riding in the the vehicle’s interior, resulting
front passenger seat can be • Never leave children unattend-
ed in a vehicle – not even for a in serious injury.
forcefully struck by an inflat-
short time.The vehicle can heat • Never use an infant carrier or a
ing air bag resulting in seri- child safety seat that "hooks"
ous or fatal injuries. up very quickly, resulting in
serious injuries to children over a seatback, it may not pro-
• Always follow the child inside. Even very young chil- vide adequate security in an
restraint system manufactur- dren may inadvertently cause accident.
er’s instructions for installa- the vehicle to move, entangle • Seat belts can become very
tion and use of the child themselves in the windows, or hot, especially when the vehi-
restraint. lock themselves or others cle is parked in direct sunlight.
• Always make sure the child inside the vehicle. Always check the seat belt
seat is secured properly in the • Never allow two children, or any buckles before fastening them
vehicle and your child is two persons, to use the same over a child.
securely restrained in the seat belt. • After an accident, have an
child seat. authorized Kia dealer check
• Children often squirm and
• Never hold a child in your reposition themselves improp- the child restraint system, seat
arms or lap when riding in a erly. Never let a child ride with belt, tether anchor and lower
vehicle. The violent forces cre- the shoulder belt under their anchor.
ated during a crash will tear arm or behind their back. • If there is not enough space to
the child from your arms and Always properly position and place the child restraint system
throw the child against the secure children in the rear seat. because of the driver's seat,
vehicle’s interior. install the child restraint sys-
(Continued)
(Continued) tem in the rear right seat.
3 39
Using a child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend

Rearward-facing child restraint system
that the child restraint system be WARNING - Child seat
used in the rear seats. installation
• A child can be seriously
WARNING injured or killed in a collision
if the child restraint is not
Never place a rear-facing child properly anchored to the vehi-
restraint in the front passenger cle and the child is not prop-
seat, because of the danger an erly restrained in the child
inflating passenger-side air bag restraint. Before installing the
could impact the rear-facing child restraint system, read
child restraint and kill the child. the instructions supplied by
CRS09
Forward-facing child restraint system the child restraint system
Since all passenger seat belts move manufacturer.
freely under normal conditions and • If the seat belt does not oper-
only lock under extreme or emer- ate as described in this sec-
gency conditions (emergency lock tion, have the system checked
mode), you must manually change immediately by your author-
these seat belts to the auto lock ized Kia dealer.
mode to secure a child restraint.
• Failure to observe this manu-
al's instructions regarding
child restraint systems and
OUN026150
the instructions provided with
For small children and babies, the the child restraint system
use of a child seat or infant seat is could increase the chance
required. The child seat or infant seat and/or severity of injury in an
should be of appropriate size for the accident.
child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
3 40
Placing a passenger seat belt

into the auto lock mode
OEN036101 OEN036102
To install a child restraint system on 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
E2MS103005 the outboard or center rear seats, do seat belt all the way out. When the
the following: shoulder portion of the seat belt is
The auto lock mode will help prevent fully extended, it will shift the
the normal movement of the child in 1. Place the child restraint system in
the seat and route the lap/shoul- retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child
the vehicle from causing the seat belt restraint) mode.
to loosen and compromise the child der belt around or through the
restraint system. To secure a child restraint, following the restraint
restraint system, use the following manufacturer’s instructions. Be
procedure. sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emer-
gency.
3 41
To remove the child restraint, press

the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
WARNING - Auto lock

mode
The lap/shoulder belt automati-
cally returns to the “emergency
OEN036103 OEN036104 lock mode” whenever the belt is
allowed to retract fully.Therefore,
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion 5. Remove as much slack from the the preceding seven steps must
of the seat belt to retract and listen belt as possible by pushing down be followed each time a child
for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet- on the child restraint system while restraint is installed.
ing” sound. This indicates that the feeding the shoulder belt back into
retractor is in the “Auto Lock” the retractor. If the retractor is not in the
mode. If no distinct sound is Automatic Locking mode, the
6. Push and pull on the child restraint child restraint can move when
heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. system to confirm that the seat your vehicle turns or stops sud-
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it denly. A child can be seriously
is not, release the seat belt and injured or killed if the child
repeat steps 2 through 6. restraint is not properly anchored
7. Double check that the retractor is to the vehicle, including setting
in the “Auto Lock” mode by the retractor to the Automatic
attempting to pull more of the seat Locking mode.
belt out of the retractor. If you can-
not, the retractor is in the “Auto
Lock” mode.
3 42
When the seat belt is allowed to Securing a child restraint seat

retract to its fully stowed position, with tether anchor system
the retractor will automatically
switch from the “Auto Lock” mode
to the emergency lock mode for
normal adult usage.
OXM039034N
1. Route the child restraint seat strap
OXMA033033 over the seatback.
Child restraint hook holders are For vehicles with adjustable head-
located on the back of the rear seat- rests, route the tether strap under
backs. the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint
hook holder and tighten to secure
the child restraint seat.
3 43
Securing a child restraint seat with

WARNING WARNING - Child child seat lower anchor system
A child can be seriously injured restraint check
or killed in a collision if the Check that the child restraint
child restraint is not properly system is secure by pushing
anchored to the vehicle and the and pulling it in different direc-
child is not properly restrained tions. Incorrectly fitted child
in the child restraint. Always fol- restraints may swing, twist, tip
low the child seat manufactur- or separate causing death or
er’s instructions for installation serious injury.
and use.
WARNING - Child
WARNING - Tether strap restraint anchorage OXM039035
Never mount more than one • Child restraint anchorages Some child seat manufacturers
child restraint to a single tether are designed to withstand make child restraint seats that are
or to a single lower anchorage only those loads imposed by labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-
point. The increased load correctly fitted child restraints. patible child restraint seats. LATCH
caused by multiple seats may Under no circumstances are stands for "Lower Anchors and
cause the tethers or anchorage they to be used for adult seat Tethers for Children". These seats
points to break, causing serious belts or harnesses or for include two rigid or webbing mount-
injury or death. attaching other items or equip- ed attachments that connect to two
ment to the vehicle. LATCH anchors at specific seating
• The tether strap may not work positions in your vehicle. This type of
properly if attached some- child restraint seat eliminates the
where other than the correct need to use seat belts to attach the
tether anchor. child seat in the rear seats.
3 44
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
WARNING WARNING
• When using the vehicle's Install the child restraint seat
"LATCH" system to install a fully rearward against the seat-
child restraint system in the back with the seatback reclined
rear seat, all unused vehicle two positions from the most
rear seat belt metal latch upright latched position.
plates or tabs must be latched
securely in their seat belt
buckles and the seat belt web-
Lower Anchor
bing must be retracted behind
OXM039060N the child restraint to prevent
Child restraint symbols are located the child from reaching and
on the left and right 2nd row seat taking hold of unretracted
backs to indicate the position of the seat belts. Unlatched metal
lower anchors for child restraints. latch plates or tabs may allow
the child to reach the unre-
tracted seat belts which may
result in strangulation and a
serious injury or death to the
child in the child restraint.
• Do not place anything around
the lower anchors. Also make
sure that the seat belt is not
caught in the lower anchors.
3 45
Once you have installed the LATCH

child restraint, assure that the seat is WARNING
properly attached to the LATCH and If the child restraint is not
tether anchors. anchored properly, the risk of a
Also, test the child restraint seat child being seriously injured or
before you place the child in it. Tilt killed in a collision greatly
the seat from side to side. Also try to increases.
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
WARNING - LATCH lower
OXM039036N
CAUTION anchors
Do not allow the rear seat belt LATCH lower anchors are only
LATCH anchors have been provided webbing to get scratched or to be used with the left and right
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors pinched by the child-seat latch rear outboard seating positions.
are located in the left and right out- and LATCH anchor during the Never attempt to attach a
board rear seating positions. Their installation. LATCH equipped seat in the
locations are shown in the illustra-
center seating position. You
tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro-
may damage the anchors or the
vided for the center rear seating
anchors may fail and break in a
position.
collision.
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the 2nd row seat left and
right outboard seating positions.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
3 46
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers must
always wear the safety belts
provided in order to minimize
the risk and severity of injury in
the event of a collision or
rollover.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
* 3rd row seat : if equipped
OXMA032101
3 47
How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • In order to help provide protection,
operate inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly.
• Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is
inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short
ignition switch is turned to the ON accident. time in which to inflate the air bag
or START position. between the occupant and the
It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu-
• The appropriate air bags inflate simply see the deflated air bags pant impacts those structures. This
instantly in the event of a serious hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk
frontal collision or side collision in partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening
order to help protect the occupants • In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary
from serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design.
• There is no single speed at which air bags will inflate if the sensing However, air bag inflation can also
the air bags will inflate. system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include
Generally, air bags are designed to • When a rollover is detected, side facial abrasions, bruises and bro-
inflate based upon the severity of a and/or curtain air bags will remain ken bones because the inflation
collision and its direction. These inflated longer to help provide pro- speed also causes the air bags to
two factors determine whether the tection from ejection, especially expand with a great deal of force.
sensors produce an electronic when used in conjunction with the • There are even circumstances
deployment/ inflation signal. seat belts. under which contact with the
• Air bag deployment depends on a steering wheel or passenger air
number of factors including vehicle bag can cause fatal injuries,
speed, angles of impact and the especially if the occupant is
density and stiffness of the vehi- positioned excessively close to
cles or objects which your vehicle the steering wheel or passenger
hits in the collision. The determin- air bag.
ing factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
3 48
Noise and smoke

WARNING When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING
• To avoid severe personal loud noise and leave smoke and When the air bags deploy, the
injury or death caused by powder in the air inside the vehicle. air bag related parts in the
deploying air bags in a colli- This is normal and is a result of the steering wheel and/or instru-
sion, the driver should sit as ignition of the air bag inflator. After ment panel and/or in both sides
far back from the steering the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- of the roof rails above the front
wheel air bag as possible (at stantial discomfort in breathing due and rear doors are very hot. To
least 250 mm (10 inches) to the contact of your chest with both prevent injury, do not touch the
away). The front passengers the seat belt and the air bag, as well air bag storage area’s internal
should always move their as from breathing the smoke and components immediately after
seats as far back as possible powder. Open your doors and/or an air bag has inflated.
and sit back in their seat. windows as soon as possible after
• Air bags inflate instantly in the impact in order to reduce discom-
event of a collision, and pas- fort and prevent prolonged expo-
sengers may be injured by the sure to the smoke and powder.
air bag expansion force if they Though smoke and powder are non-
are not in a proper position. toxic, it may cause irritation to the
• Air bag inflation may cause skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
injuries including facial or this is the case, wash and rinse with
bodily abrasions, injuries cold water immediately and consult a
from broken glasses or burns. doctor if the symptom persists.
3 49
Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light

the front passenger’s seat. WARNING
• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint
on a seat protected by an air
bag in front of it!
• Never put a child restraint in
the front passenger’s seat. If
the front passenger air bag
inflates, it would cause seri-
ous or fatal injuries.
• When children are seated in
the rear outboard seats of W7-147
1JBH3051 vehicle equipped with side
and/or curtain air bags, be The purpose of air bag warning light
Never place a rear-facing child sure to install the child in your instrument panel is to alert
restraint in the front passenger’s restraint system as far away you of a potential problem with your
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would from the door side as possible, air bag system, which could include
impact the rear-facing child restraint, and securely lock the child your side and/or curtain air bags
causing serious or fatal injury. restraint system in position. used for rollover protection.
In addition, do not place front-facing Inflation of side and/or curtain
child restraints in the front passen- air bags could cause serious
ger’s seat either. If the front passen- injury or death to an infant or
ger air bag inflates, it could cause child.
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
3 50
SRS components and functions 10. PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF”

indicator (Front passenger’s seat
only)
11. Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
12. Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
13. Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the ignition W7-147
switch is ON to determine if a crash
OXM033200L impact is severe enough to require If the airbag warning light illuminated
air bag deployment or pre-tensioner for more than, 6 seconds after the
The SRS consists of the following ignition is turned on, or of it illumi-
components: seat belt deployment.
nates during vehicle operation, an
1. Driver's front air bag module SRS component may not be func-
2. Passenger's front air bag module tioning properly and you should have
your vehicle checked by an author-
3. Side impact air bag modules ized Kia dealer.
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
3 51
Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2)
WARNING
If any of the following condi-
tions occurs, this indicates a
malfunction in the air bag sys-
tem. Have an authorized Kia
dealer inspect the air bag sys-
tem as soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on
briefly when you turn the igni-
tion ON.
B240B01L B240B02L
• The light stays on after illumi-
nating for approximately 6 The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
seconds. ed both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will
• The light comes on while the wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the
vehicle is in motion. panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full
• The light blinks when the igni- impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags.
tion switch is in ON position. will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
3 52
Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag

(Continued)
• When installing a container of
liquid air freshener inside the
vehicle, do not place it near
the instrument cluster nor on
the instrument panel surface.
It may become a dangerous
projectile and cause injury if the
passenger's air bag inflates.
B240B03L B240B05L
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt, WARNING
slows the driver's or the passenger's • Do not install or place any
forward motion, reducing the risk of accessories (drink holder,
head and chest injury. cassette holder, sticker, etc.)
on the front passenger's
After complete inflation, the air bag panel above the glove box in a
immediately starts deflating, enabling vehicle with a passenger's air
the driver to maintain forward visibility bag. Such objects may become
and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles and
other controls. cause injury if the passenger's
air bag inflates.
(Continued)
3 53
(Continued) Occupant Detection System

WARNING (ODS)
• If an air bag deploys, there • The SRS can function only
may be a loud noise followed when the ignition switch is in
by a fine dust released in the the ON position. If the SRS air
vehicle. These conditions are bag warning light does not
normal and are not hazardous illuminate, or continuously
- the air bags are packed in this remains on after illuminating
fine powder. The dust generat- for about 6 seconds when the
ed during air bag deployment ignition switch is turned to the
may cause skin or eye irrita- ON position, or after the
tion as well as aggravate asth- engine is started, comes on
ma for some persons. Always while driving, the SRS is not
wash all exposed skin areas working properly. If this
thoroughly with lukewarm occurs, have your vehicle OXMA033102
water and a mild soap after an immediately inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer. Your vehicle is equipped with an
accident in which the air bags occupant detection system in the
were deployed. • Before you replace a fuse or front passenger's seat.
(Continued) disconnect a battery terminal,
turn the ignition switch to the The occupant detection system is
LOCK position and remove the designed to detect the presence of a
ignition switch. Never remove properly-seated front passenger and
or replace the air bag related determine if the passenger's front air
fuse(s) when the ignition bag should be enabled (may inflate)
or not. Only the front passenger front
switch is in the ON position.
air bag is controlled by the Occupant
Failure to observe this warning
Classification System.
will cause the SRS air bag
warning light to illuminate.
WARNING
Do not put anything in front of the
passenger air bag indicator.
3 54
Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu- Always be sure that you and all vehi-
pant detection system pied by a person that the system cle occupants are seated and
• A detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size, restrained properly (sitting upright
the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting with the seat in an upright position,
upright with the seatback in an centered on the seat cushion, with
• An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the the person’s legs comfortably extend-
mines whether the passenger air seat cushion with their seat belt on, ed, feet on the floor, and wearing the
bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their safety belt properly) for the most
or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER effective protection by the air bag and
• A indicator light located on the AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off the safety belt.
instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in • The ODS (Occupant Detection
“OFF” indicating the front passen- frontal crashes. System) may not function properly if
ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR the passenger takes actions which
• The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center can defeat the detection system.
ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the These include:
occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table (1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-
and activates or deactivates the front tion.
passenger air bag based on these
conditions. (2) Leaning against the door or cen-
ter console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
3 55
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection

system WARNING
Indicator/Warning light Devices Riding in an improper position
Condition detected by the or placing weight on the front
occupant detection "PASSENGER AIR
Front passenger passenger's seat when it is
system BAG OFF" indicator SRS warning light
air bag unoccupied by a passenger
light
adversely affects the Occupant
1. Adult or child*1 Off Off Activated Detection System (ODS). Your
2. Child restraint system* 2
On Off Deactivated ODS is designed to resist elec-
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated tronic waves, but do not place an
electronic device (ex. laptop
4. There is a malfunction
Off On Activated computer, after market DMB/nav-
in the system igation/satellite audio, video
game machine, MP3, etc.) on or
*1 : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the near the seat cushion since it
air bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS, may defeat the proper function-
thus allowing the air bag to deploy. To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride ing of the ODS or turn on the air
in the front passenger seat. bag warning light.
* : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
2
(Continued)
3 56
(Continued)
OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665

- Never put a heavy load or an - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash-
active electronic device on towards the front of the seat. board.
the front passenger seat or
seatback pocket.
OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664

- Never place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen-
passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
3 57
Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ✽ NOTICE

indicator is still on, ask the passen- The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
ger to move to the rear seat. indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-
onds after the ignition switch is
WARNING turned to the ON position or after
the engine is started. If the front
Do not allow an adult passenger passenger seat is occupied, the occu-
to ride in the front seat when the pant detection sensor will then clas-
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” sify the front passenger after several
indicator is illuminated because more seconds.
the air bag will not deploy in the
event of a crash. If the "PAS-
B990A01O
SENGER AIR BAG OFF" indica- WARNING
When an adult is seated in the front tor remains illuminated after the Do not put a heavy load or an
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER adult passenger repositions active electronic device (ex. lap-
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn themselves properly and the top computer, after market
the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- vehicle is restarted, have the DMB/navigation/satellite audio,
tion and ask the passenger to sit passenger move to the rear seat video game machine, MP3, etc.)
properly (sitting upright with the seat because the passenger's front in the front passenger seatback
back in an upright position, centered air bag will not deploy. pocket or on the front passenger
on the seat cushion with their seat seat. Do not hang onto the front
belt on, legs comfortably extended The "PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF" indicator will not change passenger seat. Do not hang any
and their feet on the floor). Restart items such as seatback table on
the engine and have the person according to the occupants
posture after the vehicle has the front passenger seatback.
remain in that position. This will allow Do not place feet on the front
the system to detect the person and been running for 30 seconds.
passenger seatback. Do not
to enable the passenger air bag. Front seat passengers must place any items under the front
stay properly seated to avoid passenger seat. Any of these
serious injury from a deploying could interfere with proper sen-
air bag. sor operation or turn on the air
bag warning light.
3 58
WARNING (Continued) (Continued)

• Even though your vehicle is • If the front passenger seat is • Accident statistics show that
equipped with the occupant occupied by a child who is not children are safer if they are
detection system, never install a in a CRS, the "PASSENGER restrained in the rear, as
child restraint system in the AIR BAG OFF" indicator may opposed to the front seat. It is
front passenger's seat. A or may not be on and the pas- recommended that child
deploying air bag can forcefully senger air bag may or may not restraints be secured in a rear
strike a child resulting in seri- deploy in a collision. Have the seat, including an infant riding
ous injuries or death. Any child child move to a rear seat to in a rear-facing infant seat, a
age 12 and under should ride in increase their safety. child riding in a forward-facing
the rear seat. Children too large • Do not modify or replace the child seat and an older child
for child restraints should use front passenger seat. Don't riding in a booster seat.
the available lap/shoulder belts. place anything on or attach • Air bags can only be used
No matter what type of crash, anything such as a blanket or once – have an authorized Kia
children of all ages are safer seat heater to the front pas- dealer replace the air bag
when restrained in the rear seat. senger seat. This can adverse- immediately after deployment.
• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ly affect the occupant detec- • The occupant detection sys-
“OFF” indicator is illuminated tion system. tem may not work properly if
when the front passenger's seat • Do not place sharp objects on water, coffee or any other liq-
is occupied by an adult and the front passenger seat. uid including rain gets on the
he/she sits properly (sitting These may damage the occu- seat. Keep the front seat dry
upright with the seatback in an pant detection system, if they at all times.
upright position, centered on puncture the seat cushion. (Continued)
the seat cushion with their seat • Do not use accessory seat
belt on, legs comfortably covers on the front seats.
extended and their feet on the (Continued)
floor), have that person sit in the
rear seat.
(Continued)
3 59
Driver's and passenger's front air

(Continued) WARNING bag
• Do not place an electronic If the occupant detection sys-
device (ex. laptop computer, tem is not working properly, the
Driver’s front air bag
after market DMB/navigation/ SRS air bag warning light on
satellite audio, video game the instrument panel will illumi-
machine, MP3, etc.) on the nate because the passenger's
front passenger seat. Its elec- front air bag is connected with
tronic field may cause the ODS the occupant detection system.
to switch to the "on" condition If there is a malfunction of the
and thus turn on the air bag occupant detection system, the
warning light or allow the pas- PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
senger airbag to deploy need- indicator will not illuminate and
lessly in a collision, increasing the passenger's front air bag
OXM033009
your repair costs. Passenger’s front air bag (if equipped)
will inflate in frontal impact
crashes even if there is no occu-
pant in the front passenger's
seat. If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, remains illumi-
nated after approximately 6 sec-
onds when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, or if it OXM033010
illuminates while the vehicle is
being driven, have an author- Your vehicle is equipped with an
ized Kia dealer inspect the occu- Advanced Supplemental Restraint
pant detection system and the (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
SRS air bag system as soon as belts at both the driver and passen-
possible. ger seating position.
3 60
The indication of the system's pres- These sensors provide the ability to
ence are the letters "AIR BAG" WARNING control the SRS deployment based on
embossed on the air bag pad cover If the occupant detection sys- whether or not the seat belts are fas-
on the steering wheel and the pas- tem is not working properly, the tened, and how severe the impact is.
senger's side front panel pad above SRS air bag warning light on
the glove box. the instrument panel will illumi- The advanced SRS offers the ability
nate because the SRS air bag to control the air bag inflation with
The SRS consists of air bags warning light is connected with two levels. A first stage level is pro-
installed under the pad covers in the the occupant detection system. vided for moderate-severity impacts.
center of the steering wheel and the If the SRS air bag warning light A second stage level is provided for
passenger's side front panel above does not illuminate when the more severe impacts.
the glove box. ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, remains illuminat-
The purpose of the SRS is to provide ed after approximately 6 sec- The passenger’s front air bag is
the vehicle's driver and/or the front onds when the ignition switch designed to help reduce the injury of
passenger with additional protection is turned to the ON position, or children sitting close to the instru-
than that offered by the seat belt sys- if it illuminates while the vehicle ment panel in low speed collisions.
tem alone in case of a frontal impact is being driven, have an author- However, children are safer if they
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses ized Kia dealer inspect the are restrained in the rear seat.
sensors to gather information about advanced SRS air bag system
the driver's and front passenger's as soon as possible.
seat belt usage and impact severity. According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
Control Module) controls the air bag
The seat belt buckle sensors deter- inflation. Failure to properly wear
mine if the driver and front passen- seat belts can increase the risk or
ger's seat belts are fastened. severity of injury in an accident.
3 61
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped

WARNING (Continued)
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat. The occu- Manufacturers are required by Specifically, the front passenger
pant detection system detects the government regulations to pro- seat, dashboard or door should
presence of a passenger in the front vide a contact point concerning not be replaced except by an
passenger's seat and will turn off the modifications to the vehicle for authorized Kia dealer using
front passenger's air bag under cer- persons with disabilities, which original Kia parts designed for
tain conditions. For more detail, see modifications may affect the this vehicle and model. Any
"Occupant detection system" in this vehicle’s advanced air bag sys- other such replacement or mod-
section. tem. However, Kia does not ification could adversely affect
endorse nor will it support any the operation of the occupant
changes to any part or structure detection system and your
WARNING of the vehicle that could affect advanced air bags. For the
• Modification to the seat struc- the advanced air bag system, same reason, do not attach any-
ture can cause the air bag to including the occupant detec- thing to the seat, dashboard or
deploy at a different level than tion system. door, even temporarily. If the
should be provided. system is adversely affected, it
(Continued)
• Do not place any objects could cause severe personal
underneath the front seats as injuries or death in a collision.
they could damage and/or
interfere with the occupant
detection system.
3 62
✽ NOTICE (Continued)
• Be sure to read information about WARNING
Always use seat belts and child • Front and side air bags can
the SRS on the labels provided on injure occupants improperly
the sunvisor. restraints – every trip, every
time, everyone! Air bags inflate positioned in the front seats.
• Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to with considerable force and in • Move your seat as far back as
help provide enhanced occupant the blink of an eye. Seat belts practical from the front air
protection in frontal crashes. Front help keep occupants in proper bags, while still maintaining
air bags are not intended to deploy position to obtain maximum control of the vehicle.
in collisions in which sufficient benefit from the air bag. Even • You and your passengers
protection can be provided by the with advanced air bags, improp- should never sit or lean
pre-tensioner seat belt. erly and unbelted occupants unnecessarily close to the air
can be severely injured when bags. Improperly positioned
the air bag inflates. Always fol- drivers and passengers can
low the precautions about seat be severely injured by inflat-
belts, air bags and occupant ing air bags.
safety contained in this manual. • Never lean against the door or
To reduce the chance of serious center console – always sit in
or fatal injuries and receive the an upright position.
maximum safety benefit from • Do not allow a passenger to
your restraint system: ride in the front seat when the
• Never place a child in any PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
child or booster seat in the indicator is illuminated,
front seat. because the air bag will not
• ABC – Always Buckle deploy in the event of a mod-
Children in the 2nd Row seat. erate or severe frontal crash.
It is the safest place for chil- (Continued)
dren of any age to ride.
(Continued)
3 63
(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

• No objects should be placed • If the SRS air bag warning • Front air bags are not intend-
over or near the air bag mod- light remains illuminated ed to deploy in side-impact,
ules on the steering wheel, while the vehicle is being driv- rear-impact or rollover crash-
instrument panel or the front en, have an authorized Kia es. In addition, front air bags
passenger's panel above the dealer inspect the air bag sys- will not deploy in frontal
glove box, because any such tem as soon as possible. crashes below the deploy-
object could cause harm if the • Air bags can only be used ment threshold.
vehicle is in a crash severe once – have an authorized Kia (Continued)
enough to cause the air bags dealer replace the air bag
to deploy. immediately after deployment.
• Never place covers, blankets • The SRS is designed to
or aftermarket seat warmers deploy the front air bags only
on the passenger seat as when an impact is sufficiently
these may interfere with the severe and when the impact
occupant detection system. angle is less than 30° from the
• Do not tamper with or discon- forward longitudinal axis of
nect SRS wiring or other com- the vehicle. Additionally, the
ponents of the SRS system. air bags will only deploy once.
Doing so could result in injury, Seat belts must be worn at all
due to accidental deployment times.
of the air bags or by rendering (Continued)
the SRS inoperative.
(Continued)
3 64
Rear impact (Continued) (Continued)

• Even though your vehicle is • For maximum safety protection
equipped with the occupant in all types of crashes, all occu-
detection system, do not pants including the driver
install a child restraint system should always wear their seat
in the front passenger seat belts whether or not an air bag
position. A child restraint sys- is also provided at their seating
tem must never be placed in position to minimize the risk of
OEP036096N the front seat. The infant or severe injury or death in the
Side impact child could be severely event of a crash. Do not sit or
injured or killed by an air bag lean unnecessarily close to the
deployment in case of an acci- air bag while the vehicle is in
dent. motion.
• Children age 12 and under • Sitting improperly or out of
must always be properly position can result in serious
restrained in the rear seat. or fatal injury in a crash. All
Never allow children to ride in occupants should sit upright
OVQ036018N the front passenger seat. If a with the seat back in an upright
Rollover child over 12 must be seated position, centered on the seat
in the front seat, he or she cushion with their seat belt on,
must be properly belted and legs comfortably extended and
the seat should be moved as their feet on the floor until the
far back as possible. vehicle is parked and the igni-
(Continued) tion key is removed or the
engine is shut off.
(Continued)
1VQA2091
3 65
(Continued) Side air bag • The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact
• The SRS air bag system must collisions, depending on the crash
deploy very rapidly to provide severity, angle, speed and point of
protection in a crash. If an impact.
occupant is out of position • The side air bags do not only
because of not wearing a seat deploy on the side of the impact
belt, the air bag may forcefully but also on the opposite side.
contact the occupant causing
serious or fatal injuries. • The side and/or curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle will deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
OXM039039 detected.
• The side air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or
rollover situations.
WARNING
Do not allow the passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
OXMA032054
the window, or place objects
Your vehicle is equipped with a side between the doors and passen-
air bag in each front seat. The pur- gers when they are seated on
pose of the air bag is to provide the seats equipped with side and/or
vehicle's driver and/or the front pas- curtain air bags.
senger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
3 66
(Continued) Curtain air bag

WARNING
• The side air bag is supple- • Do not install any accessories
mental to the driver's and the on the side or near the side air
passenger's seat belt systems bag.
and is not a substitute for • Do not place any objects over
them. Therefore your seat the air bag or between the air
belts must be worn at all times bag and yourself.
while the vehicle is in opera- • Do not place any objects (an
tion. umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
• For best protection from the front door and the front seat.
side air bag system and to Such objects may become dan- OXM039055
avoid being injured by the gerous projectiles and cause
deploying side air bag, both injury if the supplemental side
front seat occupants should air bag inflates.
sit in an upright position with • To prevent unexpected deploy-
the seat belt properly fas- ment of the side air bag that
tened. The driver's hands may result in personal injury,
should be placed on the steer- avoid impact to the side impact
ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 sensor when the ignition
positions. The passenger's switch is on.
arms and hands should be • If seat or seat cover is dam-
placed on their laps. aged, have the vehicle checked OXMA032056
• Do not use any accessory and repaired by an authorized Curtain air bags are located along
seat covers. Kia dealer. Inform the dealer both sides of the roof rails above the
• Use of seat covers could that your vehicle is equipped front and rear doors.
reduce or prevent the effec- with side air bags and an occu-
tiveness of the system. pant detection system.
(Continued)
3 67
They are designed to help protect

WARNING (Continued)
occupants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from eject- • In order for side and curtain • Do not allow the passengers
ing out of the vehicle as a result of a air bags to provide the best to lean their heads or bodies
rollover, especially when the seat- protection, front seat occu- against the doors, put their
belts are also in use. pants and outboard rear occu- arms on the doors, stretch
pants should sit in an upright their arms out of the window
• The curtain air bags are designed
position with the seat belts or place objects between the
to deploy during certain side
properly fastened. doors and passengers when
impact collisions, depending on the
they are seated on seats
crash severity, angle, speed and Importantly, children should equipped with side impact
point of impact. sit in a proper child restraint and/or curtain air bags.
• The curtain air bags do not only system in the rear seat.
• Never try to open or repair any
deploy on the side of the impact • When children are seated in components of the side and
but also on the opposite side. the rear outboard seats, they curtain air bag system. This
• Also, the curtain air bags on both must be seated in the proper should only be done by an
sides of the vehicle will deploy in child restraint system. Make authorized Kia dealer.
certain rollover situations. sure to position the child
restraint system as far away Failure to follow the above men-
• The curtain air bags are not tioned instructions can result in
designed to deploy in all side from the door side as possi-
ble, and secure the child injury or death to the vehicle
impact or rollover situations. occupants in an accident.
restraint system in a locked
position.
(Continued)
3 68
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors

collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
1 2 3 4
OXM033012L/OXM033013/OXM033014/OXM039043/OXM039044
(1) SRS control module/ (3) Side impact sensor

Rollover sensor (4) Side impact sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
3 69
Air bag inflation conditions

WARNING (Continued)
• Do not hit or allow any objects • Problems may arise if the sen-
to impact the locations where sor installation angles are
air bags or sensors are changed due to the deforma-
installed. tion of the front bumper, front
end module, body or front
This may cause unexpected doors and/or C pillar where
air bag deployment, which side collision sensors are
could result in serious per- installed. Have the vehicle
sonal injury or death. checked and repaired by an
• If the installation location or authorized Kia dealer.
angle of the sensors is altered • Installing bumper guards (or
in any way, the air bags may side step or running board) or 1VQA2084
deploy when they should not replacing a bumper (or front
or they may not deploy when Front air bags
door module) with non-gen-
they should, causing severe uine parts may adversely Front air bags are designed to inflate
injury or death. affect your vehicle’s collision in a frontal collision depending on
Therefore, do not try to per- and air bag deployment per- the intensity, speed or angles of
form maintenance on or formance. impact of the front collision.
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
(Continued)
3 70
Also, the side and curtain air bags are If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
designed to inflate when a rollover is bumps or objects on unimproved
detected by a rollover sensor. roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
Although the front air bags (driver’s carefully on unimproved roads or on
and front passenger’s air bags) are surfaces not designed for vehicle
designed to inflate in frontal colli- traffic to prevent unintended air bag
sions, they also may inflate in other deployment.
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. side
OVQ036018N
and curtain air bags are designed to
inflate in certain side impact colli-
sions. They may inflate in other type
of collisions where a side force is
detected by the sensors. Side air bag
and/or curtain air bags may also
inflate where rollover sensors indi-
cate the possibility of a rollover
occurring (even if none actually
occurs) or in other situations, incluid-
ing when the vehicle is tilted while
OXMA032057
being towed. Even where side and/or
Side and/or curtain air bags curtain air bags would not provide
Side and/or curtain air bags are impact protection in a rollover, how-
designed to inflate when an impact is ever, they will deploy to prevent ejec-
detected by side collision sensors tion of occupants, especially those
depending on the strength, speed or who are restrained with seat belts.
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
3 71
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OUN036087 OVQ036018N
1VQA2086 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in
in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because
• In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of
air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side
bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment
such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu-
provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection.
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions.
3 72
1VQA2089 1VQA2090 1VQA2091

• In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in all
impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents where the
a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- SRSCM indicates that the front air
would not be able to provide any cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- bag deployment would not provide
additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance. additional occupant protection.
sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this
bags. "under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detect-
ed by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” colli-
sions.
3 73
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-
WARNING
free and so there are no parts you can • Modification to SRS compo-
safely service by yourself. If the SRS nents or wiring, including the
air bag warning light does not illumi- addition of any kind of badges
nate, or continuously remains on, to the pad covers or modifica-
have your vehicle immediately tions to the body structure,
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. can adversely affect SRS per-
formance and lead to possible
injury.
Any work on the SRS system, such
• For cleaning the air bag pad
as removing, installing, repairing, or
1VQA2092 covers, use only a soft, dry
any work on the steering wheel, the
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- cloth or one which has been
front passenger’s panel, front seats
cle collides with objects such as moistened with plain water.
and roof rails must be performed by
utility poles or trees, where the Solvents or cleaners could
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
point of impact is concentrated to adversely affect the air bag
handling of the SRS system may
one area and the full force of the covers and proper deploy-
result in serious personal injury.
impact is not delivered to the sen- ment of the system.
sors. • No objects should be placed
over or near the air bag mod-
ules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, and the front
passenger's panel above the
glove box, because any such
object could cause harm if the
vehicle is in a crash severe
enough to cause the air bags to
inflate.
(Continued)
3 74
Additional safety precautions • Passengers should not place

(Continued) hard or sharp objects between
• Never let passengers ride in the
• If the air bags inflate, they cargo area or on top of a folded- themselves and the air bags.
must be replaced by an down back seat. All occupants Carrying hard or sharp objects on
authorized Kia dealer. should sit upright, fully back in their your lap or in your mouth can result
• Do not tamper with or discon- seats with their seat belts on and in injuries if an air bag inflates.
nect SRS wiring, or other their feet on the floor. • Keep occupants away from the
components of the SRS sys- • Passengers should not move air bag covers. All occupants
tem. Doing so could result in out of or change seats while the should sit upright, fully back in their
injury, due to accidental infla- vehicle is moving. A passenger seats with their seat belts on and
tion of the air bags or by ren- who is not wearing a seat belt dur- their feet on the floor. If occupants
dering the SRS inoperative. ing a crash or emergency stop can are too close to the air bag covers,
• If components of the air bag be thrown against the inside of the they could be injured if the air bags
system must be discarded, or vehicle, against other occupants, inflate.
if the vehicle must be or out of the vehicle. • Do not attach or place objects
scrapped, certain safety pre- • Each seat belt is designed to on or near the air bag covers.
cautions must be observed. restrain one occupant. If more Any object attached to or placed
An authorized Kia dealer than one person uses the same on the front or side air bag covers
knows these precautions and seat belt, they could be seriously could interfere with the proper
can give you the necessary injured or killed in a collision. operation of the air bags.
information. Failure to follow • Do not modify the front seats.
these precautions and proce- • Do not use any accessories on
seat belts. Devices claiming to Modification of the front seats
dures could increase the risk could interfere with the operation of
of personal injury. improve occupant comfort or repo-
sition the seat belt can reduce the the supplemental restraint system
• If your vehicle was flooded protection provided by the seat belt sensing components or side air
and has soaked carpeting or and increase the chance of serious bags.
water on flooring, you should- injury in a crash.
n't try to start the engine;
have the vehicle towed to an
3 75
• Do not place items under the Adding equipment to or modi-

front seats. Placing items under WARNING fying your air bag-equipped
the front seats could interfere with • Sitting improperly or out of vehicle
the operation of the supplemental position can cause occupants
restraint system sensing compo- If you modify your vehicle by chang-
to be shifted too close to a ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-
nents and wiring harnesses. deploying air bag, strike the tem, front end or side sheet metal or
• Never hold an infant or child on interior structure or be thrown ride height, this may affect the oper-
your lap. The infant or child could from the vehicle resulting in ation of your vehicle's air bag sys-
be seriously injured or killed in the serious injury or death. tem.
event of a crash. All infants and • Always sit upright with the
children should be properly seatback in an upright posi-
restrained in appropriate child tion, centered on the seat
safety seats or seat belts in the cushion with your seat belt
rear seat. on, legs comfortably extended
and your feet on the floor.
• Always have the ignition OFF
when the vehicle is being
towed or where it may other-
wise be tilted, since the side
and/or curtain airbags may
inflate if the sensors interpret
those tilt angles as a potential
rollover.
• Be careful not to cause impact
to the doors when the ignition
is ON.The air bags may inflate.
3 76
Air bag warning label
OXM039050N
Air bag warning labels, some required by the

Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(CMVSS), are attached to the sunvisor to
alert the driver and passengers of potential
risks of the air bag system.
3 77
XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 1
Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Closing the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Power tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 • Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 • Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 • Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4
• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 • Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 • Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 • Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 • Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 • Tilting the sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 • Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 • Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-21 Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-22 • Electric power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 • Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
• Auto door lock/unlock feature (Automatic transaxle) . 4-24 • Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
• Child-protector rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 • Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 • Flex steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
• Opening the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 • Non-operational conditions of

• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
• Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 • Rear parking assist system precautions . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68 • Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
• Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69 Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
• LCD display control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• Transaxle shift indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 • Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75 • Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
4
• LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75 • Headlight welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• Service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76 • Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
• User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78 • Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
• A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80 • High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
• Turn by turn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80 • Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
• Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81 • Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
Trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87 Windshield wiper/washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
• Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87 • Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 • Front windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 • Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91 Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91 • Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
• Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98 • Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 • Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Operation of the rear parking assist system. . . . . . 4-102 • Luggage lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120 Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120 • Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121 • Bottle holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122 • Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• 3rd row air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126 • Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127 • AC inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129 • Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
• Air Conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130 • Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant • Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130 • Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131 • Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156 4
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-133 • Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134 Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
• Outside thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137 • Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
• 3rd row air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140 Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-142 • Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
• Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
FOLDING KEY
Record your key number Key operations
The key code number
WARNING
is stamped on the bar Use only Kia original parts for
code tag attached to the ignition key in your vehicle.
the key set. Should If an aftermarket key is used,
you lose your keys, the ignition switch may not
this number will enable an author- return to ON after START. If this
ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys happens, the starter will contin-
easily. Remove the bar code tag and ue to operate causing damage
store it in a safe place. Also, record to the starter motor and possi-
the code number and keep it in a ble fire due to excessive current
safe and handy place, but not in the in the wiring.
vehicle. OXMA043331
• Used to start the engine. WARNING - Ignition key

• Used to lock and unlock the doors. Leaving children unattended in
• Used to lock and unlock the glove a vehicle with the ignition key is
box. dangerous even if the key is not
• To unfold the key, press the release in the ignition. Children copy
button then the key will unfold auto- adults and they could place the
matically. To fold the key, fold the key in the ignition. The ignition
key manually while pressing the key would enable children to
release button. operate power windows or
other controls, or even make
the vehicle move, which could
CAUTION result in serious bodily injury or
Do not fold the key without even death. Never leave the
pressing the release button. keys in your vehicle with unsu-
This may damage the key. pervised children.
4 4
Door Lock (1) Door Unlock (2) Tailgate unlock (3)

1. Press the unlock button(2). The tailgate is unlocked if the button
2. The driver's door will unlock. The is pressed for more than 1 second.
hazard warning lights will blink two Also, once the tailgate is opened and
times. then closed, the tailgate will be
3. Press the unlock button(2) twice locked automatically.
within 4 seconds and all doors and • For Power Tailgate Only:
tailgate will unlock. The hazard The Power Tailgate will open if the
warning lights will blink two times. button is pressed for more than 1
second. Also, once the tailgate is
✽ NOTICE opened and then closed, the tailgate
will be locked again automatically.
OXMA043317 You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
1. Close all doors, engine hood and "User settings" in this chapter. If the power tailgate is switched ‘Off’
tailgate. using the button in the overhead con-
2. Press the lock button(1). sole, the tailgate unlock button will
3. All doors and tailgate will lock. The operate to unlock the tailgate as
hazard warning lights will blink described above.
once.
4. If the lock button is pressed once See section 4-26 for more informa-
more within 4 seconds, the hazard tion on the power tailgate option.
warning lights will blink and the
horn will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle.
4 5
Panic (4) Transmitter precautions (Continued)

The horn sounds and hazard warn- ✽ NOTICE • If the transmitter is in close prox-
ing lights flash for about 27 seconds imity to your mobile phone, the
if this button is pressed for more than
The transmitter will not work if any signal could be blocked by your
0.5 second. To stop the horn and
of following occur: mobile phones normal operational
lights, press any button except the
• The ignition key is in the ignition signals. This is especially impor-
trunk button on the transmitter.
switch. tant when the phone is active such
• You exceed the operating distance as making and receiving calls, text
limit (about 10 m [30 feet]). messaging, and/or sending/receiv-
• The battery in the transmitter is ing emails. Avoid placing the
weak. transmitter and your mobile
• Other vehicles or objects may be phone in the same pants or jacket
blocking the signal. pocket and always try to maintain
• The weather is extremely cold. an adequate distance between the
• The transmitter is close to a radio two devices.
transmitter such as a radio substa-
tion or an airport which can inter-
fere with normal operation of the CAUTION
transmitter. Keep the transmitter away from
When the transmitter does not work water or any liquid. If the key-
correctly, open and close the door less entry system is inoperative
with the ignition key. If you have a due to exposure to water or liq-
problem with the transmitter, contact uids, it will not be covered by
an authorized Kia dealer. your manufacturer’s vehicle
(Continued) warranty.
4 6
Battery replacement For replacement transmitters, see an

authorized Kia dealer for transmitter CAUTION - Transmitter
reprogramming. damage
• The transmitter is designed to give Do not drop, wet or expose the
you years of trouble-free use, how- keyless entry system transmit-
ever it can malfunction if exposed to ter to heat or sunlight.
moisture or static electricity. If you
are unsure how to use your trans-
mitter or replace the battery, contact IC WARNING
an authorized Kia dealer.
This device complies with
• Using the wrong battery can cause Industry Canada licence-
the transmitter to malfunction. Be exempt RSS standard(s).
sure to use the correct battery.
OYDDCO2005 Operation is subject to the fol-
• To avoid damaging the transmitter, lowing two conditions: (1) this
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
battery which will normally last for device may not cause interfer-
to heat or sunlight. ence, and (2) this device must
several years. When replacement is
necessary, use the following proce- • An inappropriately disposed accept any interference, includ-
dure. battery can be harmful to the ing interference that may cause
environment and may cause undesired operation of the
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and human health. Dispose the device.
gently pry open the transmitter battery according to your
center cover. local law(s) or regulation.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
is positioned battery.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
4 7
Immobilizer system To activate the immobilizer sys- ✽ NOTICE

Your vehicle is equipped with an tem: When starting the engine, do not use
electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- the key with other immobilizer keys
to reduce the risk of unauthorized tion. The immobilizer system acti- around. Otherwise the engine may
vehicle use. vates automatically. Without a valid not start or may stop soon after it
Your immobilizer system is com- ignition key for your vehicle, the starts. Keep each key separate in
prised of a small transponder in the engine will not start. order to avoid a starting malfunction.
ignition key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle. To deactivate the immobilizer CAUTION
With the immobilizer system, when- system: Do not put metal accessories
ever you insert your ignition key into Insert the ignition key into the key near the ignition switch.
the ignition switch and turn it to ON, cylinder and turn it to the ON position. Metal accessories may interrupt
it checks and determines and verifies the transponder signal and may
if the ignition key is valid. prevent the engine from being
If the key is determined to be valid, WARNING started.
the engine will start. In order to prevent theft of your
If the key is determined to be invalid, vehicle, do not leave spare keys
the engine will not start. anywhere in your vehicle. Your ✽ NOTICE
Immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and If you need additional keys or lose
should be kept confidential. Do your keys, contact an authorized
not leave this number anywhere Kia dealer.
in your vehicle.
4 8
This device complies with Industry "Limp Home" Mode and Related
CAUTION Canada Standard RSS-210. Procedures
The transponder in your ignition Operation is subject to the following If the immobilizer warning indicator
key is an important part of the two conditions: blinks for five seconds when the igni-
immobilizer system. It is 1. This device may not cause harm- tion key is turned to the "ON" posi-
designed to give years of trou- ful interference, and tion, this indicates the immobilizer
ble-free service, however you system requires service. The engine
should avoid exposure to mois- 2. This device must accept any inter-
cannot be started without using the
ture, static electricity and rough ference received, including inter-
procedure below.
handling. Immobilizer system ference that may cause undesired
operation. The following procedure describes
malfunction could occur.
how to start the engine using the
limp home function (0, 1, 2, 3 as a
CAUTION sample password).
CAUTION Changes or modifications not
Do not change, alter or adjust expressly approved by the party
the immobilizer system because responsible for compliance ✽ NOTICE
it could cause the immobilizer could void the user’s authority You can get a limp home password
system to malfunction and to operate the equipment. If the when the vehicle is first delivered to
should only be serviced by an keyless entry system is inopera- you. If you do not have a password,
authorized Kia dealer. tive due to changes or modifica- consult your authorized Kia dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improp- tions not approved by the party
er alterations, adjustments or responsible for compliance, it
modifications to the immobilizer will not be covered by your man-
system are not covered by your ufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
4 9
1. To activate the password, turn the ✽ NOTICE

ignition key "ON" and "OFF" CAUTION
If the engine stalls while driving in
according to the digit numbers. the "limp home" mode, you can • If the password is entered
The immobilizer indicator will blink start your engine within 3 seconds incorrectly three consecutive
along with the operation of the without re-entering the password. times, wait for about one hour
ignition key. For example, turn the to perform the limp home acti-
ignition key once for digit number vation procedure again.
"1", and twice for "2", and so on. If the immobilizer indicator blinks for
five seconds, you must re-enter the • If you cannot start your engine
For the digit number "0", you must using the limp home activa-
cycle the ignition key 10 times. password (steps 1~4).
tion procedure, have your
2. Wait for 3~10 seconds. vehicle towed by an author-
3. You may set the remaining number After performing the limp home acti- ized Kia dealer.
of digits by following steps 1 and 2. vation procedure, consult with your
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
4. If all of the four password digits possible.
have been successfully entered,
turn the ignition key "ON" and
check that the immobilizer indica-
tor illuminates. From this time, you
have to start your engine within 30
seconds. If you try to start your
engine after 30 seconds, your
engine will not start.
4 10
SMART KEY
Record your key number Smart key function With a smart key, you can lock or
The key code number unlock a door (and Tailgate) and start
is stamped on the bar the engine.
code tag attached to Refer to the following for more details.
the key set. Should
you lose your keys, WARNING - Smart key
this number will enable an author-
ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys Leaving children unattended in
easily. Remove the bar code tag and a vehicle with the smart key is
store it in a safe place. Also, record dangerous. Unattended children
the code number and keep it in a mimic adults and they could
safe and handy place, but not in the press the engine start/stop but-
vehicle. ton which would enable children
OXMA043316 to operate power windows or
To remove the mechanical key, press other controls, or even make the
and hold the release button(1) and vehicle move, which could
remove the mechanical key (2). result in serious bodily injury or
even death. Never leave the keys
To reinstall the mechanical key, put in your vehicle with unsuper-
the key into the hole and push it until vised children.
a click sound is heard.
4 11
Door Lock 4. The hazard warning lights will blink Using the button on the smart key
and the chime will sound once. 1 Close all doors, engine hood and
5. Make sure that doors are locked tailgate.
by pulling the outside door handle. 2. Press the lock button(1).
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
✽ NOTICE and the chime will sound once.
• The button will only operate when 4. Make sure that doors are locked
the smart key is within 0.7~1m. by pulling the outside door handle.
(28~40in) from the outside door
OXMA043316/Q handle.
• Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will
not lock and the chime will sound
for 3 seconds if any of following
occur:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The engine start/stop button is
in ACC or ON position.
- Any door except the tailgate is
open.
OXM049002
Using the door handle button

1. Carry the smart key.
2. Close all doors, engine hood and
tailgate.
3. Press the button of the outside
door handle.
4 12
Unlocking ✽ NOTICE Using the button on the smart key

Using the door handle button • The button will only operate when 1. Press the unlock button(2) of the
1. Carry the smart key. the smart key is within 0.7~1m. smart key.
2. Press the button of the driver's (28~40in) from the outside door 2. The driver’s door will unlock. The
outside door handle. handle. hazard warning lights will blink and
• When the smart key is recognized the chime will sound two times.
3. The driver’s door will unlock. The in the area of 0.7~1m. (28~40in)
hazard warning lights will blink and 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice
from the front outside door han- within 4 seconds and all doors and
the chime will sound two times. dle, other people can also open the the tailgate will unlock. The hazard
4. Press the button twice within 4 doors. warning lights will blink and the
seconds and all doors and the tail- • After unlocking the driver’s door chime will sound two times.
gate will unlock and the hazard or all doors, the door(s) will lock
warning lights will blink and the automatically unless the door is
chime will sound two times. opened. ✽ NOTICE
After pressing the button, the doors
❈ If you press the button of the front will lock automatically unless any
passenger’s outside door handle door is opened within 30 seconds.
while carrying the smart key, all
doors will unlock. ✽ NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
"User settings" in this chapter.
4 13
Tailgate unlocking Using the button on the smart key Panic

Using the tailgate handle button 1. Press the tailgate unlock button(3) 1. Press the panic button(4) for more
1. Carry the smart key. for more than 1 second. than 1 second.
2. Press the tailgate handle button. 2. When all doors are locked, the 2. The horn sounds and hazard
3. When all doors are locked, the hazard warning lights will blink two warning light flash for about 30
hazard warning lights will blink two times. seconds.
times. • For Power Tailgate Only:
Once the tailgate is opened and
then closed, the tailgate will lock
The Power Tailgate will open if the ✽ NOTICE
button is pressed for more than 1 To stop the horn and lights, press
automatically.
second. Also, once the tailgate is any button on the smart key.
opened and then closed, the tailgate
✽ NOTICE will be locked again automatically.
Start-up
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7~1m. You can start the engine without
If the power tailgate is switched ‘Off’ inserting the key. For detailed infor-
(28~40in) from the tailgate handle. using the button in the overhead con- mation refer to the “Engine start/stop
sole, the tailgate unlock button will button” in chapter 5.
operate to unlock the tailgate as
described above.
See section 4-26 for more informa-

tion on the power tailgate option.
4 14
Loss of the smart key Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximi-
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be • The smart key will not work if any ty to your cell phone or smart
registered to a single vehicle. of the following occur: phone, the signal from the smart
key could be blocked by normal
If you happen to lose your smart key, - The smart key is close to a radio operation of your cell phone or
you will not be able to start the transmitter such as a radio sta- smart phone. This is especially
engine. You should immediately take tion or an airport which can inter- important when the phone is active
the vehicle and remaining key to your fere with normal operation of the such as making a call, receiving
authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi- smart key. calls, text messaging, and/or send-
cle, if necessary) to protect it from - The smart key is near a mobile ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing
potential theft. two way radio system or a cellu- the smart key and your cell phone
lar phone. or smart phone in the same pants
- Another vehicle’s smart key is or jacket pocket and maintain ade-
being operated close to your quate distance between the two
vehicle. devices.
• When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door CAUTION
with the mechanical key and contact Keep the smart key away from
an authorized Kia dealer. water or any liquid. If the key-
less entry system is inoperative
due to exposure to water or
other liquids, it will not be cov-
ered by your manufacturer’s
vehicle warranty.
4 15
Smart key immobilizer system To deactivate the immobilizer ✽ NOTICE

Your vehicle is equipped with an system: When starting the engine, do not use
electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the engine start/stop button to the key with other immobilizer keys
to reduce the risk of unauthorized the ON position by pressing the but- around. Otherwise the engine may
vehicle use. ton while carrying the smart key. not start or may stop soon after it
Your immobilizer system is com- starts. Keep each key separate in
prised of a small transponder in the To activate the immobilizer system: order to avoid a starting malfunction.
smart key and electronic devices Turn the engine start/stop button to
inside the vehicle. the OFF position. The immobilizer CAUTION
With the immobilizer system, when- system activates automatically. Do not put metal accessories
ever you turn the engine start/stop Without a valid smart key for your near the smart key.
button to the ON position by pressing vehicle, the engine will not start.
The engine may not start
the button while carrying the smart
because the metal accessories
key, it checks and determines and
verifies if the smart key is valid or not. CAUTION may interrupt the transponder
In order to prevent theft of your signal from transmitting normal-
If the key is determined to be valid, ly.
the engine will start. vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
If the key is determined to be invalid, Immobilizer password is a cus-
the engine will not start. tomer unique password and
should be kept confidential. Do
not leave this number anywhere
in your vehicle.
4 16
✽ NOTICE This device complies with Industry

CAUTION Canada Standard RSS-210.
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, contact an authorized Do not change, alter or adjust Operation is subject to the following
Kia dealer. the immobilizer system because two conditions:
it could cause the immobilizer 1. This device may not cause harm-
system to malfunction and
CAUTION should only be serviced by an
ful interference, and
The transponder in your smart authorized Kia dealer. 2. This device must accept any inter-
key is an important part of the ference received, including inter-
Malfunctions caused by improp- ference that may cause undesired
immobilizer system. It is er alterations, adjustments or
designed to give years of trou- operation.
modifications to the immobilizer
ble-free service, however you system are not covered by your
should avoid exposure to mois- vehicle manufacturer warranty.
ture, static electricity and rough WARNING
handling. Immobilizer system Changes or modifications not
malfunction could occur. expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment. If the
keyless entry system is inoper-
ative due to changes or modifi-
cations not expressly approved
by the party responsible for
compliance, it will not be cov-
ered by your manufacturer’s
vehicle warranty.
4 17
Battery replacement 4. Install the battery in the reverse

order of removal. CAUTION - Smart key
• The smart key is designed to give damage
you years of trouble-free use, how- Do not drop, get wet or expose
ever it can malfunction if exposed the smart key to heat or sun-
to moisture or static electricity. If light, or it will be damaged.
you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer. IC WARNING
• Using the wrong battery can cause This device complies with
the smart key to malfunction. Be Industry Canada licence-exempt
sure to use the correct battery. RSS standard(s).
OXM043005 • To avoid damaging the smart key, Operation is subject to the follow-
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it ing two conditions: (1) this device
A smart key battery should last for to heat or sunlight.
several years, but if the smart key is may not cause interference, and
not working properly, try replacing • An inappropriately dis- (2) this device must accept any
the battery with a new one. If you are posed battery can be harm- interference, including interfer-
ful to the environment and ence that may cause undesired
unsure how to use your smart key or human health. Dispose the
replace the battery, contact an operation of the device.
battery according to your
authorized Kia dealer. local law(s) or regulation.
1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Pry open the rear cover.
3. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.
4 18
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
Armed stage The system can also be armed by
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. locking the doors with the key from
Arm the system as described below. the front doors; however, the hazard
Armed
stage
warning lights will not blink using this
1. Remove the ignition key from the method.
ignition switch and exit the vehicle.
2. Make sure that all doors (and tail-
gate) and engine hood are closed ✽ NOTICE
Disarmed Theft-alarm
stage
and latched. The theft-alarm system can be deac-
stage
3. Lock the doors using the transmit- tivated by an authorized Kia dealer.
ter of the keyless entry system (or If you want this feature, consult an
smart key) or ignition key. authorized Kia dealer.
This system is designed to provide After completion of the steps above, Do not arm the system until all
protection from unauthorized entry the hazard warning lights will blink passengers have left the vehicle. If
into the vehicle. This system is oper- (for smart key, the chime also the system is armed while a pas-
ated in three stages: the first is the sounds) once to indicate that the senger(s) remains in the vehicle,
"Armed" stage, the second is the system is armed. the alarm may be activated when
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is the remaining passenger(s) leave
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, If any door (or tailgate) or engine the vehicle. If any door (or tailgate)
the system provides an audible hood remains open, the hazard or engine hood is opened within
alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights and the chime will not 30 seconds after the system
warning lights. operate and the theft-alarm will not enters the armed stage, the sys-
arm. If all doors (and tailgate) and tem is disarmed to prevent an
engine hood are closed after the lock unnecessary alarm.
button is pressed, the hazard warn-
ing lights blink once.
4 19
Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage

CAUTION
The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when
the following occurs while the system the doors (and tailgate) are unlocked Do not change, alter or adjust
is armed. with the transmitter (or smart key) or the theft-alarm system because
the ignition key. it could cause the theft-alarm
• A front or rear door is opened with- system to malfunction and
out using the ignition key or trans- After depressing the unlock button, should only be serviced by an
mitter (or smart key). the hazard warning lights will blink authorized Kia dealer.
• The tailgate is opened without and the chime will sound twice (in
smart key) to indicate that the sys- Malfunctions caused by improp-
using the transmitter (or smart er alterations, adjustments or
key). tem is disarmed.
modifications to the theft-alarm
• The engine hood is opened. After depressing the unlock button, if system are not covered by your
any door (or tailgate) is not opened vehicle manufacturer warranty.
The horn will sound and the hazard within 30 seconds, the system will be
warning lights will blink continuously rearmed.
for approximately 27 seconds, and
repeat the horn 3 times unless the
system is disarmed. To turn off the ✽ NOTICE
system, unlock the doors with the • Avoid trying to start the engine
ignition key or transmitter (or smart while the alarm is activated. The
key). vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, insert the key into
the ignition switch, turn the igni-
tion switch to the ON position and
wait for 30 seconds. Then the sys-
tem will be disarmed. (if equipped)
• If you lose your keys, consult your
4 20
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from • When closing the door, push the
outside the vehicle door by hand. Make sure the doors
are closed securely.
■ Type A ■ Type B
Unlock Unlock
✽ NOTICE
Lock Lock • In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing con-
ditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession OXM049006
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop • To lock a door without the key,
OXMA043319 operating temporarily in order to push the inside door lock button (1)
protect the circuit and prevent or central door lock switch (2) to
• Turn the key clockwise to unlock damage to system components. the “Lock” position and close the
and counterclockwise to lock. door (3).
• If you lock the driver’s door with a • If you lock the door with the central
key, all vehicle doors will lock auto- WARNING door lock switch (2), all vehicle
matically. • If you don’t close the door doors will lock automatically.
• From the driver’s door, turn the key securely, the door may open
to the right once to unlock the door again. ✽ NOTICE
and once more within 4 seconds to • Be careful that someone’s
Always remove the ignition key,
unlock all doors. body and hands are not
engage the parking brake, close all
• Doors can also be locked and trapped when closing the door.
windows and lock all doors when
unlocked with the transmitter. leaving your vehicle unattended.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
4 21
Operating door locks from • If the inner door handle of the dri-
inside the vehicle ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is WARNING - Door lock
pulled when the door lock button is malfunction
With the door lock button in the lock position, the button will If a power door lock ever fails to
unlock and the door will open. (if function while you are in the
equipped) vehicle, try one or more of the
• Front doors cannot be locked if the following techniques to exit:
ignition key is in the ignition switch • Operate the door unlock fea-
and any front door is opened. ture repeatedly (both electron-
ic and manual) while simulta-
Unlock Lock neously pulling on the door
handle.
• Operate the other door locks
and handles, front and rear.
OXM049007 • Lower a front window and use
the key to unlock the door
• To unlock a door, push the door from outside.
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-
tion. The red mark (2) on the button • Move to the cargo area and
will be visible. open the tailgate.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door han-
dle (3) outward.
4 22
With central door lock switch • When pressing the rear portion (2)
Driver’s door
of the switch, all vehicle doors will WARNING - Unlocked
unlock. vehicles
• If the key is in the ignition switch Leaving your vehicle unlocked
and any front door is opened, the can invite theft or possible harm
doors will not lock even though the to you or others from someone
front portion (1) of the central door hiding in your vehicle while you
lock switch is pressed. are gone. Always remove the
ignition key, engage the parking
brake, close all windows and
WARNING - Doors lock all doors when leaving
OXMA042008 • The doors should always be your vehicle unattended.
Passenger’s door fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion to pre-
vent accidental opening of the WARNING - Unattended
door. Locked doors will also children
discourage potential intruders
when the vehicle stops or An enclosed vehicle can become
slows down. extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended chil-
• Be careful when opening dren or animals who cannot
doors and watch for vehicles, escape the vehicle. Furthermore,
motorcycles, bicycles or children might operate features
OXMA042009 pedestrians approaching the of the vehicle that could injure
Operate by pressing the central door vehicle in the path of the door. them, or they could encounter
lock switch. Opening a door when some- other harm, possibly from some-
• When pressing the front portion (1) thing is approaching can one gaining entry to the vehicle.
of the switch, all vehicle doors will cause damage or injury. Never leave children or animals
lock. unattended in your vehicle.
4 23
Impact sensing door unlock Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door.
system (if equipped) To open the rear door, pull the out-
In the event of air bag deployment side door handle.
resulting from a vehicle impact, all Even though the doors may be
doors will automatically unlock. unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle (1)
Auto door lock/unlock feature until the rear door child safety lock is
(Automatic transaxle, if equipped) unlocked.
• All doors will automatically lock
when the transaxle shift lever is WARNING - Rear door
shifted out of P(Park). locks
• All doors will automatically unlock If children accidentally open the
OXM049010
when the transaxle shift lever is rear doors while the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park). The child safety lock is provided to in motion, they could fall out of
help prevent children from acciden- the vehicle, resulting in severe
✽ NOTICE tally opening the rear doors from injury or death. To prevent chil-
inside the vehicle. The rear door dren from opening the rear
You can select some auto door safety locks should be used whenev- doors from the inside, the rear
lock/unlock features in “User er children are in the vehicle. door safety locks should be
Settings” as follows; used whenever children are in
• Speed sensing auto door lock 1. Open the rear door.
2. Push the child safety lock located the vehicle.
• Auto door unlock when the igni-
tion key is removed from the igni- on the rear edge of the door to the
tion switch or engine is turned off. lock ( ) position. When the child
• Auto door lock/unlock by shifting safety lock is in the lock position, the
the shift lever out of P(Park) or rear door will not open even when
into P(Park). the inner door handle is pulled.
For more information, refer to
“User Settings” in this chapter.
4 24
TAILGATE
Opening the tailgate ✽ NOTICE Closing the tailgate
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The tailgate swings upward.
Make sure no objects or people
are near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the tailgate.
OXM043023 OXM043024
CAUTION
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked Make certain that you close the To close the tailgate, lower and push
when all doors are locked or tailgate before driving your down the tailgate firmly. Make sure
unlocked with the key, transmitter vehicle. Possible damage may that the tailgate is securely latched.
(or smart key) or central door lock occur to the tailgate lift cylin-
switch. ders and attached hardware if
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be the tailgate is not closed prior to WARNING
opened by pressing the handle driving. Make sure your hands, feet and
switch and then pulling the handle other parts of your body are
up. safely out of the way before
• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the closing the tailgate.
tailgate unlock button on the smart
key is pressed (if equipped). Once
the tailgate is opened and then
closed, the tailgate is locked auto-
matically.
4 25
Power tailgate (if equipped) (1) Power tailgate open/close button

WARNING - Exhaust (2) Power tailgate off button
fumes
(3) Power tailgate handle switch
If you drive with the tailgate
(4) Power tailgate close button
open, you may draw dangerous
exhaust fumes into your vehicle
which can cause serious injury ✽ NOTICE
or death to vehicle occupants. The power tailgate operates when:
If you must drive with the tail- • Automatic shift lever is in P (Park).
gate opened, keep the air vents • Manual shift lever is in neutral.
and all windows open so that OXMA043008
additional outside air comes
into the vehicle. WARNING
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
WARNING - Rear cargo Unattended children or animals
area could activate the power tailgate
which may result in injury to
Occupants should never ride in themselves or others, or damage
the rear cargo area where no OXMA043023 to the vehicle.
restraints are available. To avoid
injury in the event of an acci-
dent or sudden stops, occu-
pants should always be proper-
ly restrained.
OXMA043325
4 26
Opening the tailgate

WARNING CAUTION
• Make sure there are no people Do not close or open the power
or objects around the tailgate tailgate manually during auto-
before operating the power matic operation. This may cause
tailgate. Wait until the tailgate damage to the power tailgate or
is opened fully and stopped to the vehicle.
before loading or unloading If it is necessary to close or
cargo or passengers from the open the power tailgate manual-
vehicle. ly when the battery is dis-
• During power operation, seri- charged or disconnected, make
ous personal injury or cargo sure the tailgate is not in opera-
damage may occur. Make sure tion. Switch the power tailgate
OXMA043327
the tailgate is CLOSED and to the off position. Do not apply
latched before driving. excessive force. The power tailgate will open auto-
matically by doing one of the follow-
ing:
• Press the tailgate unlock button on
the transmitter or smart key.
• Press the power tailgate open but-
ton.
4 27
Closing the tailgate

WARNING
The chime will sound and the
hazard warning flasher will blink
10 times if you drive with the
tailgate closed but not fully
secured. Stop your vehicle
immediately at a safe place to
check if your tailgate is securely
locked.
OXMA043023
• Press the tailgate handle switch ✽ NOTICE
OXMA043325
carrying the smart key with you. The button on the tailgate will not
1. Press the power tailgate close but- illuminate or function when the sys-
ton on the tailgate or inside the tem is in the off/manual mode.
vehicle (approximately 1 second).
2. The tailgate will close and lock
automatically.
4 28
Power tailgate non-opening con- ✽ NOTICE

ditions WARNING • The power tailgate can be operat-
The chime will sound continued when the engine is not running.
ously if you drive over 3km/h However the power tailgate opera-
(2mph) with the tailgate opened. tion consumes large amounts of
Stop your vehicle at a safe place vehicle electric power. To prevent
as soon as possible to check if the battery from being discharged,
your tailgate is opened. do not operate it excessively e.g.:
more than approximately 10 times
repeatedly.
WARNING • To prevent the battery from being
The chime will sound and the discharged, do not leave the power
hazard warning flasher will blink tailgate in the open position for a
10 times if you drive with the tail- long time.
OXMA043326
gate closed but not fully secured. • Do not modify or repair any part
• The power tailgate will not open or Stop your vehicle immediately at of the power tailgate by yourself.
close automatically, when the vehicle a safe place to check if your tail- This must be done by an author-
is moving more than 3km/h (2mph). gate is securely locked. ized Kia dealer.
• When jacking up the vehicle to
• If you press the power tailgate off change a tire or repair the vehicle,
button (1), the power tailgate will do not operate the power tailgate.
not open or close automatically. This could cause the power tail-
gate to operate improperly.
(Continued)
4 29
(Continued) Automatic reversal If the automatic reversal feature

• In cold and wet climates, the operates continuously more than
power tailgate may not work prop- twice during opening or closing oper-
erly due to freezing conditions. ation, the power tailgate may stop at
• It is recommended to wait until that position. At this time, close the
the power tailgate is fully closed tailgate manually and operate the
before starting the vehicle. The tailgate automatically again.
power tailgate may not close fully
if the vehicle is started during
automatic closing. WARNING
Never place any object or part of
your body in the path of the
power tailgate as it is operating.
OXMA043328 Doing so could result in personal
During power opening and closing if injury or damage to the vehicle.
the power tailgate is blocked by an
object or part of the body, the power
tailgate will detect the resistance.
• If the resistance is detected while
opening the tailgate, it will stop and
move in the opposite direction.
• If the resistance is detected while
closing the tailgate, it will stop and
move in the opposite direction.
However, if the resistance is weak
such as from an object that is thin or
soft, or the tailgate is near the latched
position, the automatic stop and rever-
sal may not detect the resistance.
4 30
How to reset the power tailgate ✽ NOTICE Power tailgate opening height
If the battery has been discharged or If the power tailgate does not oper- user setting
disconnected, or if the related fuse has ate normally, first check the follow-
been replaced or disconnected, for the ing condition before using the power
power tailgate to operate normally, tailgate.
reset the power tailgate as follows: • Make sure the shift lever is in
1. Put the shift lever in P (Park). Park
2. Press the tailgate handle switch • Make sure the Power Tailgate Off
and tailgate close button at the switch is not pressed.
same time for more than 3 sec-
onds. (the chime will sound). If any of the power tailgate buttons
are pressed while the power tailgate
3. Close the tailgate manually. is in operation, the power tailgate
4. Open the tailgate using the tail- will stop. If any button is pressed
gate handle switch and allow it to OXMA043325
again the power tailgate will reverse
fully open. direction. The driver may set the height of a
5. After fully opening, the tailgate will fully opened tailgate by following the
complete initialization and lights below instruction.
will flash twice indicating reset
1. Position the tailgate manually to
complete.
the height you prefer.
2. Press the tailgate close button for
If the power tailgate does not work more than 3 seconds.
properly after the above procedure,
3. You will hear the system beep twice
have the system checked by an
indicating height has been set up.
The tailgate will open to the height

the driver has set up.
4 31
Emergency tailgate safety

release WARNING
• For emergencies, be fully
aware of the location of the
emergency tailgate safety
release lever in the vehicle
and how to open the tailgate if
you are accidentally locked in
the cargo area.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the
vehicle at any time. The cargo
area is a very dangerous loca-
tion in the event of a crash.
OXM043006
• Use the release lever for
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergencies only. Use with
emergency tailgate safety release extreme caution, especially
lever located on the bottom of the while the vehicle is in motion.
tailgate. When someone is inadver-
tently locked in the cargo area, the
tailgate can be opened by pushing
the release lever and pushing open
the tailgate.
4 32
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down* (Driver’s window)
(7) Power window lock switch
* if equipped
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
OXM049014N
4 33
Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing

The ignition switch must be in the ON While driving with the rear windows
position for power windows to operate. down or with the sunroof (if
Each door has a power window equipped) in an open (or partially
switch that controls the door's win- open) position, your vehicle may
dow. The driver has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or
lock button which can block the oper- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
ation of passenger windows. The mal occurrence and can be reduced
power windows can be operated for or eliminated by taking the follow-
approximately 30 seconds after the ing actions. If the noise occurs with
ignition key is removed or turned to one or both of the rear windows
the ACC or LOCK position. However, down, partially lower both front
if the front doors are opened, the windows approximately one inch. If
you experience the noise with the OXM049016
power windows cannot be operated
even within the 30 second period. sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power
size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
4 34
Auto down window Auto up/down window 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(Driver’s window, if equipped) (Driver's window, if equipped) position.
2. Close the driver’s window and
continue pulling up the driver’s
power window switch for at least 1
second after the window is com-
pletely closed.
OXM049017 OXM049015
Pressing the power window switch Pressing or pulling up the power win-
momentarily to the second detent dow switch momentarily to the second
position (6) completely lowers the detent position (6) completely lowers
driver’s window even when the or raises the window even when the
switch is released. To stop the win- switch is released. To stop the window
dow at the desired position while the at the desired position while the win-
window is in operation, momentarily dow is in operation, pull up or press
pull the switch in the direction oppo- down and release the switch.
site of the window’s movement. If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power win-
dow system must be reset as follows:
4 35
And if the power window switch is Power window lock button

pulled up continuously again within 5
seconds after the window is lowered
by the automatic window reversal
feature, the automatic window rever-
sal will not operate.
✽ NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature for
the driver’s window is only active
when the “auto up” feature is used
OUN026013 by fully pulling up the switch. The
Automatic reversal automatic reverse feature will not OXM049018
If the upward movement of the win- operate if the window is raised using
the halfway position on the power • The driver can disable the power
dow is blocked by an object or part of window switches on the passenger
the body, the window will detect the window switch.
doors by pressing the power win-
resistance and will stop upward dow lock button located on the dri-
movement. The window will then WARNING ver’s door to the LOCK position
lower approximately 30 cm. (11.8 in) (pressed).
Always check for obstructions
to allow the object to be cleared.
before raising any window to • When the power window lock
The distance may vary based on the avoid injuries or vehicle damage. button is in the LOCK position
size or position of the window. If the If an object less than 0.16 in. (4 (pressed), the driver’s master
window detects the resistance while mm) in diameter is caught control cannot operate the pas-
the power window switch is pulled up between the window glass and senger door power windows.
continuously, the window will stop the upper window channel, the
upward movement then lower automatic reverse window may
approximately 2.5 cm. (1 in). not detect the resistance and will
not stop and reverse direction.
4 36
CAUTION WARNING - Windows

• To prevent possible damage • NEVER leave the ignition key
to the power window system, in the vehicle.
do not open or close two win- • NEVER leave any child unat-
dows or more at the same tended in the vehicle. Even
time. This will also ensure the very young children may inad-
longevity of the fuse. vertently cause the vehicle to
• Never try to operate the main move, entangle themselves in
switch on the driver's door the windows, or otherwise
and the individual door win- injure themselves or others.
dow switch in the opposite • Always double check to make
directions at the same time. If sure all arms, hands, head
this is done, the window will and other obstructions are
stop and cannot be opened or safely out of the way before
closed. closing a window.
• Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver’s door power win-
dow lock button in the LOCK
position (pressed). Serious
injury can result from uninten-
tional window operation by
the child.
• Do not extend heads or any
limbs outside the window
while the vehicle is in motion.
4 37
HOOD
Opening the hood Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in the engine com-
partment must be correctly
installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be
removed from the engine com-
partment.
OXM043025 2. Lower the hood halfway and push
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise down to securely lock in place.
OXM049019
the hood slightly, pull the second-
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) inside of the hood WARNING
the hood. The hood should pop center and lift the hood (2).
open slightly. • Before closing the hood,
3. Raise the hood. It will completely ensure that all obstructions
rise by itself after it has been are removed from the hood
WARNING raised about halfway. opening. Closing the hood
Open the hood after turning off with an obstruction present in
the engine on a flat surface, the hood opening may result
shifting the shift lever to the P in property damage or severe
(Park) position for automatic personal injury.
transaxle and to the 1st (First) • Do not leave gloves, rags or
gear or R (Reverse) for manual any other combustible materi-
transaxle, and setting the park- al in the engine compartment.
ing brake. Doing so may cause a heat-
induced fire.
4 38
WARNING WARNING
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away. If
it is not latched, the hood
could open while the vehicle
is being driven, causing total
loss of visibility, which might
result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood raised. The view will
be blocked and the hood ODMNMC2034
could fall or get damaged.
When you check the engine
compartment, Take caution to
avoid contacting your head with
the safety hook which is located
inside of the hood.
4 39
FUEL FILLER LID

Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid
(if equipped) 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks” one time. This indi-
cates that the cap is securely tight-
ened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.
✽ NOTICE
OAM049089 There may be an intermittent noise
OXMA042021 1. Stop the engine. near the refueling hole while the
2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
The fuel filler lid must be opened fuel filler lid opener button. closed securely. This occurs normal-
from inside the vehicle by pressing ly with the OBD system.
the fuel filler lid opener button on the 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).
driver’s door. (if equipped) 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel ✽ NOTICE
filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
When refueling fully at an up hill,
✽ NOTICE 5. Refuel as needed. the fuel gauge may not point to the F
If the fuel filler lid does not open position.
because ice has formed around it, It is not a malfunction. If you move
tap lightly or push on the lid to break your vehicle to a level ground, the
the ice and release the lid. Do not pry fuel gauge will move to the full posi-
on the lid. If necessary, spray around tion.
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.
4 40
WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Refueling (Continued)

• If pressurized fuel sprays out, dangers • Do not get back into a vehicle
it can cover your clothes or Automotive fuels are flammable once you have begun refuel-
skin and subject you to the materials. When refueling, please ing since you can generate
risk of fire and burns. Always note the following guidelines static electricity by touching,
remove the fuel cap carefully carefully. Failure to follow these rubbing or sliding against any
and slowly. If the cap is vent- guidelines may result in severe item or fabric (polyester, satin,
ing fuel or if you hear a hiss- personal injury, severe burns or nylon, etc.) capable of produc-
ing sound, wait until the con- death by fire or explosion. ing static electricity. Static
dition stops before complete- electricity discharge can
• Read and follow all warnings ignite fuel vapors resulting in
ly removing the cap. posted at the gas station facil- rapid burning. If you must re-
• Do not "top off" after the noz- ity. enter the vehicle, you should
zle automatically shuts off • Before refueling, note the once again eliminate poten-
when refueling. location of the Emergency tially dangerous static elec-
• Tighten the cap until it clicks Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, tricity discharge by touching a
one time, otherwise the Check at the gas station facility. metal part of the vehicle, away
Engine light will illuminate. • Before touching the fuel noz- from the fuel filler neck, noz-
• Always check that the fuel cap zle, you should eliminate zle or other gasoline source.
is installed securely to pre- potentially dangerous static (Continued)
vent fuel spillage in the event electricity discharge by touch-
of an accident. ing another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, noz-
zle, or other gas source.
(Continued)
4 41
(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION

• When using an approved • When refueling, always shut • Make sure to refuel your vehi-
portable fuel container, be the engine off. Sparks pro- cle according to the “Fuel
sure to place the container on duced by electrical compo- requirements” suggested in
the ground prior to refueling. nents related to the engine section 1.
Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing
from the container can ignite a fire. Once refueling is com- • If the fuel filler cap requires
fuel vapors causing a fire. plete, check to make sure the replacement, use only a gen-
Once refueling has begun, filler cap and filler door are uine Kia cap or the equivalent
contact with the vehicle securely closed, before start- specified for your vehicle. An
should be maintained until the ing the engine. incorrect fuel filler cap can
filling is complete. result in a serious malfunction
• DO NOT use matches or a of the fuel system or emission
Use only approved portable lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or control system.
plastic fuel containers leave a lit cigarette in your
designed to carry and store vehicle while at a gas station • Do not spill fuel on the exterior
gasoline. especially during refueling. surfaces of the vehicle. Any
Automotive fuel is highly type of fuel spilled on painted
• Do not use cellular phones surfaces may damage the paint.
while refueling. Electric cur- flammable and can, when
rent and/or electronic interfer- ignited, result in fire. • After refueling, make sure the
ence from cellular phones can • If a fire breaks out during refu- fuel cap is installed securely
potentially ignite fuel vapors eling, leave the vicinity of the to prevent fuel spillage in the
causing a fire. vehicle, and immediately con- event of an accident.
(Continued) tact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department.
Follow any safety instructions
they provide.
4 42
Emergency fuel filler lid release
OXM043007
If the fuel filler lid does not open

using the remote fuel filler lid
release, you can open it manually.
Remove the panel in the cargo area.
Pull the handle out slightly.
CAUTION
Do not pull the handle exces-
sively, otherwise the luggage
compartment area trim or
release handle may be damaged.
4 43
PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, the sun- The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in
roof may not work properly due to the slide position but can be slid
freezing conditions. while in a tilt position.
• After a vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before WARNING
operating it. • Never adjust the sunroof or
roller blind while driving. This
could result in loss of control
CAUTION and an accident that may
OXMA043008 Do not continue to pull or push cause death, serious injury, or
If your vehicle is equipped with a the sunroof control lever after property damage.
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your the sunroof is fully opened, • If you would like to carry items
sunroof with the sunroof control lever closed, or tilted. Damage to the on the roof rack using a cross
located on the overhead console (1). motor or system components bar, do not operate the sunroof.
could occur.
• When carrying cargo on the
The sunroof can only be opened, roof rack, do not load heavy
closed, or tilted when the ignition items above the sunroof or
switch is in the ON position. glass roof.
• All occupants of the vehicle
must wear their seat belts at
all times. Seat belts and child
restraints reduce serious or
fatal injuries for all occupants
in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
4 44
Sunroof open warning Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is opened
(if equipped) If you pull the sunroof control lever
backward, the sunroof glass will slide
all the way open. To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, pull or push
the sunroof control lever momentarily.
❈ The front part of the sunroof glass
can only be opened and closed.
OXM043010
OXM043114E
If the driver removes the ignition key When the sunshade is closed
(smart key: turns off the engine) and If you pull the sunroof control lever
opens the driver-side door when the backward, the sunshade and sunroof
sunroof is not fully closed, the warn- glass will slide all the way open. To
ing chime will sound for a few sec- stop the sunroof movement at any
onds and a message "Sunroof Open" point, pull or push the sunroof control
will appear on the LCD display. lever momentarily.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
4 45
Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof

WARNING - Sunroof
• Be careful that no head, hands
and body parts are obstructed
by a closing sunroof.
• Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sun-
roof while driving.
• Make sure your hands and
head are safely out of the way
before closing a sunroof.
• A panoramic sunroof is made
OXM049029 OXM043011 of glass, therefore it may
If an object or part of the body is Before opening or closing the sun- break in an accident. If you do
detected while the sunroof is closing roof, open the roller blind (refer to the not have your seat belt on,
automatically, it will reverse the direc- following page for instructions on you may contact the broken
tion, and then stop. how to use the roller blind). glass and get injured or killed.
For all passengers safety,
The auto reverse function does not To open the sunroof, push the sun- have the seat belts on. (ex.
work if a tiny obstacle is between the roof control lever upward. seat belt, CRS, etc.)
sliding glass and the sunroof sash. To close the sunroof, pull the sunroof
You should always check that all pas- lever downward or forward until the
sengers and objects are away from sunroof moves to the desired position.
the sunroof before closing it.
4 46
Sunshade To close the sunshade when the

CAUTION sunroof glass is closed
• Periodically remove any dirt - Press the sunshade close button (2).
that may accumulate on the
❈ When you press the sunshade
guide rail.
close button (2) with the sunroof
• If you try to open the sunroof glass opened, the sunshade will
when the temperature is be closed halfway.
below freezing or when the
- Push the sunroof control lever for-
sunroof is covered with snow
ward or pull it down.
or ice, the glass or the motor
could be damaged. To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momen-
• Do not leave the roller blind
tarily.
closed while the sunroof is OXMA043009
opened.
To open the sunshade ✽ NOTICE
Press the sunshade open button (1). Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as
material characteristic are normal.
CAUTION
• Do not pull or push the sun-
shade by hand as such action
may damage the sunshade or
cause it to malfunction.
• Close the sunroof when driv-
ing in dusty environments.
Dust may cause a malfunction
of the vehicle system.
4 47
Resetting the sunroof 5.Push the sunroof control lever for-

Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- ward in the direction of close, until
connected or discharged, you must the sunroof operates as follows
reset your sunroof system as follows: again:
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON The sunshade and sunroof glass
position. slide open → The sunroof glass
2.Close the sunshade and sunroof slide close → The sunshade close
completely if opened.
3.Release the sunroof control lever. Then, release the lever.
4.Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close (about When this is complete, the sunroof
10 seconds) until the sunroof moves system has been reset.
a little. Then, release the lever.
✽ NOTICE
If you do not reset the sunroof, it
may not work properly.
4 48
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS) ✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
The power steering uses a motor to The following symptoms may occur
assist you in steering the vehicle. If • If the Electric Power Steering during normal vehicle operation:
the engine is off or if the power steer- System does not operate nor- • The EPS warning light does not
ing system becomes inoperative, the mally, the warning light will illuminate.
vehicle may still be steered, but it will illuminate on the instrument • The steering gets heavy immedi-
require increased steering effort. cluster. The steering wheel ately after turning the ignition
may require increased steer- switch on. This happens as the sys-
The motor driven power steering is ing effort. Take your vehicle to
controlled by a power steering con- tem performs the EPS system
an authorized Kia dealer and diagnostics. When the diagnostics
trol unit which senses the steering have the vehicle checked as
wheel torque and vehicle speed to are completed, the steering wheel
soon as possible. will return to its normal condition.
command the motor.
• When you operate the steering • A click noise may be heard from
The steering becomes heavier as wheel in low temperature, the EPS relay after the ignition
the vehicle’s speed increases and noise may occur. If temperature switch is turned to the ON or
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s rises, the noise will likely disap- LOCK (OFF) position.
speed decreases for optimum steer- pear.This is a normal condition. • A motor noise may be heard when
ing control. the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
• When the vehicle is stationary,
Should you notice any change in the when the steering wheel is driving speed.
effort required to steer during normal turned all the way to the left or • If the Electric Power Steering
vehicle operation, have the power right continuously, the steer- System does not operate normally,
steering checked by an authorized ing wheel becomes harder to the warning light will illuminate on
Kia dealer. turn. The power assist is limit- the instrument cluster. The steer-
ed to protect the motor from ing wheel may become difficult to
overheating. control or operate abnormally.
As time passes, the steering Take your vehicle to an authorized
wheel return to its normal Kia dealer and have the vehicle
condition. checked as soon as possible.
(Continued)
4 49
(Continued) Tilt and telescopic steering

• When you operate the steering Tilt and telescopic steering allows
wheel in low temperature, abnor- you to adjust the steering wheel
mal noise may occur. If tempera- before you drive. You can also raise it
ture rises, the noise will likely dis- to give your legs more room when
appear. This is a normal condition. you exit and enter the vehicle.
• When the charging system warn-
ing light comes on due to the low
voltage (When the alternator or The steering wheel should be posi-
battery) does not operate normal- tioned so that it is comfortable for
ly or it malfunctions), the steering you to drive, while permitting you to
wheel may require increased see the instrument panel warning
OXMA043020
steering effort. lights and gauges.
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock-release lever (1),
WARNING adjust the steering wheel to the
• Never adjust the angle of the desired angle (2) and height (3, if
steering wheel while driving. equipped) then pull up the lock-
You may lose steering control release lever to lock the steering
and cause severe personal wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the
injury, death or accidents. steering wheel to the desired posi-
• After adjusting, push the tion before driving.
steering wheel both up and
down to be certain it is locked
in position.
4 50
Heated steering wheel Horn

(if equipped) CAUTION
Do not install any grip to oper-
ate the steering wheel. This
causes damage to the heated
steering wheel system.
OXM043305
OXMA043012
To sound the horn, press the horn
With the ignition switch in the ON symbols on your steering wheel.
position, pressing the heated steer- Check the horn regularly to be sure it
ing wheel button warms the steering operates properly.
wheel. The indicator on the button
will illuminate and notify you on the
LCD display.
✽ NOTICE
To turn the heated steering wheel off, To sound the horn, press the area
press the button once again. The indicated by the horn symbol on
indicator on the button will turn off your steering wheel (see illustra-
and notify you on the LCD display. tion). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.
4 51
FLEX STEER (if equipped)

CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely
to operate it, or hit it with your
fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.
OXM053122
OXM053044 When the steering mode button is

pressed, the selected steering mode
The FLEX STEER controls steering will appear on the LCD display.
effort based upon as driver's prefer- If the steering mode button is pressed
ence or road condition. within 4 seconds, the steering mode
You can select the desired steering will change as shown above.
mode by pressing the FLEX STEER If the steering wheel mode button is
button. not pressed for about 4 seconds, the
LCD display will change to the previ-
ous screen.
4 52
Normal mode Sport mode Comfort mode
OXM053103 OXM053101 OXM053102
The normal mode offers medium The steering wheel becomes heav- The steering wheel becomes lighter.
steering effort. ier. The sport mode is usually used The comfort mode is usually used
when driving on the highway. when driving in the city or when park-
ing the vehicle.
4 53
CAUTION
• For your safety, if you press
the steering mode button
while operating the steering
wheel, the LCD display will
change, but the steering effort
will not change immediately.
After operating the steering
wheel, the steering effort will
change automatically to the
selected mode.
• Use caution when changing the
steering mode while driving.
• When the electronic power
steering is not operating prop-
erly, the flex steering wheel
will not work.
4 54
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
WARNING (if equipped)
center view through the rear window Do not adjust the rearview mir-
is seen. Make this adjustment before ror while the vehicle is moving.
you start driving. This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident which
could cause death, serious Night
WARNING - Rear injury or property damage.
visibility
Do not place objects in the rear
seat or cargo area which would WARNING
interfere with your vision
through the rear window. Do not modify the inside mirror Day
and don’t install a wide mirror. It
could result in injury, during an OAM049023
accident or deployment of the
air bag. Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce the glare from the headlights
of the vehicles behind you during
night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
4 55
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Automatic-dimming function

with compass Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror Your mirror will automatically dim
The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is upon detecting glare from the vehi-
the most advanced way to reduce cles traveling behind you. The auto-
annoying glare in the rearview mirror dimming function can be controlled
during any driving situation. For more by pushing the ON/OFF Button:
information regarding NVS® mirrors
and other applications, please refer
to the Gentex website: 1. Pressing the button turns the auto-
dimming function OFF which is
www.gentex.com indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning off.
CAUTION 2. Pressing the button again turns
The NVS® Mirror automatically the auto-dimming function ON
OXM049035
reduces glare during driving con- which is indicated by the green
ditions based upon light levels Status Indicator LED turning on.
1. Feature Control Button
monitored in front of the vehicle
2. Status Indicator LED and from the rear of the vehicle. ✽ NOTICE
3. Rear Light Sensor These light sensors are visible
through openings in the front and The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
4. Display Window tion each time the vehicle is started.
rear of the mirror case. Any object
that would obstruct either light
sensor will degrade the automat-
ic dimming control feature.
4 56
Z-Nav™ Compass Display Compass function

The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is The Compass can be turned ON and
also equipped with a Z-Nav™ OFF and will remember the last state
Compass that shows the vehicle when the ignition is cycled. To turn
Compass heading in the Display the display feature ON/OFF:
Window using the 8 basic cardinal 1. Press and release the button to
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.). turn the display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the button
again to turn the display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
button and are detailed below.
There is a difference between mag-

netic north and true north. The com-
pass in the mirror can compensate
for this difference when it knows the
Magnetic Zone in which it is operat-
ing. This is set either by the dealer or
by the user. The operating Zone
Numbers for North America are
shown in the figure on the following
section.
4 57
To adjust the Zone setting:

1. Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the button for more
than 3 but less than 6 seconds,
the current Zone Number will
appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the com-
pass will start displaying a com-
pass heading again.
There are some conditions that can

cause changes to the vehicle mag-
nets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
B520C05NF these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct for these changes. To re-cali-
brate the compass:
4 58
1. Press and hold the button for more Electrochromic mirror with Glare detection sensor
than 6 seconds. When the com- HomeLink system (if equipped) Indicator light
pass memory is cleared a "C" will
appear in the display.
2. To calibrate the compass, drive
the vehicle in 2 complete circles at
less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
Homelink buttons
OHD046305N
HomeLink® Wireless Control System

OHD046025N Your new mirror comes with an inte-
To operate the electric rearview mirror grated HomeLink Universal
Transceiver, which allows you to pro-
Press the I button (1) to turn the gram the mirror to activate your
automatic- dimming function on. The garage door(s), estate gate, home
mirror indicator light will illuminate. lighting, etc. The mirror actually
Press the O button (2) to turn the learns the codes from your various
automatic- dimming function off. The existing transmitters.
mirror indicator light will turn off.
4 59
Retain the original transmitter for Flashing

WARNING future programming procedures (i.e.,
• When programming the new vehicle purchase). It is also sug-
HomeLink® Wireless Control gested that upon the sale of the vehi-
System, you may be operating cle, the programmed HomeLink but-
a garage door or gate operator. tons be erased for security purposes
Make sure that people and (follow step 1 in the “Programming”
objects are out of the way of portion of this text).
the moving door or gate to pre-
vent potential harm or damage. Programming
• Do not use HomeLink with any Your vehicle may require the ignition
garage door opener that lacks switch to be turned to the ACC posi-
OHD046306N
the safety stop and reverse tion for programming and/or opera- 1. When programming the buttons for
feature as required by federal tion of HomeLink. It is also recom- the first time, press and hold the
safety standards. (This mended that a new battery be left and center buttons ( , )
includes any garage door replaced in the hand-held transmitter simultaneously until the indicator
opener model manufactured of the device being programmed to light begins to flash after approxi-
before April 1, 1982.) A garage HomeLink for quicker training and mately 20 seconds. (This proce-
door opener which cannot accurate transmission of the radio- dure erases the factory-set default
detect an object, signaling the frequency. codes. Do not perform this step
door to stop and reverse, does when programming the additional
not meet current federal safety Follow these steps to train your
HomeLink mirror: HomeLink buttons.)
standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features
increases risk of serious injury
or death. For more information,
call 1-800-355-3515 or on the
internet at www.homelink.com.
4 60
✽ NOTICE Flashing
✽ NOTICE
For non rolling code garage door Some gate and garage door openers
openers, follow steps 2 - 3. may require you to replace step #3
For rolling code garage door open- with the “cycling” procedure noted
ers, follow steps 2 - 6. in the “Canadian Programming”
For Canadian Programming, please section of this document.
follow the Canadian Programming
section.
s
For help with determining whether he
3inc
your garage door opener is non- 1-
rolling code or rolling code, please Transmitter
refer to the garage door openers OHD046307N
owner’s manual or contact 2. Press and hold the button on the
HomeLink customer service at 1- HomeLink system you wish to
800-355-3515. train and the button on the trans-
mitter while the transmitter is
approximately 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inch-
es) away from the mirror. Do not
release the buttons until step 3
has been completed.
3. The HomeLink indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light flashes
rapidly, both buttons may be
released. (The rapid flashing light
indicates successful programming
of the new frequency signal.)
4 61
Rolling code programming 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly Operating HomeLink
To train a garage door opener (or press and release the pro- To operate, simply press the pro-
other rolling code equipped devices) grammed HomeLink button up to grammed HomeLink button.
with the rolling code feature, follow three times. The rolling code Activation will now occur for the
these instructions after completing equipped device should now rec- trained product (garage door, securi-
the “Programming” portion of this ognize the HomeLink signal and ty system, entry door lock, estate
text. (A second person may make the activate when the HomeLink but- gate, or home or office lighting). For
following training procedures quicker ton is pressed. The remaining two convenience, the hand-held trans-
& easier.) buttons may now be programmed mitter of the device may also be used
if this has not previously been at any time. The HomeLink Wireless
4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” but- done. Refer to the “Programming”
ton on the device’s motor head Controls System (once programmed)
portion of this text. or the original hand-held transmitter
unit. Exact location and color of
the button may vary by product may be used to activate the device
brand. If there is difficulty locating (e.g. garage door, entry door lock,
the “learn” or “smart” button, refer- etc.). In the event that there are still
ence the device’s owner’s manual programming difficulties, contact
or contact HomeLink at 1-800- HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on
355-3515 or on the internet at the internet at www.homelink.com.
www.homelink.com.
5. Press and release the “learn” or
“smart” button on the device’s
motor head unit. You have 30 sec-
onds to complete step number 6.
4 62
Erasing programmed HomeLink Reprogramming a single Canadian Programming

buttons HomeLink button Garage & gate openers
To program a device to HomeLink During programming, your hand-held
Flashing using a HomeLink button previously transmitter may automatically stop
trained, follow these steps: transmitting. Continue to press and
1. Press and hold the desired hold the HomeLink button (note
HomeLink button. Do NOT release steps 2 through 4 in the
until step 4 has been completed. “Programming” portion of this text)
while you press and re-press
2. When the indicator light begins to (“cycle”) your handheld transmitter
flash slowly (after 20 seconds), every two seconds until the frequen-
position the hand-held transmitter cy signal has been learned. The indi-
2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from cator light will flash slowly and then
the HomeLink surface. rapidly after several seconds upon
OHD046306N 3. Press and hold the hand-held successful training.
transmitter button (or press and
To erase the three programmed but- “cycle” - as described in “Canadian
tons (individual buttons cannot be Programming”). CAUTION
erased): If programming a garage door
4. The HomeLink indicator light will
• Press and hold the left and center flash, first slowly and then rapidly. opener or gate, it is advised to
buttons simultaneously, until the When the indicator light begins to unplug the device during the
indicator light begins to flash flash rapidly, release both buttons. “cycling” process to prevent
(approximately 20 seconds). possible motor burn-up.
Release both buttons. Do not hold The previous device has now been
for longer than 30 seconds. erased and the new device can be
activated by pushing the HomeLink
HomeLink is now in the train (or button that has just been pro-
learning) mode and can be programmed. This procedure will not
grammed at any time. affect any other programmed
HomeLink buttons.
4 63
Accessories FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 Outside rearview mirror

If you would like additional informa- IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
tion on the HomeLink Wireless before driving.
Control System, HomeLink compati- Your vehicle is equipped with both
ble products, or to purchase other This device complies with Industry
Canada Standard RSS-210. left-hand and right-hand outside
accessories such as the HomeLink® rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be
Lighting Package, please contact Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: adjusted remotely with the remote
HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on switch. The mirror heads can be fold-
the internet at www.homelink.com. 1. This device may not cause harm- ed back to prevent damage during an
ful interference, and automatic vehicle wash or when
2. This device must accept any inter- passing through a narrow street.
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation. WARNING - Rearview
mirrors
• The right outside rearview
WARNING mirror is convex. Objects seen
The transceiver has been tested in the mirror are closer than
and complies with FCC and they appear.
Industry Canada rules. Changes • Use your interior rearview
or modifications not expressly mirror or direct observation to
approved by the party responsi- determine the actual distance
ble for compliance could void of following vehicles when
the user's authority to operate changing lanes.
the device.
4 64
Remote control
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not scrape ice off the mirror • The mirrors stop moving when
face; this may damage the sur- they reach the maximum
face of the glass. If ice should adjusting angles, but the
restrict the movement of the mir- motor continues to operate
ror, do not force the mirror for while the switch is pressed.
adjustment. To remove ice, use a Do not press the switch longer
deicer spray, or a sponge or soft than necessary, the motor
cloth with very warm water. may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
CAUTION hand. Doing so may damage
OXMA042038
If the mirror is jammed with ice, the parts.
do not adjust the mirror by force. Electric type
Use an approved spray de-icer The electric remote control mirror
(not radiator antifreeze) to switch allows you to adjust the position
release the frozen mechanism or of the left and right outside rearview
move the vehicle to a warm mirrors. To adjust the position of either
place and allow the ice to melt. mirror the ignition switch should be in
the ACC position. Move the switch (1)
to R or L to select the right side mirror
WARNING or the left side mirror, then press a cor-
responding point on the mirror adjust-
Do not adjust or fold the outside
ment control to position the selected
rearview mirrors while the vehi-
mirror up, down, left or right.
cle is moving.This could result in
loss of control, and an accident After the adjustment, put the switch
which could cause death, seri- into the neutral (center) position to
ous injury or property damage. prevent inadvertent adjustment.
4 65
Folding the outside rearview mirror

CAUTION
In case it is an electric type out-
side rearview mirror, don’t fold it
by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
The outside rearview mirror can be

folded when you press the door lock
button on the smart key within 4 sec-
onds after locking the doors by
OXMA042040
pressing the button.
Electric type
OXM049039 The outside rearview mirror can be
Manual type To fold the outside rearview mirror, unfolded when you press the door
press the button. unlock button on the smart key with-
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and To unfold it, press the button again or in 4 seconds after unlocking the
then fold it toward the rear of the press the unlock button. doors by pressing the button.
vehicle.
CAUTION
The electric type outside
rearview mirror operates even
though the ignition switch is in
the LOCK position. However, to
prevent unnecessary battery
discharge, do not adjust the
mirrors longer than necessary
while the engine is not running.
4 66
Reverse parking aid function Left or Right : When the L or R

(if equipped) switch is selected,
both outside rearview
mirrors will move
downward.
Neutral : When neither switch is
selected, the outside
rearview mirrors will not
operate.
✽ NOTICE
The outside rearview mirrors will
automatically revert to their original
positions under the following condi-
OXM043022
tions:
When you shift the shift lever to the R 1. Engine start/stop button is turned
(Reverse) position, the outside to the ACC or OFF position.
rearview mirror(s) will move down- 2. Shift lever is moved to any posi-
ward to aid reverse parking. tion except R.
According to the position of the out- 3. Remote control outside rearview
side rearview mirror switch (1), the mirror switch is not selected.
outside rearview mirror(s) will oper-
ate as follows:
4 67
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display
6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)
■ Type B 7. Turn signal indicator lights
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in
this chapter.
OXMA043081C/OXMA043091C
4 68
Instrument Cluster Control ■ Type A
Adjusting Instrument Cluster

Illumination (if equipped)
OXM043132
■ Type B
OXMA043332
The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control button
("+" or "-") when the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the OXM043117E
tale lights are turned on. • If you hold the illumination control
button ("+" or "-"), the brightness
will be changed continuously.
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
4 69
LCD Display Control

[Type B]
(1) : MODE button for changing
modes or SELECT button
for setting the selected item
(2) : MOVE button for changing
items or RESET button for
resetting the selected item
OXM043124
The LCD display modes can be

changed by using the control buttons
on the steering wheel.
[Type A]
(1) : TRIP button for changing trip
modes
(2) : RESET button for resetting
items
❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.
4 70
Gauges
Speedometer Tachometer
■ Type A Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine with-
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
OXM043084
■ Type B
OXMA043085
The tachometer indicates the

approximate number of engine revo-
lutions per minute (rpm).
OXM043095
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or
miles per hour (mph).
4 71
Engine Coolant Temperature Fuel Gauge

Gauge
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves
beyond the normal range area
toward the “H” position, it indi-
cates overheating that may
damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehi-
cle overheats, refer to “If the
Engine Overheats” in chapter 6. OXM043089
OXM043087
This gauge indicates the approxi-
This gauge indicates the tempera- mate amount of fuel remaining in the
ture of the engine coolant when the WARNING fuel tank.
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop
Never remove the radiator cap
button is ON.
when the engine is hot. The
✽ NOTICE
engine coolant is under pressure • The fuel tank capacity is given in
and could severely burn. Wait chapter 8.
until the engine is cool before • The fuel gauge is supplemented by
adding coolant to the reservoir. a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.
4 72
Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge

WARNING - Fuel Gauge ■ Type A ■ Type A
■ Type B ■ Type B
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain addi-
tional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the “E (Empty)”
level.
CAUTION OXM049061/OXM043125 OXM043127/OXM043126

Avoid driving with a extremely The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out-
low fuel level. Running out of tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).
fuel could cause the engine to en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C
misfire damaging the catalytic when periodic maintenance should (-40°F ~ 140°F)
converter. be performed.
The outside temperature on the dis-
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 kilo- play may not change immediately
✽ NOTICE meters or miles. like a general thermometer to pre-
Fuel display may not be accurate if vent the driver from being inattentive.
you are filling in sloping places. The temperature unit (from °F to °C
or from °C to °F) can be changed by
using the “User Settings” mode of the
LCD display.
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.
4 73
Transaxle Shift Indicator

Automatic Transaxle Shift
Indicator (if equipped)
OXMA043321/OXMA043322
This indicator displays which auto-

matic transaxle shift lever is selected.
• Park : P
• Reverse : R
• Neutral : N
• Drive : D
• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
4 74
LCD DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)

LCD Modes
Modes Symbol Explanation
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
Trip Computer
For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.
This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and warning messages
Service
related to TPMS or washer fluid.
User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.
A/V
This mode displays the state of the A/V system.
(if equipped)
Turn By Turn
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
(if equipped)
❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.
4 75
Service Mode
Service Interval
OXM043119E OXM043129E OXM043130E
Service in Service required Service in OFF

It calculates and displays when you If you do not have your vehicle serv- If the service interval is not set,
need a scheduled maintenance iced according to the already inputted “Service in OFF” message is dis-
service (mileage or days). service interval, “Service required” played on the LCD display.
message is displayed for several sec-
If the remaining mileage or time
onds each time you set the ignition
reaches 1,500 km. (900 mi) or 30
switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to ✽ NOTICE
days, "Service in" message is dis- If any of the following conditions
the ON position (The mileage and
played for several seconds each time occurs, the mileage and days may be
time changes to "---").
you set the ignition switch or Engine incorrect.
Start/Stop Button to the ON position. To reset the service interval to the
mileage and days you inputted before: - The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- Press the RESET button for - The battery is discharged.
more than 1 second.
4 76
Master Warning Mode

(if equipped)
• This warning light informs the driv-

er the following situations
- Low washer fluid (if equipped)
- TPMS (if equipped)
- Service reminder (if equipped)
The Master Warning Light illumi-
nates when more than one of the
above warning situations occur. At
this time, the LCD Modes Icon will
change from ( ) to ( ).
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned off
and the LCD Modes Icon will be
changed back to its previous icon ( ).
(ex : refill the washer fluid)
4 77
User Settings Mode

Description Door
Auto Door Lock (if equipped) Auto Door Unlock (if equipped)
• Off: • Off:
The auto door lock operation will The auto door unlock operation will
be deactivated. be canceled.
• Speed: • Key Out or Power Off:
All doors will be automatically All doors will be automatically
locked when the vehicle speed unlocked when the ignition key is
exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph). removed from ignition switch or
• Shift Lever: Engine Start/Stop Button is set to
the OFF position.
All doors will be automatically
OXM043120E
locked if the automatic transaxle • Shift Lever:
On this mode, you can change set- shift lever is shifted from the P All doors will be automatically
ting of the doors, lamps, and so on. (Park) position to the R (Reverse), unlocked if the automatic transaxle
N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. shift lever is shifted to the P (Park)
position.
4 78
Two Press Unlock (if equipped) Lamp Settings

• Off: Head Lamp Delay (if equipped) Temperature Unit
The two press unlock function will If this item is checked, the headlamp Convert the temperature unit from °C
be deactivated. Therefore, all doors delay and headlamp welcome func- to °F or from °F to °C.
will unlock if the door is unlocked. tion will be activated.
• On: Welcome Sound
The driver’s door will unlock if the Welcome Light (if equipped) If this item is checked, the welcome
door is unlocked. When the door is If this item is checked, the welcome sound function will be activated.
unlocked again within 4 seconds, light function of the pocket lamp will
all doors will unlock. be activated.
Seat Easy Access (if equipped)
Horn Feedback (if equipped) If this item is checked, the driver’s
Auto Triple Turn (One-touch triple seat will automatically move forward
• Off: turn signal) (if equipped) or rearward for the driver to enter or
The Horn feedback operation will If this item is checked, the lane exit the vehicle comfortably.
be deactivated. change signals will blink 3 times when
• On: the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
AVG Fuel Eco Reset
After locking the door by pressing • Auto Reset:
the lock button on the transmitter, if
you press the lock button again The average fuel economy will
within 4 seconds, the warning reset automatically when refueling.
sound will operate once to indicate • Manual Reset:
that all doors are locked. The average fuel economy will not
reset automatically whenever refu-
eling.
For more details, refer to “Trip
Computer” in this chapter.
4 79
Service Interval A/V Mode (if equipped) Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)
OXM043121E OXM043122 OXM043123

On this mode, you can activate the This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of the
service interval function with mileage A/V system. navigation.
(mi. or km) and period (months).
4 80
Warning Messages
Shift to "P" position (for smart key Low Key Battery Press start button while turn
system and automatic transaxle) (for smart key system) steering (for smart key system)
OXM043105E OXM043111E OXM043101E
• This warning message illuminates if • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
you try to turn off the engine without if the battery of the smart key is if the steering wheel does not
the shift lever in P (Park) position. discharged when the Engine unlock normally when the Engine
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop Start/Stop Button changes to the Start/Stop Button is pressed.
Button turns to the ACC position (If OFF position. • It means that you should press the
you press the Engine Start/Stop Engine Start/Stop Button while
Button once more, it will turn to the turning the steering wheel right
ON position). and left.
4 81
Press brake pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle Key not detected
(for smart key system and auto- (for smart key system) (for smart key system)
matic transaxle)
OXMA043108 OXMA043109
OXMA043106
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
• This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle if the smart key is not detected
if the Engine Start/Stop Button when you press the Engine when you press the Engine
changes to the ACC position twice Start/Stop Button. Start/Stop Button.
by pressing the button repeatedly • It means that you should always
without depressing the brake pedal. have the smart key with you.
• It means that you should depress
the brake pedal to start the engine.
4 82
Press start button again Press start button with smart key Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH"
(for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system and auto-
matic transaxle)
OXMA043102 OXMA043110
OXMA043116
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if you can not operate the Engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop • This warning message illuminates
Start/Stop Button when there is a Button while the warning message if the brake switch fuse is discon-
problem with the Engine Start/Stop “Key not detected” is illuminating. nected.
Button system. • At this time, the immobilizer indica- • It means that you should replace
• It means that you could start the tor light blinks. the fuse with a new one. If that is
engine by pressing the Engine not possible, you can start the
Start/ Stop Button once more. engine by pressing the Engine
• If the warning illuminates each Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in
time you press the Engine the ACC position.
Start/Stop Button, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 83
Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine Door Open Trunk Open

(for smart key system and auto-
matic transaxle)
OXM043113E OXM043112E
• It means that any door is open. • It means that the trunk is open.
OXMA043104
• This warning message illuminates

if you try to start the engine with
the shift lever not in the P (Park) or
N (Neutral) position.
✽ NOTICE
You can start the engine with the
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.
4 84
Sunroof Open (if equipped) Align steering wheel (if equipped) Low Washer Fluid (if equipped)
OXM043114E OXM043098E OXM043118E

• The warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if you turn off the engine and then if you start the engine when the on the service reminder mode if
open the driver's door when the steering wheel is turned to more the washer fluid level in the reser-
sunroof is open. than 90 degrees to the left or right. voir is nearly empty.
• It means that you should turn the • It means that you should refill the
steering wheel and make the angle washer fluid.
of the steering wheel be less than
30 degrees.
4 85
Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"

(if equipped)
OXM043099E
• This warning message illuminates

if the fuse switch on the fuse box is
OFF.
• It means that you should turn the
fuse switch on.
For more details, refer to “Fuses” in

chapter 7.
4 86
TRIP COMPUTER
Overview
Description Trip Modes (Type A) Trip Modes (Type B)
The trip computer is a microcomput- Tripmeter A TRIP A
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related • Tripmeter [A]
to driving. Tripmeter B • Average Vehicle Speed [A]
• Elapsed Time [A]
✽ NOTICE Distance To Empty*
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the Average Fuel Economy* TRIP B
battery is disconnected. • Tripmeter [B]
Instant Fuel Economy* • Average Vehicle Speed [B]
• Elapsed Time [B]
Average Vehicle Speed*
FUEL ECONOMY
Elapsed Time*
* if equipped
• Distance To Empty
• Average Fuel Economy
To change the trip mode, press the
TRIP button . • Instant Fuel Economy
To change the trip mode, press the

MOVE button .
4 87
Trip A/B Tripmeter (1) ✽ NOTICE

■ Type A
• The tripmeter is the total driving dis- • The average vehicle speed is not dis-
tance since the last tripmeter reset. played if the driving distance is less
- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km. than 50 meters (0.03 miles) or the
or mi driving time is less than 10 seconds
• To reset the tripmeter, press the since the ignition switch or Engine
RESET button on the steering Start/Stop button is turned to ON.
wheel for more than 1 second • Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
when the tripmeter is displayed. the average vehicle speed keeps
going while the engine is running.
OXMA043323C Average Vehicle Speed (2) Elapsed Time (3)

■ Type B • The average vehicle speed is cal- • The elapsed time is the total driv-
culated by the total driving dis- ing time since the last elapsed time
tance and driving time since the reset.
last average vehicle speed reset. - Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59
- Speed range: 0 ~ 999 km/h or MPH • To reset the elapsed time, press
• To reset the average vehicle speed, the RESET button on the steer-
press the RESET button on the ing wheel for more than 1 second
steering wheel for more than 1 sec- when the elapsed time is dis-
ond when the average vehicle played.
OXMA043096C speed is displayed.
✽ NOTICE
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the elapsed time keeps going while
the engine is running.
4 88
Fuel Economy • If the estimated distance is below Average Fuel Economy (2)
Distance To Empty (1) 50 km. (30 mi), the trip computer will • The average fuel economy is calcu-
display “---” as distance to empty. lated by the total driving distance
■ Type A
and fuel consumption since the last
✽ NOTICE average fuel economy reset.
• If the vehicle is not on level ground - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9
or the battery power has been L/100km or MPG
interrupted, the distance to empty • The average fuel economy can be
function may not operate correctly. reset both manually and automati-
• The distance to empty may differ cally.
from the actual driving distance as
it is an estimate of the available Manual reset
OXMA043324C driving distance.
■ Type B
• The trip computer may not register To clear the average fuel economy
additional fuel if less than 6 liters manually, press the RESET button
(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the on the steering wheel for more than 1
vehicle. second when the average fuel econo-
• The fuel economy and distance to my is displayed.
empty may vary significantly based
on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
OXMA043097C
• The distance to empty is the esti-
mated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range : 50 ~ 9999 km. or
30 ~ 9999 mi
4 89
Automatic reset Instant Fuel Economy (3)

To make the average fuel economy • This mode displays the instant fuel
be reset automatically whenever refu- economy during the last few sec-
eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode in onds when the vehicle speed is
User Setting menu of the LCD display more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).
(Refer to “LCD Display”). - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 30
Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver- L/100km or 0 ~ 50 MPG
age fuel economy will be cleared to
zero (---) when the vehicle speed
exceeds 1 km/h after refueling more
than 6 liters (1.6 gallons).
✽ NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not dis-
played for more accurate calculation
if the vehicle does not drive more
than 10 seconds or 50 meters (0.03
miles) since the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button is turned
to ON.
4 90
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light
✽ NOTICE - Warning lights

Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver
are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened.
any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON For more details, refer to the “Seat
situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 91
Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system
Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This
This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two
2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys-
• Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail.
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and add
position. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems
refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7). working, more than normal pedal
- It illuminates for approximately 3 travel and greater pedal pressure are
seconds Then check all brake components
for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the required to stop the vehicle.
- It remains on if the parking brake brake system is still found, the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
is applied. warning light remains on, or the short a distance with only a portion
• When the parking brake is applied. brakes do not operate properly, do of the brake system working.
• When the brake fluid level in the not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv-
reservoir is low. In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
- If the warning light illuminates towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi-
with the parking brake released, it and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.
4 92
Anti-lock Brake System Electronic

WARNING - Parking Brake (ABS) Warning Light Brake force
& Brake Fluid Warning Light Distribution
Driving the vehicle with a warn- This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System
ing light ON is dangerous. If the Warning Light
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid • Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at
Warning Light illuminates with the same time while driving:
the parking brake released, it position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake
indicates that the brake fluid system may not work normally.
level is low. seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
inspected by an authorized Kia the ABS (The normal braking sys-
tem will still be operational without dealer.
dealer.
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system). WARNING - Electronic
In this case, have your vehicle Brake force Distribution
inspected by an authorized Kia (EBD) System Warning Light
dealer. When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
4 93
✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator

force Distribution Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL)
(EBD) System Light (if equipped)
Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
or both ABS and Parking Brake & • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
the speedometer, odometer, or trip- position. position.
meter may not work. Also, the EPS
Warning Light may illuminate and - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is
the steering effort may increase or started. started.
decrease. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with
In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS. the emission control system.
ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle
soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer. dealer.
CAUTION - Malfunction
Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
effect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
4 94
Charging System If there is a malfunction with either

CAUTION - Gasoline Warning Light the alternator or electrical charging
Engine system:
If the Malfunction Indicator This warning light illuminates: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- location and stop your vehicle.
tial catalytic converter damage • Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON 2. Turn the engine off and check the
is possible which could result in alternator drive belt for looseness
loss of engine power. position.
or breakage.
In this case, have your vehicle - It remains on until the engine is
started. If the belt is adjusted properly,
inspected by an authorized Kia there may be a problem in the
dealer as soon as possible. • When there is a malfunction with electrical charging system.
either the alternator or electrical
charging system. In this case, have your vehicle
dealer as soon as possible.
4 95
Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Level Warning

Warning Light CAUTION - Engine Oil Light
Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• If the engine does not stop
• Once you set the ignition switch or immediately after the Engine This warning light illuminates:
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Oil Pressure Warning Light is When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
position. illuminated, severe damage
- It remains on until the engine is could result.
started. If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
• If the warning light stays on
• When the engine oil pressure is low. Add fuel as soon as possible.
while the engine is running, it
indicates that there may be
If the engine oil pressure is low:
serious engine damage or CAUTION - Low Fuel
malfunction. In this case, Level
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as Driving with the Low Fuel Level
location and stop your vehicle.
it is safe to do so. warning light on or with the fuel
2. Turn the engine off and check the level below “0 or E” can cause
2. Turn off the engine and
engine oil level (For more details, the engine to misfire and dam-
check the oil level. If the oil
refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). If age the catalytic converter (if
level is low, fill the engine
the level is low, add oil as required. equipped).
oil to the proper level.
If the warning light remains on
3. Start the engine again. If the
after adding oil or if oil is not avail-
warning light stays on after
able, have your vehicle inspected
the engine is started, turn
by an authorized Kia dealer as
the engine off immediately.
soon as possible.
In this case, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
4 96
Door Ajar Warning Light All Wheel Drive (AWD)

Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
When a door is not closed securely. This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
Tailgate Open Warning position.
Light - It illuminates for approximately 3
This warning light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction with
When the tailgate is not closed the AWD system.
securely. In this case, have your vehicle
dealer.
4 97
Indicator Lights Electronic Stability ECOMINDERtm indicator

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF (if equipped) ECO
Control (ESC) Indicator Indicator Light
Light
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: The ECOMINDERtm indicator is a
• Once you set the ignition switch or system that illuminates ECO when
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the driver has reached optimum fuel
position. efficiency.
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 • The ECOMINDERtm indicator will
seconds and then goes off. turn the ECO light green on the
• When you deactivate the ESC sys- instrument panel when you are
• When there is a malfunction with driving fuel efficiently in the ECO
the ESC system. tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
ton. ON mode.
In this case, have your vehicle If you don't want the indicator dis-
inspected by an authorized Kia played, you can turn the ECO ON
dealer. For more details, refer to “Electronic mode to OFF mode by pressing
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5. the TRIP button.
This indicator light blinks: For ECO ON/OFF Mode operation,
While the ESC is operating. please refer to the previous page.
• Fuel efficient driving can be influ-
enced by driving habits and road
For more details, refer to “Electronic conditions.
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.
• The indicator will not display while in
P (Park), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse).
4 98
Immobilizer Indicator Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2

Light (Without Smart Key) Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off:
• When the vehicle can not detect
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for up the smart key which is in the vehi-
to 30 seconds: cle while the Engine Start/Stop
• When the vehicle detects the Button is ON.
immobilizer in your key properly • When the vehicle detects the
while the ignition switch is ON. smart key in the vehicle properly In this case, have your vehicle
while the Engine Start/Stop Button inspected by an authorized Kia
- At this time, you can start the dealer.
engine. is ACC or ON.
- The indicator light goes off after - At this time, you can start the
starting the engine. engine. This indicator light blinks:
- The indicator light goes off after • When the battery of the smart key
starting the engine. is weak.
This indicator light blinks:
- At this time, you can not start the
• When there is a malfunction with engine. However, you can start
the immobilizer system. This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds: the engine if you press the Engine
In this case, have your vehicle Start/Stop Button with the smart
inspected by an authorized Kia • When the smart key is not in the key. (For more details, refer to
dealer. vehicle. “Starting the Engine” in section 5).
- At this time, you can not start the • When there is a malfunction with
engine. the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
dealer.
4 99
Turn Signal Indicator High Beam Indicator Light ON Indicator Light

Light Light
This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
• When you turn the turn signal light • When the headlights are on and in • When the tail lights or headlights
on. the high beam position are on.
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
If any of the following occurs, there into the Flash-to-Pass position. Front Fog Indicator
may be a malfunction with the turn Light (if equipped)
signal system. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer. This indicator light illuminates:
- The indicator light does not blink • When the front fog lights are on.
but illuminates.
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
- The indicator light does not illumi-
nate at all.
4 100
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Washer Fluid Warning Cruise SET Indicator
LOCK Indicator Light Light (if equipped) Light (if equipped) SET
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or • When the washer fluid level in the
reservoir is nearly empty. • When the cruise control speed is set.
position. In this case, you should refill the
washer fluid. For more details, refer to “Cruise
Control System” in chapter 5.
• When you select AWD Lock mode Cruise Indicator Light
by pressing the AWD LOCK button. (if equipped) CRUISE
- The AWD LOCK mode is to
increase the drive power when This indicator light illuminates:
driving on wet pavement, snow
covered roads and/or off-road. • When the cruise control system is
enabled.
CAUTION - AWD Lock For more details, refer to “Cruise

Mode Control System” in chapter 5.
Do not use AWD LOCK mode on
dry paved roads or highway, it
can cause noise, vibration or
damage of AWD related parts.
4 101
REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Operation of the rear parking
WARNING assist system
The rear parking assist system Operating condition
is a supplementary function
only. The operation of the rear
parking assist system can be
affected by several factors
(including environmental condi-
tions). It is the responsibility of
the driver to always check the
area behind the vehicle before
Sensors and while backing up.
OXM053105
The rear parking assist system
assists the driver during backward
movement of the vehicle by chiming if
OXM053032
any object is sensed within a distance
of 120 cm. (47 in) behind the vehicle. • This system will activate when the
This system is a supplemental system indicator on the rear parking assist
and it is not intended to nor does it OFF button is not illuminated. If
replace the need for extreme care and you desire to deactivate the rear
attention of the driver. The sensing parking assist system, press the
range and objects detectable by the rear parking assist OFF button
back sensors are limited. Whenever again. (The indicator on the button
backing-up, pay as much attention to will illuminate.) To turn the system
what is behind you as you would in a on, press the button again. (The
vehicle without a rear parking assist indicator on the button will go off.)
system. If the vehicle is moving at a speed
over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system
may not be activated correctly.
4 102
• The sensing distance while the Types of warning sound Non-operational conditions of
rear parking assist system is in • When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm rear parking assist system
operation is approximately 120 cm. (47 in. to 24 in.) from the rear The rear parking assist system
(47 in). bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- may not operate properly when:
• When more than two objects are tently.
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
sensed at the same time, the clos- • When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm will operate normally when the
est one will be recognized first. (24 in. to 12 in.) from the rear moisture has been cleared.)
bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre-
2. The sensor is covered with foreign
quently.
matter, such as snow or water, or
• When an object is within 30 cm (12 the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
in.) of the rear bumper: operate normally when the materi-
Buzzer sounds continuously. al is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
4. Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.
6. Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
7. The sensor is covered with snow.
8. Trailer towing
4 103
The detecting range may decrease Rear parking assist system

when: precautions WARNING
1. The sensor is stained with foreign • The rear parking assist system Pay close attention when the
matter such as snow or water. may not sound consistently vehicle is driven close to
(The sensing range will return to depending on the speed and objects on the road, particularly
normal when removed.) shapes of the objects detected. pedestrians, and especially
2. Outside air temperature is children. Be aware that some
• The rear parking assist system objects may not be detected by
extremely hot or cold. may malfunction if the vehicle the sensors, due to the object’s
bumper height or sensor installa- distance, size or material, all of
The following objects may not be tion has been modified or dam- which can limit the effective-
recognized by the sensor: aged. Any non-factory installed ness of the sensor. Always per-
1. Sharp or slim objects such as equipment or accessories may form a visual inspection to
ropes, chains or small poles. also interfere with the sensor per- make sure the vehicle is clear of
formance. all obstructions before moving
2. Objects which tend to absorb the
sensor frequency such as clothes, • The sensor may not recognize the vehicle in any direction.
spongy material or snow. objects less than 40 cm. (15 in)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
3. Undetectable objects smaller than incorrect distance. Use caution.
1 m. (40 in) in height and narrower
than 14 cm. (6 in) in diameter. • When the sensor is frozen or
SOILED with snow, dirt, or water,
the sensor may be inoperative until
the MATERIAL IS removed using a
soft cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
4 104
✽ NOTICE Self-diagnosis
This system can only sense objects If you don’t hear an audible warning
within the range and location of the sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
sensors. It cannot detect objects in mittently when shifting the gear to
other areas where sensors are not the R (Reverse) position, this may
installed. Also, small or slim objects, indicate a malfunction in the rear
such as poles or objects located parking assist system. If this occurs,
between sensors may not be detected have your vehicle checked by an
by the sensors. authorized Kia dealer as soon as
Always visually check behind the possible.
vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with WARNING
the system regarding the systems Your new vehicle warranty does
capabilities and limitations. not cover any accidents or dam-
age to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants due to a rear
parking assist system malfunc-
tion. Always drive safely and
cautiously.
4 105
REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

This system is a supplemental sys-
tem that shows behind the vehicle WARNING
through the rearview display mirror • This system is a supplemen-
Rear view display while backing up unless equipped tary function only. It is the
with a navigation system, then will responsibility of the driver to
display on the screen. always check the inside/out-
The rearview camera may be turned side rearview mirrors and the
off by pressing the ON/OFF button area behind the vehicle before
when the rearview camera is activated. and while backing up because
To turn the camera on again, press there is a dead zone that can't
OXM053120
the ON/OFF button again when the be seen by the camera.
ignition switch is on and the shift • Always keep the camera lens
lever in R (Reverse). Also, the cam- clean. If lens is covered with
era will turn on automatically when- foreign matter, the camera
ever the ignition switch is turned off may not operate normally.
and on again.
OXM053121
The rearview camera will activate
with the ignition switch ON and the
shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.
4 106
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

■ Type A The hazard warning lights are turned
on by pushing in the hazard switch.
Both turn signal lights will blink. The
hazard warning lights will operate
even though the key is not in the igni-
tion switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the switch again.
OXM063001
■ Type B
OXM063002
The hazard warning flasher should be
used whenever you find it necessary
to stop the vehicle in a hazardous
location. When you must make such
an emergency stop, always pull off
the road as far as possible.
4 107
LIGHTING
Battery saver function Headlight escort function Headlight welcome function
• The purpose of this feature is to (if equipped) (if equipped)
prevent the battery from being dis- If you turn the ignition switch to the When the headlight (light switch in
charged if the lights are left in the ACC or OFF position with the head- the headlight or AUTO position) is on
ON position. The system automati- lights ON, the headlights remain on and all doors (and tailgate) are
cally shuts off the parking lights 30 for about 30 minutes. However, if the locked and closed, the position light
seconds after the ignition key is driver's door is opened and closed, and headlight will come on for 15
removed and the driver’s door is the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds if any of the below is per-
opened and closed. seconds. formed.
• With this feature, the parking lights The headlights can be turned off by • Without smart key system
will turn off automatically if the driver pressing the lock button on the trans- - When the door unlock button is
parks on the side of the road at night mitter (or smart key) twice or turning pressed on the transmitter.
and opens the driver’s side door. the light switch to the OFF position.
• With the smart key system
If necessary, to keep the parking
lights on when the ignition key is CAUTION - When the door unlock button is
removed, perform the following: pressed on the smart key.
If the driver gets out of the vehi-
1) Open the driver-side door. cle through other doors (except
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and driver’s door), the battery saver At this time, if you press the door lock
ON again using the light switch function does not operate and button, the position light and head-
on the steering column. the headlight escort function light will turn off immediately.
does not turn off automatically.
Therefore, It causes the battery
to be discharged. In this case,
make sure to turn off the lamp
before getting out of the vehicle.
4 108
Daytime running light Lighting control Position & Tail light ( )

Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, and it is especially
helpful after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn OFF when:
• The headlights are ON.
• Engine stops.
• The parking brake is applied.
OXM049110 OBK049046N
The light switch has a Headlight and When the light switch is in the park-
a Parking light position. ing light position (1st position), the
To operate the lights, turn the knob at tail, license and instrument panel
the end of the control lever to one of lights will turn ON.
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Position & Tail light
(3) Headlight position
(4) Auto light position (if equipped)
4 109
Headlight position ( ) Auto light position (if equipped)

CAUTION
• Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the
instrument panel. This will
ensure better auto-light system
control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a
window cleaner. The cleaner
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor
operation.
OBK049047N OXM049128 • If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coat-
When the light switch is in the head- When the light switch is in the AUTO ing on the front windshield,
light position (2nd position), the light position, the taillights and head- the Auto light system may not
head, tail, license and instrument lights will turn ON or OFF automati- work properly.
panel lights will turn ON. cally depending on the amount of
light outside the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
4 110
High beam operation

WARNING
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver’s vision.
OBK049049N
OBK049050N To flash the headlights, pull the lever

towards you. It will return to the nor-
To turn on the high beam headlights, mal (low beam) position when
push the lever away from you. Pull it released. The headlight switch does
back for low beams. not need to be on to use this flashing
The high beam indicator will light feature.
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
4 111
Turn signals and lane change To signal a lane change, move the Front fog light (if equipped)
signals turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
One-touch lane change function

(if equipped)
To activate the one-touch lane
change function, move the turn sig- OBK049052L
OBK049051N nal lever slightly for less than 0.7 Fog lights are used to provide
The ignition switch must be on for the second and then release it. The lane improved visibility when visibility is
turn signals to function. To turn on change signals will blink 3 times. poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The
the turn signals, move the lever up or fog lights will turn on when the fog light
down (A). The green arrow indicators ✽ NOTICE switch (1) is turned to the on position
on the instrument panel indicate If an indicator flash is abnormally after the headlight is turned on.
which turn signal is operating. They quick or slow, a bulb may be burned To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
will self-cancel after a turn is com- out or have a poor electrical connec- light switch (1) to the OFF position.
pleted. If the indicator continues to tion in the circuit.
flash after a turn, manually return the
lever to the OFF position. CAUTION
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehi-
cle electrical power. Only use the
fog lights when visibility is poor.
4 112
WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer A : Wiper speed control (front)
· MIST/ – Single wipe
■ Type A ■ Type A
· OFF / O – Off
· INT / --- – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
· LO / 1 – Low wiper speed
· HI / 2 – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time

adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

■ Type B ■ Type B
D : Rear wiper/washer control

· ON / – Continuous wipe
· INT / --- – Intermittent wipe*
· OFF / O – Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* if equipped
OXM049231L/OXM049230L/OAM049048N/OAM049048L
4 113
Windshield wipers Auto control (if equipped) To vary the speed setting, turn the
Operates as follows when the igni- speed control knob (1).
■ Type A
tion switch is turned ON. If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
MIST/ : For a single wiping cycle, mode when the ignition switch is ON,
move the lever to this the wiper will operate once to per-
(MIST/ ) position and form a self-check of the system. Set
release it. The wipers will
■ Type B the wiper to OFF (O) position when
operate continuously if the wiper is not in use.
the lever is held in this
position. CAUTION
OFF / O : Wiper is not in operation Rain sensor When the ignition switch is ON
INT / --- : Wiper operates intermit- and the windshield wiper switch
tently at the same wiping OXM049123L is placed in the AUTO mode, use
intervals. Use this mode in The rain sensor located on the upper caution in the following situa-
light rain or mist. To vary end of the windshield glass senses tions to avoid any injury to the
the speed setting, turn the the amount of rainfall and controls hands or other parts of the
speed control knob. the wiping cycle for the proper inter- body:
LO / 1 : Normal wiper speed val. The more it rains, the faster the • Do not touch the upper end of
wiper operates. When the rain stops, the windshield glass facing
HI / 2 : Fast wiper speed the wipers stop. the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
✽ NOTICE the windshield glass with a
If there is heavy accumulation of damp or wet cloth.
snow or ice on the windshield, defrost • Do not put pressure on the
the windshield for about 10 minutes, windshield glass.
or until the snow and/or ice is
removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation.
4 114
Front windshield washers If the washer does not work, check

CAUTION the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
■ Type A
When washing the vehicle, set is not sufficient, you will need to add
the wiper switch in the OFF (O) appropriate non-abrasive windshield
position to stop the auto wiper washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
operation. The reservoir filler neck is located in
The wiper may operate and be the front of the engine compartment
damaged if the switch is set in on the passenger side.
the AUTO mode while washing
the vehicle. CAUTION
OAM049102N
Do not remove the sensor cover ■ Type B To prevent possible damage to
located on the upper end of the the washer pump, do not oper-
passenger side windshield ate the washer when the fluid
glass. Damage to system parts reservoir is empty.
could occur and may not be cov-
ered by your vehicle warranty.
When starting the vehicle in
winter, set the wiper switch in
the OFF (O) position. Otherwise,
wipers may operate and ice may OXM049048E
damage the windshield wiper In the OFF position, pull the lever
blades. Always remove all snow gently toward you to spray washer
and ice and defrost the wind- fluid on the windshield and to run the
shield properly prior to operat- wipers 1-3 cycles.
ing the windshield wipers.
Use this function when the wind-
shield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
4 115
Rear window wiper and washer ■ Type A

WARNING switch
Do not use the washer in freez- ■ Type A
ing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with
the defrosters; the washer solu-
tion could freeze on the wind-
shield and obscure your vision.
OXM049125
■ Type B
CAUTION OXM049126
• To prevent possible damage ■ Type B
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or OXM049125L
other solvents on or near them. Push the lever away from you to
• To prevent damage to the OXM049235L
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
wiper arms and other compo- rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
nents, do not attempt to move The rear window wiper and washer and wiper operation will continue
the wipers manually. switch is located at the end of the until you release the lever
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
ON / : Continuous wipe
INT / --- : Intermittent wipe
OFF / O : OFF
4 116
INTERIOR LIGHTS
Room lamp • ON : The light stays on at all times.
CAUTION • DOOR : The light comes on when
■ Type A
Do not use the interior lights for any door (or tailgate) is
extended periods when the opened regardless of the
engine is not running. ignition switch position.
It may cause battery discharge. When doors are unlocked
by the transmitter (or
smart key) or the key is
removed from the ignition
WARNING switch, the light comes on
Do not use the interior lights for approximately 30 sec-
when driving in the dark. OXM049225 onds as long as any door
Accidents could happen because ■ Type B is not opened. The light
the view may be obscured by goes out gradually after
interior lights. approximately 30 seconds
if the door is closed.
Automatic turn off function However, if the ignition
(if equipped) switch is ON or all doors
are locked, the light will
The interior lights automatically turn turn off immediately. If a
off approximately 20 minutes after door is opened with the
the ignition switch is turned off, if the ignition switch in the ACC
lights are in the ON position. OXM043014 or LOCK position, the light
If your vehicle is equipped with the stays on for about 20 min-
theft alarm system, the interior lights The light will turn on and off as below utes. However, if a door is
automatically turn off approximately if the switch is pressed. The light will opened with the ignition
3 seconds after the system in armed turn off if the button is pressed again. switch in the ON position,
stage. the light stays on continu-
ously.
4 117
Map lamp • DOOR (3) : ✽ NOTICE

- The map lamp and room lamp • The DOOR mode and ROOM
comes on when a door is opened. mode can not be selected at the
The lamps go out after approxi- same time.
mately 30 seconds. • When the lamp is turned on by
- The map lamp and room lamp pressing the lens (1), the lamp does
comes on for approximately 30 not turn off even if the DOOR
seconds when doors are unlocked mode or ROOM mode is not
with a transmitter or smart key as selected (not pressed).
long as the doors are not opened.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on for approximately 20 min-
OXM043013 utes if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC or
Press the lens (1) to turn the map LOCK/OFF position.
lamp on or off
- The map lamp and room lamp will
• ROOM (2) : stay on continuously if the door is
- The map lamp and room lamp opened with the ignition switch in
stays on at all times. the ON position.
- To turn off the ROOM mode, - The map lamp and room lamp will
press the ROOM button (2) once go out immediately if the ignition
again (not pressed.) switch is changed to the ON posi-
tion or all doors are locked.
- To turn off the DOOR mode,
press the DOOR button (3) once
again (not pressed).
4 118
Luggage lamp (if equipped) Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)
OXM049136 OXM049133
• DOOR : The light comes on when • : The lamp will turn on if this
the tailgate is opened. button is pressed.
• OFF : The light stays off at all times. • : The lamp will turn off if this
• ON : The light stays on at all times. button is pressed.
✽ NOTICE
Turn off the lamp before returning
the sunvisor to its original position.
4 119
DEFROSTER
Rear window defroster To activate the rear window
CAUTION defroster, press the rear window
■ Type A
To prevent damage to the con- defroster button located in the center
ductors bonded to the inside facia switch panel. The indicator on
surface of the rear window, the rear window defroster button illu-
never use sharp instruments or minates when the defroster is ON.
window cleaners containing If there is heavy accumulation of
abrasives to clean the window. snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
✽ NOTICE The rear window defroster automati-
cally turns off after approximately 20
If you want to defrost and defog the OXM043200 minutes or when the ignition switch is
front windshield, refer to ■ Type B turned off. To turn off the defroster,
“Windshield defrosting and defog- press the rear window defroster button
ging” in this section. again.
Outside rearview mirror defroster

(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
OXM043050 turn on the rear window defroster.
The defroster heats the window to

Wiper deicer (if equipped)
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the engine is If your vehicle is equipped with the
running. wiper deicer, it will operate at the
same time you turn on the rear win-
dow defroster.
4 120
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Front climate control (Type A) ■ Front climate control (Type B)
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Mode selection knob
3. Temperature control knob
4. Air conditioning button
5. Air intake control button
6. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF
■ 3rd row air conditioning control (for Type A)

button* (controlled from the front)
7. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed

control switch*
* if equipped
OXM043201/OXMA043201/OXM049141
4 121
Heating and air conditioning

1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position (if
equipped).
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if OXM043052
equipped) on.
❈ 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents (E, F, G, H) (G, H : if equipped)
• The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents is controlled by the front climate
control system and delivered through the inside air duct of the floor (E, F, H).
• The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents (E, F, H) may be weaker
than the instrument panel vents due to the long air duct.
• Close the air vents (F) in cold weather. The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row
outlet vents may cool a little during heating operation. (Use the 2nd and 3rd
row outlet vents (F, G) during cooling operation.)
4 122
Mode selection Floor/Defrost-Level

Face-Level (B, D, F) (A, C, D, E, H)
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small
outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window
air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.
Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F, H) Defrost-Level (A, D)
OXM043203 Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
The mode selection knob controls and the floor. windshield with a small amount of air
the direction of the air flow through directed to the side window defrosters.
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dash- Floor-Level (C, E,H, A, D)
board outlets, or windshield. Six
symbols are used to represent MAX
A/C, Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor- Most of the air flow is directed to the
Defrost and Defrost air position. floor, with a small amount of the air
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool being directed to the windshield and
the inside of the vehicle faster. side window defrosters.
4 123
Temperature control Air intake control

■ Type A
■ Type B
OXM043061
Instrument panel vents OXM043205 OXMA043206
The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows The air intake control is used to
closed separately using the thumb- you to control the temperature of the select the outside (fresh) air position
wheel (if equipped). air flowing from the ventilation system. or recirculated air position.
Also, you can adjust the direction of To change the air temperature in the To change the air intake control posi-
air delivery from these vents using passenger compartment, turn the tion, press the control button.
the vent control lever as shown. knob to the right position for warm and
hot air or left position for cooler air.
4 124
Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE

With the recirculated air Prolonged operation of the heater in WARNING
position selected, air the recirculated air position (with- • Continue using the climate
from the passenger out air conditioning selected) may control system in the recircu-
compartment will be cause fogging of the windshield and lated air position may allow
drawn through the heat- side windows and the air within the humidity to increase inside
ing system and heated passenger compartment may the vehicle which may fog the
or cooled according to become stale. glass and obscure visibility.
the function selected. In addition, prolonged use of the air • Do not sleep in a vehicle with
conditioning with the recirculated the air conditioning or heating
Outside (fresh) air position air position selected will result in system on. It may cause seri-
■ Type A
excessively dry air in the passenger ous harm or death due to a
With the outside (fresh) compartment. drop in the oxygen level
air position selected, air and/or body temperature.
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or • Continue using the climate
■ Type B cooled according to the control system in the recircu-
function selected. lated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
4 125
Fan speed control Air conditioning 3rd row air conditioning

(if equipped)
OXM043207 OXM043217
The ignition switch must be in the ON Press the A/C button to turn the air OXM043068
position for fan operation. conditioning system on (indicator To turn on the 3 row air conditioning
rd
The fan speed control knob allows light will illuminate). Press the button control system
you to control the fan speed of the air again to turn the air conditioning sys-
1. Press the 3rd row air conditioning
flowing from the ventilation system. tem off.
ON/OFF button (indicator light on
To change the fan speed, turn the the ON/OFF button will illuminate)
knob to the right for higher speed or located on the front climate control
left for lower speed. panel and set the fan speed to the
Setting the fan speed control knob to desired speed with the 3rd row fan
the “0” position turns off the fan. speed switch.
4 126
2. To turn off the 3rd row air condi- System operation Operation Tips
tioning control system, press the Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF from entering the vehicle through
button once more located on the 1. Set the mode to the position.
the ventilation system, temporarily
front climate control panel or set 2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the
the fan speed to the "OFF" position outside (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to
with the 3rd row fan speed switch. 3. Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air
desired position. position when the irritation has
4. Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the
desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driv-
er alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
Heating is drawn in through the grilles just
1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care
2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not
outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
3. Set the temperature control to the other obstructions.
desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind-
4. Set the fan speed control to the shield, set the air intake control to
desired speed. the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust
turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired
equipped) on. temperature.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.
4 127
Air conditioning (Continued)

Air conditioning system operation tips
Kia Air Conditioning Systems are • If the vehicle has been parked in
• The air conditioning evaporator
filled with refrigerant*. direct sunlight during hot weather,
(cooling coil) shall never be
1. Start the engine. Push the air con- open the windows for a short time
repaired or replaced with one
ditioning button. to let the hot air inside the vehicle
removed from a used or sal-
escape.
2. Set the mode to the position. vaged vehicle and new replace-
ment MAC evaporators shall be • To help reduce moisture inside of
3. Set the air intake control to the the windows on rainy or humid
outside air or recirculated air posi- certified (and labeled) as meet-
ing SAE Standard J2842. days, decrease the humidity inside
tion. the vehicle by operating the air
4. Adjust the fan speed control and conditioning system.
temperature control to maintain ✽ NOTICE • During air conditioning system
maximum comfort. • When using the air conditioning sys- operation, you may occasionally
tem, monitor the temperature gauge notice a slight change in engine
closely while driving up hills or in speed as the air conditioning com-
CAUTION heavy traffic when outside tempera- pressor cycles. This is a normal
• The refrigerant system should tures are high. Air conditioning sys- system operation characteristic.
only be serviced by trained tem operation may cause engine
and certified technicians to overheating. Continue to use the • Use the air conditioning system
insure proper and safe opera- blower fan but turn the air condi- every month only for a few minutes
tion. tioning system off if the temperature to ensure maximum system per-
gauge indicates engine overheating. formance.
• The refrigerant system should
be serviced in a well-ventilat- • When opening the windows in
ed place. humid weather air conditioning
(Continued) may create water droplets inside
the vehicle. Since excessive water
droplets may cause damage to
electrical equipment, air condi-
tioning should only be used with
the windows closed.
4 128
• When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE
system, you may notice clear water (if equipped) • Replace the filter according to the
dripping (or even puddling) on the Maintenance Schedule.
ground under the passenger side If the vehicle is being driven in
of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- Outside air
severe conditions such as dusty or
tem operation characteristic. rough roads, more frequent cli-
Recirculated
• Operating the air conditioning sys- air mate control air filter inspections
tem in the recirculated air position and changes are required.
provides maximum cooling, how- • When the air flow rate suddenly
ever, continual operation in this decreases, we recommend that the
mode may cause the air inside the system should be checked at an
vehicle to become stale. Blower authorized Kia dealer.
• During cooling operation, you may Climate control Heater core
Evaporator
occasionally notice a misty air flow air filter core
1LDA5047
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal The climate control air filter installed
system operation characteristic. behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accu-
mulation on the inside of the wind-
shield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, we recommend that the cli-
mate control air filter be replaced by
4 129
Air Conditioning refrigerant Each symbols and specification on Checking the amount of air
label air conditioning refrigerant label conditioner refrigerant and
means as below ; compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
1. Classification of refrigerant low, the performance of the air con-
2. Amount of refrigerant ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative influence on the air
3. Classification of Compressor lubri-
conditioning system.
cant
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
You can find out which air condition- an authorized Kia dealer.
ing refrigerant is applied your vehicle
at the label inside of the engine room.
Refer to section 8 for more detail
WARNING
OXM063009
location of air conditioning refrigerant Because the refriger-
❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label. ant is at very high
label in the vehicle may differ from the pressure, the air con-
illustration. ditioning system
should only be serv-
iced by trained and certified
technicians. It is important that
the correct type and amount of
oil and refrigerant is used, oth-
erwise damage to the vehicle
and personal injury may occur.
4 130
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Front climate control (Type A) ■ Front climate control (Type B)
1. A/C display
2. Driver's temperature control knob
3. AUTO (automatic control) button
4. Front blower OFF button
5. Front fan speed control switch
6. Mode selection button
7. Dual temperature control selection button
8. Passenger's temperature control knob
9. Air conditioning button*
10. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button*
(controlled from the front)
■ 3rd row air conditioning control (for Type A) 11. Air intake control button* or recirculat-
ed air position button*
12. Front windshield defroster button
13. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed
control switch*
* if equipped
OXM043208/OXM043209/OXM049141
4 131
■ Type C
1. Driver's temperature control knob

2. AUTO (automatic control) button
3. Front blower OFF button
4. Front fan speed control switch
5. Mode selection button
■ Type D
6. Dual temperature control selection button
7. Passenger's temperature control knob
8. Air conditioning button*
9. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button*
(controlled from the front)
10. Air intake control button* or
recirculated air position button*
11. Front windshield defroster button
■ 3rd row air conditioning control (for Type C) 12. Climate control display
13. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed control
switch*
* if equipped
OXM043064/OXM043063/OXM049141
4 132
Automatic heating and air con- ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side ✽ NOTICE
ditioning • To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be con-
trolled manually while other func-
OXM043210/OXM043211 tions operate automatically.
2. Turn the temperature control knob • For your convenience and to
to the desired temperature. improve the effectiveness of the
OXM043056
climate control, use the AUTO
1. Press the AUTO button. The button and set the temperature to
modes, fan speeds, air intake and 23°C (73°F).
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by setting the tem-
perature.
4 133
Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection

tioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pressing
buttons or turning knob(s) other than
the AUTO button. In this case, the
system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons or knob(s)
selected.
1. Start the engine.
OXM043058 2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
✽ NOTICE OXM043059
For improving the effectiveness of
Never place anything over the sen- heating and cooling; The mode selection button controls
sor located on the instrument panel the direction of the air flow through
to ensure better control of the heat- - Heating:
the ventilation system.
ing and cooling system. - Cooling:
The air flow outlet port is converted
3. Set the temperature control to the as follows:
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn Refer to the illustration in the
the air conditioning system on. “Manual climate control system”.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
4 134
Face-Level Floor-Level
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor, with a small amount of the air
outlet can be controlled to direct the being directed to the windshield and
air discharged from the outlet. side window defrosters.
Bi-Level Floor/Defrost-Level
OXM043060
Defrost-Level
Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
and the floor. floor and the windshield with a small Most of the air flow is directed to the
amount directed to the side window windshield with a small amount of air
defrosters. directed to the side window defrosters.
4 135
Temperature control
■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side
OXM043061 OXM043129
Instrument panel vents OXM043210/OXM043211 Adjusting the driver and passenger
The outlet vents can be opened or side temperature individually
The temperature will increase to the
closed separately using the thumb- maximum (HI) by turning the knob to 1. Press the DUAL button to operate
wheel (if equipped). the extreme right. the driver and passenger side
Also, you can adjust the direction of temperature individually. Also, if
The temperature will decrease to the the passenger side temperature
air delivery from these vents using minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to
the vent control lever as shown. control knob is operated, it will
the extreme left. automatically change to the DUAL
When turning the knob, the tempera- mode as well.
ture will increase or decrease by 2. Operate the left temperature con-
0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest trol to adjust the driver side tem-
temperature setting, the air condi- perature. Operate the right tem-
tioning will operate continuously. perature control to adjust the pas-
senger side temperature.
4 136
When the driver side temperature is Adjusting the driver and passenger Outside thermometer
set to the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo) side temperature equally
temperature setting, the DUAL mode 1. Press the DUAL button again to
is deactivated for maximum heating deactivate DUAL mode. The pas-
or cooling. senger side temperature will be
set to the same temperature as
the driver side.
2. Operate the driver side tempera-
ture control switch. The driver and
passenger side temperature will
be adjusted equally.
Temperature conversion OXM043127/OXM043126
You can switch the temperature The current outside temperature is

mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit displayed in 1°C (1°F) increments.
as follows: The temperature range is between -
While pressing the OFF button, -40°C ~ 60°C (40°F ~ 140°F).
press the AUTO button for 3 seconds • The outside temperature on the
or more. display may not change immedi-
The display will change from ately like a general thermometer to
Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from prevent the driver from being inat-
Fahrenheit to Centigrade. tentive.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.
4 137
Air intake control Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE

■ Type A
With the recirculated air Prolonged operation of the heater in
position selected, air the recirculated air position (with-
from the passenger out air conditioning selected) may
compartment will be cause fogging of the windshield and
drawn through the heat- side windows and the air within the
ing system and heated passenger compartment may
■ Type B or cooled according to become stale.
the function selected. In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated
Outside (fresh) air position air position selected will result in
OXM043212 excessively dry air in the passenger
■ Type C
■ Type A, C With the outside (fresh) compartment.
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
■ Type B, D
cooled according to the
OXM043055 function selected.
■ Type D
OXM043054
This is used to select the outside

(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, push the control button.
4 138
Fan speed control Air conditioning

WARNING ■ Type A, B
• Continue using the climate
control system in the recircu-
lated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside
the vehicle which may fog the
glass and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on. It may cause seri- OXM043213
ous harm or death due to a ■ Type C, D
drop in the oxygen level OXM043065
and/or body temperature.
The fan speed can be set to the
• Continuous use of the climate
desired speed by operating the fan
control system in the recircu-
speed control switch.
lated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, To change the fan speed, press ( )
and loss of vehicle control. the switch for higher speed, or push
Set the air intake control to ( ) the switch for lower speed. To
the outside (fresh) air position turn the fan speed control off, press OXM043066
as much as possible while the front blower OFF button.
Press the A/C button to turn the air
driving.
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
4 139
OFF mode Climate information screen selec- 3rd row air conditioning
tion (for Type C, D) (if equipped)
OXM043067
Press the front blower OFF button to OXM043079 OXM043068
turn off the front air climate control To turn on the 3rd row air condition-
Press the climate information screen
system. However, you can still oper- ing control system
selection button to display climate
ate the mode and air intake buttons
information on the screen. 1. Press the 3rd row air conditioning
as long as the ignition switch is in the
ON/OFF button (indicator light on
ON position.
the ON/OFF button will illuminate)
located on the front climate control
panel and set the fan speed to the
desired speed with the 3rd row fan
speed switch located in the rear of
the vehicle.
4 140
2. To turn off the 3rd row air condi-

tioning control system, press the
3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF
button once more located on the
front climate control panel or set
the fan speed to the “OFF” position
with the 3rd row fan speed switch.
4 141
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

• For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system
WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield
heating right/hot position and the fan speed
Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed.
tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired
extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set
difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
ature of the outside air and the tion.
windshield could cause the • Before driving, clear all snow and
outer surface of the windshield ice from the windshield, rear win-
to fog up, causing loss of visi- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
bility. In this case, set the mode all side windows.
selection to the position
• Clear all snow and ice from the
and fan speed control to the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to OXM043069
lower speed.
improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probabili- 1. Set the fan speed to the desired
ty of fogging up the inside of the position.
windshield. 2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the or position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-
ditioning will be selected automat-
ically.
If the air conditioning and/or outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the correspon-
ding button manually.
4 142
To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control If the air conditioning and outside
system (fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the correspon-
To defog inside windshield ding button manually. If the posi-
tion is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
OXM043070
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position. OXM043073
2. Set the temperature to the 1. Set the fan speed to the desired
extreme hot position. position.
3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air con- 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
ditioning will be selected automat-
4. The outside (fresh) air position will
ically.
be selected automatically and the
If the air conditioning is not selected air conditioning will turn on
automatically press the correspon- according to the detected ambient
ding button manually. temperature.
4 143
To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic Manual climate control system

To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is con-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
position. To cancel or return to the
defogging logic, do the following.
OXM043074 OXM049169
1. Set the fan speed to the highest 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. position.
2. Set the temperature to the 2. Turn the mode selection knob to
extreme hot (HI) position. the defrost position ( ).
3. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Press the air intake control button
4. The outside (fresh) air position will at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
be selected automatically and the The indicator light in the air intake
air conditioning will turn on control button will blink 3 times with
according to the detected ambient 0.5 second of interval. It indicates that
temperature. the defogging logic is canceled or
returned to the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
4 144
Automatic climate control system If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
OXMA043170
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Select the defroster position press-
ing the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times with-
in 3 seconds.
The A/C display blinks 3 times with
0.5 second of interval. It indicates that
the defogging logic is canceled or
returned to the programmed status.
4 145
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box
store small items. (if equipped)
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage com-
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to
place so many items in the
storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover OXM049174L
cannot close securely. OXM049212
The glove box can be locked and
To open the center console storage, unlocked with a master key. (if
pull up the lever. equipped)
WARNING - Flammable To open the glove box, pull the han-
materials dle and the glove box will automati-
Do not store cigarette lighters, cally open. Close the glove box after
propane cylinders, or other use.
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
peratures for extended periods.
4 146
Sunglass holder
WARNING WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an • Do not keep objects except
accident or sudden stop, always sunglasses inside the sun-
keep the glove box door closed glass holder. Such objects can
while driving. be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or
an accident, possibly injuring
the passengers in the vehicle.
WARNING
• Do not open the sunglass
Do not keep food in the glove
holder while the vehicle is
box for a long time.
moving. The rear view mirror
OXM043017
of the vehicle can be blocked
by an opened sunglass holder.
To open the sunglass holder, press
the cover and the holder will slowly
open. Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out. To close the sun-
glass holder, push it up.
4 147
Luggage box Grasp the handle on the edge of the

Small cover and lift it.
■ Type A
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods
or the vehicle, care should be
taken when carrying fragile or
bulky objects in the luggage box.
OXM049213
■ Type B (if equipped)
OXM049227L
You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-

tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for
easy access.
4 148
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder ■ Front ■ Center
Type A
WARNING - Hot liquids

• Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup hold-
er while the vehicle is in
motion. If the hot liquid spills,
you may burn yourself. Such a
burn to the driver could lead to
loss of control of the vehicle. OXM049180 OXMA043215
Type B ■ Rear (if equipped)
• To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of sudden
stop or collision, do not place
uncovered or unsecured bot-
tles, glasses, cans, etc., in the
cup holder while the vehicle is
in motion.
WARNING OXM049240N OXM049214

Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders.
them in a vehicle that is heated
up. It may explode.
4 149
Bottle holder Sunvisor The ticket holder (5) is provided for

holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)
*
* The actual sunvisor lamp in the
vehicle may differ from the illustra-
tion.
CAUTION - Vanity mirror

lamp
If you use the vanity mirror
lamp, turn off the lamp before
returning the sunvisor to its
OXM043016 OXM049183 original position, otherwise it
Bottles may be placed in the holder. Use the sunvisor to shield direct light could result in battery dis-
through the front or side windows. charge and possible sunvisor
damage.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
✽ NOTICE
To use the sunvisor for the side win-
Only bottles should be place in the dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
holder as it is written in the vehicle the bracket (1) and swing it to the WARNING
“BOTTLE ONLY”. side (2). For your safety, do not obstruct
Adjust the sunvisor extension for- your vision when using the sun-
ward or backward (3). visor
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the visor and slide the mirror cover
(4).
4 150
Power outlet The power outlet is designed to pro- (Continued)

vide power for mobile telephones or
■ Front • Some electronic devices can
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The cause electronic interference
devices should draw less than 10 when plugged into a vehicle’s
amps with the engine running. power outlet. These devices
may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in
CAUTION other electronic systems or
• Use the power outlet only when devices used in your vehicle.
ODMECO2037 the engine is running and
■ Center remove the accessory plug
after use. Using the accessory WARNING
plug for prolonged periods of
time with the engine off could Do not put a finger or a foreign
cause the battery to discharge. element (pen, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
• Only use 12V electric acces- wet hand. You may get an elec-
sories which are less than 10A tric shock.
in electric capacity.
OXMA043318 • Adjust the air-conditioner or
■ Rear (if equipped) heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power
outlet.
• Close the cover when not in
use.
(Continued)
OANNCO43015
4 151
AC inverter (if equipped) If you press the AC inverter button

again, the AC inverter will be deacti-
vated and the light on the AC invert-
er button will turn off.
✽ NOTICE
When turning on the AC inverter,
the indicator on the AC inverter but-
ton illuminates late while the system
conducts a self-check.
OXMA043400 OXMA073132
✽ NOTICE
• Rated voltage : AC 115V
• Maximum electric power : 150W
• In order to avoid an electrical sys-
tem failure, electric shock, etc., be
sure to read owner's manual
before use.
• Be sure to close the cover except
OXMA043402
the time of use.
The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W
electric power to operate electric
accessories or equipments.
If you wish to use the AC inverter,
press the AC inverter button while
the engine is running. The light on
the AC inverter button will illuminate.
4 152
CAUTION (Continued)
WARNING
• To prevent the battery from • Some electric accessories or
To reduce a risk of serious or
being discharged, do not use equipments can cause elec-
fatal injuries:
the AC inverter while the tronic interference. It may
• Do not use a heated electric cause excessive audio noise
device such as a coffeepot, engine is not running.
and malfunctions in other
toaster, heater, iron, etc. • When not using the AC invert- electric systems or devices in
• Do not insert foreign objects er, make sure to turn off the the vehicle.
into the outlet and do not AC inverter (the indicator on
the button does not illumi- • Do not use broken electric
touch the outlet as you may accessories or equipments,
get shocked. nate) and close the AC invert-
er cover. which may damage the AC
• Do not let children touch the inverter and electrical sys-
AC inverter. • After using an electric acces- tems of the vehicle.
sory or equipment, pull the
plug out. Leaving the accesso- • Do not use two or more elec-
ry or equipment plugged in for tric accessories or equip-
a long time may cause battery ments at the same time. It may
discharge. cause damage to the electrical
systems of the vehicle.
• Do not use an electric acces-
sory or equipment the power • When the input voltage is
consumption of which is under 11V, the outlet LED will
greater than 150W(115V). blink and the AC inverter will
turn off automatically. If the
(Continued) input voltage goes up to nor-
mal, the AC inverter will turn
on again.
4 153
Clock Ashtray (if equipped)

■ Type A
WARNING - Ashtray use
• Do not use the vehicle’s ash-
trays as waste receptacles.
• Putting lit cigarettes or match-
es in an ashtray with other
combustible materials may
cause a fire.
OXM043018
■ Type B
OXM043304
Hour (1)
Pressing the H button will advance
the time displayed by one hour.
Minute (2)
Pressing the M button will advance
the time displayed by one minute.
OXM043301
To change the 24 hour format to the
12 hours format (if equipped), while To use the ashtray, open the cover.
pressing the “H” button, press the “M” To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it
button for 3 seconds or more. For out.
example, if the “H” and “M” buttons
are pressed for more than 3 seconds
while the time is 22:15, the display
will change to 10:15.
4 154
Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor (s)

(if equipped) WARNING
■ Driver seat ■ Passenger seat
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat
to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehi-
cle's floor mat anchor(s) before
driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
OXM043309
OUN026348
■ Rear seat
• Do not stack floor mats on top
❈ This actual feature may differ from the
of one another (e.g. all-weather
illustration. rubber mat on top of a carpet-
ed floor mat). Only a single
To use the hanger, pull down the floor mat should be installed in
upper portion of hanger. each position.
IMPORTANT – Your vehicle was
CAUTION manufactured with driver's side
Do not hang heavy clothes, since floor mat anchors that are
those may damage the hook. designed to securely hold the
OXMA043401 floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal opera-
When using a floor mat on the front tion, Kia recommends that only
floor carpet, make sure it attaches to the Kia floor mat designed for
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi- use in your vehicle be installed.
cle. This keeps the floor mat from
sliding forward.
4 155
Side curtain (if equipped) Luggage net holder

To prevent damage to the goods
■ Type A
or the vehicle, care should be
taken when carrying fragile or
bulky objects in the luggage
compartment.
WARNING
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT
OXM049217 overstretch the luggage net.
OXM043303 ■ Type B ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net’s
To use the side curtain: recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-
1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1). gage net when the strap has vis-
2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on ible signs of wear or damage.
both sides of the handle.
WARNING
To avoid injury or damage to the
OXM043308
side curtain and door moldings,
lower side curtain by the handle To keep items from shifting in the
all the way back to the stowed cargo area, you can use the holders
position. Do not release handle located in the cargo area to attach
after disengaging from the hooks the luggage net.
on the door.
If necessary, we recommend that
you contact an authorized Kia dealer.
4 156
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a sun- WARNING
■ Type A
roof, be sure not to position cargo • The following specification is
onto the roof rack in such a way that the maximum weight that can
it could interfere with sunroof oper- be loaded onto the roof rack.
ation. Distribute the load as evenly
as possible on the roof rack
and secure the load firmly.
CAUTION
• When carrying cargo on the ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.)
RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
roof rack, take the necessary
OXM049222 precautions to make sure the Loading cargo or luggage in
■ Type B cargo does not damage the excess of the specified weight
roof of the vehicle. limit on the roof rack may
• When carrying large objects damage your vehicle.
on the roof rack, make sure • The vehicle center of gravity
they do not exceed the overall will be higher when items are
roof length or width. loaded onto the roof rack.
• When you are carrying cargo Avoid sudden starts, braking,
on the roof rack, do not operate sharp turns, abrupt maneu-
the sunroof (if equipped). vers or high speeds that may
OXMA043222
result in loss of vehicle con-
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can trol or rollover resulting in an
load cargo on top of your vehicle. accident.
(Continued)
4 157
(Continued)
• Always drive slowly and turn
corners carefully when carry-
ing items on the roof rack.
Severe wind updrafts, caused
by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden
upward pressure on items
loaded on the roof rack. This
is especially true when carry-
ing large, flat items such as
wood panels or mattresses.
This could cause the items to
fall off the roof rack and cause
damage to your vehicle or
others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of
cargo while driving, check fre-
quently before or while driv-
ing to make sure the items on
the roof rack are securely fas-
tened.
4 158
XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 159
AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE Antenna
CAUTION
If you install an after market HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and • Before entering a place with a
electronic device may malfunction. low height clearance or a vehi-
cle wash, remove the antenna
by rotating it counter-clock-
wise. If not, the antenna may
be damaged.
• When reinstalling your roof
antenna, it is important that it
is fully tightened and adjusted
to the upright position to
ensure proper reception. But it
OXM049252N
could be removed when park-
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to ing the vehicle or when load-
receive AM or/and FM broadcast sig- ing cargo on the roof rack.
nals. • When cargo is loaded on the
This antenna is removable. To roof rack, do not place the
remove the roof antenna, turn it cargo near the antenna pole to
counterclockwise. To install the roof ensure proper reception.
antenna, turn it clockwise.
4 159
Steering wheel audio control VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1) RADIO mode

(if equipped) • Push the lever upward (+) to It will function as the PRESET STA-
increase the volume. TION buttons.
• Push the lever downward (-) to
decrease the volume. CD/USB/iPod® mode
It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) button.
The SEEK/PRESET button has dif-
ferent functions based on the system MODE (3)
1 2 mode. For the following functions the Press the button to change audio
button should be pressed for 0.8 sec- source.
4
onds or more.
3 - FM(1~2) ➟ AM ➟ SAT(1~3) ➟ CD ➟
OXMA043078 USB AUX(iPod®) FM...
RADIO mode
The steering wheel may incorporate
audio control buttons. These buttons It will function as the AUTO SEEK MUTE (4)
are installed to promote safe driving. select button.
• Press the button to mute the
sound.
CAUTION CD/USB/iPod® mode • Press the button to turn off the
Do not operate audio remote It will function as the FF/REW button. microphone during a telephone
control buttons simultaneously. If the SEEK/PRESET button is call.
pressed for less than 0.8 seconds, it
will work as follows in each mode. Detailed information for audio control
buttons are described in the following
pages in this section.
4 160
Aux, USB port (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE

When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
* iPod ® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
OXM043306
If your vehicle has an aux and/or

USB(universal serial bus) port, you
can use an aux port to connect audio
devices and an USB and also an
iPod®.
4 161
How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors, such as AM reception
the distance from the radio station,
FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
JBM002
JBM001
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broad-
AM and FM radio signals are broadcasts. This is because AM radio
cast from transmitter towers located waves are transmitted at low fre-
around your city. They are intercept- quencies. These long distance,low
ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- frequency radio waves can follow the
cle. This signal is then processed by curvature of the earth rather than
the radio and sent to your vehicle travelling straight. In addition, they
speakers. curve around obstructions resulting
When a strong radio signal has in better signal coverage.
reached your vehicle, the precise
engineering of your audio system
ensures the best possible quality
reproduction. However, in some
cases the signal coming to your vehi-
cle may not be strong and clear.
4 162
FM radio station
JBM003 JBM004 JBM005

FM broadcasts are transmitted at • Fading - As your vehicle moves • Station Swapping - As an FM sig-
high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power-
follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency
of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because
begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto
from the station. short distances from stronger station. the clearest signal. If this occurs,
the station. Also, FM signals are eas- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or select another station with a
ily affected by buildings, mountains, large obstructions between the stronger signal.
and obstructions. This can lead to transmitter and your radio can dis- • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
undesirable or unpleasant listening turb the signal causing static or signals being received from sever-
conditions which might lead you to fluttering noises to occur. Reducing al directions can cause distortion
believe a problem exists with your the treble level may lessen this or fluttering. This can be caused by
radio. The following conditions are effect until the disturbance clears. a direct and reflected signal from
normal and do not indicate radio the same station, or by signals
trouble: from two stations with close fre-
quencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition
has passed.
4 163
Using a cellular phone or a two- Caring for disc

way radio WARNING
• If the temperature inside the car is too
When a cellular phone is used inside Do not use a cellular phone high, open the car windows to venti-
the vehicle, noise may be produced while driving. Stop at a safe late before using the system.
from the audio system. This does not location to use a cellular phone.
• It is illegal to copy and use
mean that something is wrong with MP3/WMA files without permission.
the audio equipment. In such a case, Use CDs that are created only by
try to operate mobile devices as far lawful means.
from the audio equipment as possi-
ble. • Do not apply volatile agents, such
as benzene and thinner, normal
cleaners and magnetic sprays
CAUTION made for analogue disc onto CDs.
When using a communication • To prevent the disc surface from
system such as a cellular phone getting damaged, hold CDs by the
or a radio set inside the vehicle, edges or the center hole only.
a separate external antenna • Clean the disc surface with a piece
must be fitted. When a cellular of soft cloth before playback (wipe
phone or a radio set is used it from the center to the outside
with an internal antenna alone, edge).
it may interfere with the vehi-
cle's electrical system and • Do not damage the disc surface or
adversely affect safe operation attach pieces of sticky tape or
of the vehicle. paper.
• Make certain only CDs are insert-
ed into the CD player (Do not insert
more than one CD at a time).
• Keep CDs in their cases after use to
protect them from scratches or dirt.
4 164
• Depending on the type of CD- NOTE:

R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may Order of playing files (folders) :
not operate normally according to
the manufacturing companies. In 1. Song playing order : to
such circumstances, continued sequentially.
use may cause malfunctions to 2. Folder playing order :
your audio system. ❋ If no song file is contained in the
folder, that folder is not displayed.
✽ NOTICE
- Playing an Incompatible
Copy Protected Audio CD
Some copy protected CDs, which do
not comply with international audio
CD standards (Red Book), may not
play on your car audio. Please note
that inabilities to properly play a
copy protected CD may indicate
that the CD is defective, not the CD
player.
4 165
WARNING (Continued) CAUTION

• Do not stare at the screen • Please refrain from use if the • Operating the device while
while driving. Staring at the screen is blank or no sound driving could lead to acci-
screen for prolonged periods can be heard as these signs dents due to a lack of atten-
of time could lead to traffic may indicate product mal- tion to external surroundings.
accidents. function. Continued use First park the vehicle before
in such conditions could lead operating the device.
• Do not disassemble, assem- to accidents(fires, electric
ble, or modify the audio sys- shock) or product malfunc- • Adjust the volume to levels
tem. Such acts could result in tions. that allow the driver to hear
accidents, fire, or electric sounds from outside of the
shock. • Do not touch the antenna dur- vehicle. Driving in a state
ing thunder or lightening as where external sounds cannot
• Using the phone while driving such acts may lead to light-
may lead to a lack of attention of be heard may lead to acci-
ning induced electric shock. dents.
traffic conditions and increase
the likelihood of accidents. • Do not stop or park in park- • Pay attention to the volume
Use the phone feature after ing-restricted areas to operate setting when turning the
parking the vehicle. the product. Such acts could device on. A sudden output of
lead to traffic accidents. extreme volume upon turning
• Heed caution not to spill water
or introduce foreign objects • Use the system with the vehi- the device on could lead to
into the device. Such acts cle ignition turned on. hearing impairment. (Adjust
could lead to smoke, fire, or Prolonged use with the igni- the volume to a suitable levels
product malfunction. tion turned off could result in before turning off the device.)
battery discharge. (Continued)
(Continued)
4 166
(Continued) (Continued)
• If you want to change the posi- • When cleaning the device,
tion of device installation, make sure to turn off the
please inquire with your place device and use a dry and
of purchase or service mainte- smooth cloth. Never use
nance center. Technical tough materials, chemical
expertise is required to install cloths, or solvents (alcohol,
or disassemble the device. benzene, thinners, etc.) as
• Turn on the car ignition before such materials may damage
using this device. Do not oper- the device panel or cause
ate the audio system for long color/quality deterioration
periods of time with the igni- • Do not place beverages close
tion turned off as such opera- to the audio system. Spilling
tions may lead to battery dis- beverages may lead to system
charge. malfunction.
• Do not subject the device to • In case of product malfunction,
severe shock or impact. Direct please contact your place of pur-
pressure onto the front side of chase or After Service center.
the monitor may cause dam- • Placing the audio system
age to the LCD or touch within an electromagnetic
screen. environment may result in
(Continued) noise interference.
4 167
USING THE USB DEVICE (Continued) (Continued)

• To use an external USB device, • An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is • You may hear a strange noise
make sure the device is not con- not recognizable. when connecting or disconnect-
nected when starting up the • Depending on the condition of ing a USB device.
vehicle. Connect the device after the external USB device, the • If you disconnect the external
starting up. connected external USB device USB device during playback in
• If you start the engine when the can be unrecognizable. USB mode, the external USB
USB device is connected, it may • When the formatted byte/sector device can be damaged or may
damage the USB device. (USB setting of External USB device is malfunction. Therefore, discon-
flashdrives are very sensitive to not either 512BYTE or nect the external USB device
electric shock.) 2048BYTE, then the device will when the audio is turned off or in
not be recognized. another mode. (e.g, Radio, CD)
• If the engine is started up or
turned off while the external USB • Use only a USB device format- • Depending on the type and
device is connected, the external ted to FAT 12/16/32. capacity of the external USB
USB device may not work. device or the type of the files
• USB devices without USB I/F stored in the device, there is a
• The System may not play unau- authentication may not be recog- difference in the time taken for
thenticated MP3 or WMA files. nizable. recognition of the device.
1) It can only play MP3 files with • Make sure the USB connection • Do not use the USB device for
the compression rate terminal does not come in con- purposes other than playing
between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps. tact with the human body or music files.
2) It can only play WMA music other objects.
• Playing videos through the USB
files with the compression • If you repeatedly connect or dis- is not supported.
rate between 8Kbps ~ connect the USB device in a
320Kbps. short period of time, it may break • Use of USB accessories such as
the device. rechargers or heaters using USB
• Take precautions for static elec-
I/F may lower performance or
tricity when connecting or discon- (Continued) cause trouble.
necting the external USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
4 168
(Continued) (Continued)
• If you use devices such as a USB • Some USB flash memory read-
hub purchased separately, the ers (such as CF, SD, micro SD,
vehicle’s audio system may not etc.) or external-HDD type
recognize the USB device. In that devices can be unrecognizable.
case, connect the USB device
directly to the multimedia terminal • Music files protected by DRM
of the vehicle. (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-
MENT) are not recognizable.
• If the USB device is divided by log-
ical drives, only the music files on • The data in the USB memory
the highest-priority drive are rec- may be lost while using this
ognized by car audio. audio. Always back up important
data on a personal storage
• Devices such as MP3 Player/ device.
Cellular phone/Digital camera can
be unrecognizable by standard • Please avoid using
USB I/F can be unrecognizable. USB memory prod-
ucts which can be
• Charging through the USB may used as key chains or
not be supported in some mobile cellular phone acces-
devices. sories as they could cause dam-
• USB HDD or USB types liable to age to the USB jack. Please
connection failures due to vehicle make certain only to use plug
vibrations are not supported. type connector products.
(i-stick type)
• Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can
be unrecognizable.
(Continued)
4 169
USING THE iPod® DEVICE (Continued) (Continued)

• Some iPod models may not sup- • Some iPod devices, such as the • When connecting iPod with the
port communication protocol iPhone, can be connected iPod Power Cable, insert the
and files may not properly play. through the Bluetooth® Wireless connector to the multimedia
Supported iPod models: Technology interface. The device socket completely. If not inserted
must have audio Bluetooth® completely, communications
- iPhone 3GS/4 Wireless Technology capability between iPod and audio may be
- iPod touch 1st~4th generation (such as for stereo headphone interrupted.
- iPod nano 1st~6th generation Bluetooth® Wireless Technology). • When adjusting the sound
The device can play, but it will not effects of the iPod and the audio
- iPod classic be controlled by the audio system. system, the sound effects of
• The order of search or playback • To use iPod features within the both devices will overlap and
of songs in the iPod can be dif- audio, use the cable provided might reduce or distort the qual-
ferent from the order searched in upon purchasing an iPod device. ity of the sound.
the audio system.
• Skipping or improper operation • Deactivate (turn off) the equaliz-
• If the iPod is disabled due to its may occur depending on the er function of an iPod when
own malfunction, reset the iPod. characteristics of your adjusting the audio system’s vol-
(Reset: Refer to iPod manual) iPod/Phone device. ume, and turn off the equalizer
• An iPod may not operate nor- • If your iPhone is connected to of the audio system when using
mally on low battery. both the Bluetooth® Wireless the equalizer of an iPod.
(Continued) Technology and USB, the sound • When not using iPod with car
may not be properly played. In audio, detach the iPod cable
your iPhone, select the Dock from iPod. Otherwise, iPod may
connector or Bluetooth® remain in accessory mode, and
Wireless Technology to change may not work properly.
the sound output (source).
(Continued)
4 170
Bluetooth® Wireless Before Using the Bluetooth® Precautions for Safe Driving
Technology Handsfree
• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology What is Bluetooth® ? that enables drivers to practice safe
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos • Bluetooth® refers to a short-dis- driving. Connecting the head unit
are registered trademarks owned by tance wireless networking technol- with a Bluetooth® phone allows the
Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use of ogy which uses a 2.45GHz fre- user to conveniently make and
such marks by Kia is under license. quency to connect various devices receive calls and use contacts.
within a certain distance. Before using Bluetooth®, carefully
A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is
read the contents of this user’s
required to use Bluetooth® wireless • Supported within PCs, external
manual.
technology. devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs,
various electronic devices, and • Excessive use or operations while
automotive environments, driving may lead to negligent driv-
Bluetooth® allows data to be trans- ing practices and result in acci-
mitted at high speeds without hav- dents. Refrain from excessive oper-
ing to use a connector cable. ations while driving.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a • Viewing the screen for prolonged
device which allows the user to con- periods of time is dangerous and
veniently make phone calls with may lead to accidents. When driv-
Bluetooth® mobile phones through ing, view the screen only for short
the AV/Navigation system. periods of time.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
To learn more about mobile device
compatibility, visit www.kia.com.
4 171
When connecting a Bluetooth® • Park the vehicle when connecting

Phone the head unit with the mobile
phone.
• Before connecting the head unit • Bluetooth® connection may
with the mobile phone, check to become intermittently discon-
see that the mobile phone sup- nected in some mobile phones.
ports Bluetooth® features. Follow these steps to try again.
• Even if the phone supports 1. Within the mobile phone, turn
Bluetooth®, the phone will not be the Bluetooth® function off/on
found during device searches if and try again.
the phone has been set to hidden 2. Turn the mobile phone power
state or the Bluetooth® power is Off/On and try again.
turned off. Disable the hidden 3. Completely remove the mobile
state or turn on the Bluetooth® phone battery, reboot, and then
power prior to searching/connect- again.
ing with the Head unit.
4. Reboot the Audio Video
• Bluetooth phone is automatically Navigation System and try
connected when the ignition on. again.
• If you do not want automatic con- 5. Delete all paired devices, pair
nection with your Bluetooth® and try again.
device, turn off the Bluetooth®
feature within your mobile phone. • Handsfree call quality and volume
may differ depending on the
• The Handsfree call volume and model of your mobile phone.
quality may differ depending on
the mobile phone.
4 172
Voice Recognition (Continued)

- When driving on rugged and
• When using the voice recognition uneven roads
feature, only commands listed with- - During severe rain (heavy rains,
in the user's manual are supported. windstorms)
• Be aware that during the operation • Phone related voice commands can
of the voice recognition system, be used only when a Bluetooth®
pressing any key other than the Wireless Technology device is con-
key terminate voice recognition nected.
mode. • When making calls by stating a
• For superior voice recognition per- name, the corresponding contact
formance, position the microphone must be downloaded and stored
used for voice recognition above within the audio system.
the head of the driver’s seat and • After downloading the Bluetooth®
maintain a proper position when Wireless Technology phone book, it
saying commands. takes some times to convert the
• Within the following situations, phone book data into voice infor-
voice recognition may not function mation. During this time, voice
properly due to external sound. recognition may not properly oper-
- When the windows and sunroof ate.
are open • Pronounce the voice commands
- When the wind of the cooling / naturally and clearly as if in a nor-
heating device is strong mal conversation.
- When entering and passing
through tunnels
(Continued)
4 173
■ CD Player : AM1A0IXAN, AM1A0IXKN
4 174
SYSTEM CONTROLLERS (2) RADIO (4) PHONE

AND FUNCTIONS Changes to FM/AM/SIRIUS mode. Operates Phone Screen
Each time the key is pressed, the ❈ When a phone is not connected,
❈ Display and settings may differ mode is changed in order of FM1 ➟ the connection screen is displayed.
depending on the selected audio. FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3.
❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up (5) PWR/VOL knob
screen will be displayed when
Audio Head Unit [Mode Pop up] is turned On . Power : Turns power On/Off by
pressing the knob
When the pop up screen is dis-
played, use the TUNE knob or Volume : Sets volume by turning
keys 1 ~ 6 to select the the knob left/right
desired mode.
SEEK
(6) TRACK
(3) MEDIA Radio Mode : Automatically search-
Changes to CD, USB(iPod), AUX, My es for broadcast frequencies.
Music, BT Audio mode. CD, USB, iPod, My Music modes
Each time the key is pressed, the - Shortly press the key (under 0.8 sec-
mode is changed in order of CD, onds): Moves to next or previous song
USB(iPod), AUX, My Music, BT Audio. (file)
❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop - Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec-
(1) (EJECT) up screen will be displayed when onds): Rewinds or fast-forwards the
Ejects the disc. [Mode Pop up] is turned On . current song.
When the pop up screen is dis- BT Audio mode : Moves to next or
played, use the TUNE knob or previous song(file)
keys 1 ~ 5 to select the ❈ The Play/Pause feature may oper-
desired mode. ate differently depending on the
mobile phone.
4 175
(8) SCAN (10) MENU

Radio Mode Displays menus for the current mode.
- Shortly press the key : Previews
each broadcast for 5 seconds (11) TUNE knob
each.
Radio mode : Changes frequency by
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 turning the knob left/right.
seconds): Previews the broadcasts
saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5 CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode:
seconds each. Searches songs (files) by turning the
knob left/right.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to
continue listening to the current ❈ When the desired song is dis-
frequency. played, press the knob to play the
song.
❈ SAT Radio does not support the
(7) DISP Preset scan feature. Moves focus in all selection menus
Each time the button is shortly and selects menus.
CD, USB, My Music mode
pressed (under 0.8 seconds), it sets
the screen Off ➟ Screen On ➟ - Shortly press the key (under 0.8 CAT
seconds): Previews each song (12) FOLDER
Screen Off Radio Mode
(file) for 10 seconds each.
❈ Audio operation is maintained and
only the screen will be turned Off. ❈ Press the SCAN key again to - SIRIUS RADIO : Category Search
In the screen Off state, press any continue listening to the current MP3, CD, USB mode : Folder Search
key to turn the screen On again. song (file).
(9) SETUP
Moves to the Display, Sound, Phone,
System setting modes.
4 176
(13) 1 ~ 6 (Preset)
Radio Mode: Saves frequencies
(channels) or receives saved fre-
quencies (channels)
CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode
- 1 : Repeat
- 2 : Random
In the Radio, Media, Setup, and
Menu pop up screen, the number
menu is selected.
4 177
SETUP Mode Pop up

[Mode Pop up] Changes On / Off
selection mode
Display Settings • During On state, press the RADIO
or MEDIA key to display the mode
Press the SETUP key Select [Display] change pop up screen.
through TUNE knob or 1 key
Select menu through TUNE knob
Text Scroll
[Text Scroll] Set On / Off
• On : Maintains scroll
• Off : Scrolls only one (1) time.
Media Display
When playing an MP3 file, select the
desired display info from ‘Folder/File’
or ‘Album/Artist/Song’.
4 178
SOUND SETTINGS Sound Settings Speed Dependent Volume Control

This menu allows you to set the ‘Bass, This feature is used to automatically
Middle, Treble’ and the Sound Fader and control the volume level according to
Press the SETUP key Select [Sound] Balance. the speed of the vehicle.
through TUNE knob or 2 key Select [Sound Settings] Select Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set
Select menu through TUNE knob menu through TUNE knob Turn in 4 levels [Off/Low/Mid/High] of
TUNE knob left/right to set TUNE knob
• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the
sound tone.
• Fader, Balance : Moves the sound
fader and balance.
• Default : Restores default settings.
❈ Back : While adjusting values,
pressing the TUNE knob will
restore the parent menu. Voice Recognition Volume
Adjusts voice recognition volume.
Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Set
volume of TUNE knob
4 179
SYSTEM SETTINGS Memory Information • Off : This mode is for expert users
Displays currently used memory and and omits some information during
total system memory. voice command operation. (When
Press the SETUP key Select using Expert mode, guidance
[System] through tune knob or 4 Select [Memory Information] OK instructions can be heard through
key Select menu through TUNE The currently used memory is dis- the [Help] or [Menu] commands.
knob played on the left side while the total
system memory is displayed on the
right side. Language
This menu is used to set the display
and voice recognition language.
Select [Language]
Set through TUNE knob
Prompt Feedback
This feature is used to change voice
command feedback between Normal
and Expert modes. ❈ The system will reboot after the
Select [Prompt Feedback] Set language is changed.
through TUNE knob ❈ Language support by region
• On : This mode is for beginner - English, Francais, Espanol
users and provides detailed instruc-
tions during voice command opera-
tion.
4 180
RADIO : FM, AM OR SIRIUS Adjust Volume SCAN

Changing RADIO mode (FM, AM Turn the VOL knob left/right to Press the SCAN key
or SIRIUS) adjust the volume. • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): The broadcast frequency
SEEK increases and previews each
SEEK broadcast for 5 seconds each. After
Press the TRACK key scanning all frequencies, returns
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 and plays the current broadcast fre-
seconds): Automatically searches quency.
for the next station. • Pressing and holding the key (over
Press the RADIO key to change the • Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8 seconds): Previews the broad-
mode in order of FM1➟FM2➟ 0.8 seconds): While holding the key casts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6
AM➟SAT1➟SAT2➟SAT3. , frequency changes without stop- for 5 seconds each.
ping. When the key is released,
automatically searches for the next
• When the power is off, press the frequency from that point. Selecting through manual
RADIO key to turn on the audio search
system and receive radio broad-
Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
casts. Preset SEEK adjust the frequency.
• [Mode Pop up] On state : Displays
Press the 1 ~ 6 key • FM : Changes by 200KHz
the change radio mode pop up
screen. While the pop up screen is • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 • AM : Changes by 10KHz
displayed, you can change the seconds): Plays the frequency
radio mode (FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ saved in the corresponding key.
SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3) through the • Pressing and holding the key (over
tune knob or 1 ~ 6 keys. 0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6
will save the currently playing
broadcast to the selected key and
sound a BEEP.
4 181
MENU
Within MENU key are the A.Store
(Auto Store) and Info functions.
A.Store
Press the MENU key Set [A.Store]
through TUNE knob or 1 key.
Saves broadcasts with superior
reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no
frequencies are received, then the
most recently received frequency will
be broadcast.
4 182
SIRIUS Satellite Radio information

Satellite Radio channels: passes, parking garages, dense NOTE:
SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 tree foliage and thunderstorms can Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS®
channels, including 69 channels of interfere with your reception. compatible receiver and a sub-
100% commercial-free music, plus SIRIUS Satellite Radio service: scription service fee after trial
sports, news, talk and entertainment period.
available nationwide in your vehicle. SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscrip-
tion-based satellite radio service that Vehicles without a factory-installed
For more information and a complete radio receiver require hardware
list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio chan- broadcasts music, sports, news and
entertainment programming to radio purchase and installation. Please
nels, visit sirius.com in the United see your dealer for further details.
States, sirius-canada.ca in Canada, receivers, which are available for instal-
lation in motor vehicles or factory All fees and programming subject
or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474. to change.
installed, as well as for the home,
Satellite Radio reception factors: portable and wireless devices, and Subscriptions governed by the
To receive the satellite signal, your through an Internet connection on per- SIRIUS Terms & Conditions avail-
vehicle has been equipped with a sonal computer. able at www.sirius.com / service
satellite radio antenna located on the Vehicles that are equipped with a terms.
roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Available only in the 48 contiguous
provides the best location for an Radio system include: United States and the District of
unobstructed, open view of the sky, a Columbia. Service available in
• Hardware and an introductory trial
requirement of a satellite radio sys- Canada; see www.siriuscanada.ca
subscription term, which begins on
tem. Like AM/FM, there are several KIA shall not be responsible for
the date of sale or lease of the
factors that can affect satellite radio any such programming changes.
vehicle.
reception performance:
• For a small upgrade fee, access to
• Antenna obstructions: For optimal Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
SIRIUS music channels, and other
reception performance, keep the Number (ESN): This 12-digit
select channels over the Internet
antenna clear of snow and ice Satellite Serial Number is needed to
using any computer connected to
build-up and keep luggage and re-activate, modify or track your
the Internet (U.S. customers only).
other material as far away from the satellite radio account. You will need
antenna as possible. For information on extended sub-
scription terms, contact SIRIUS at this number when communicating
• Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build- with SIRIUS.
1-888-539-7474.
ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway over-
4 183
SIRIUS RADIO Please note that the vehicle will need SCAN
to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and
Press the RADIO key SCAN
Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio have an unobstructed view of the sky
in order for the radio to receive the • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 activation signal. seconds): Previews each broad-
month complimentary period of SIR- cast for 5 seconds each
IUS Satellite Radio so you have ❈ Press the SCAN key again to
access to over 130 channels of SEEK continue listening to the current
music, information, and entertain- Press the RADIO key frequency
ment programming. ❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): select previous or next channels are changed within the
channel. current category.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): continuously move to Category
previous or next channel. Press the FOLDERCAT
key Set through
❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed, the TUNE knob
channels are changed within the
Activation current category. • The display will indicate the category
In order to extend or reactivate your menus, highlight the category that
subscription to SIRIUS Satellite the current channel belongs to.
Radio, you will need to contact SIR- • In the Category List Mode, press the
CAT
IUS Customer Care at 1-888-539- FOLDER key to navigate category
7474. Have your 12 digit SID (Sirius list.
Identification Number) / ESN • Press the tune knob to select the low-
(Electronic Serial Number) ready. To est channel in the highlighted cate-
retrieve the SID / ESN, turn on the gory.
radio, press the [RADIO] button, and ❈ If channel is selected by selecting
tune to channel zero. category, then the “CATEGORY”
icon is displayed at the top of the
screen.
4 184
Preset Tune
Press the RADIO key 1 ~ 6 • Rotate TUNE knob : Changes
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 the channel number or scrolls cate-
seconds): Plays the frequency gory list.
saved in the corresponding key. • Press TUNE knob : Selects the
• Pressing and holding the key (over menu.
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6 Menu
will save the current broadcast to
the selected key and sound a Select category menu through the
BEEP. TUNE knob Press the MENU
key Select [ Info] through the
✽ Troubleshooting TUNE knob or 1 key
1. Antenna Error
If this message is displayed, the
antenna or antenna cable is bro- Info (Information)
ken or unplugged. Please consult Displays the Artist/Song info of the
with your Kia dealership. current song.
2. Acquiring Signal
If this message is displayed, it
means that the antenna is covered
and that the SIRIUS Satellite
Radio signal is not available.
Ensure the antenna is uncovered
and has a clear view of the sky.
4 185
BASIC METHOD OF USE : Repeat

Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB / While song (file) is playing 1 RPT
(RPT) key
iPod / My Music
Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod, My
Music mode: RPT on screen
Press the MEDIA key to change the • To repeat one song (press the key)
<USB>
mod mode in order of CD ➟ : Repeats the current song.
USB(iPod) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT on
Audio. screen
The folder/file name is displayed on • To repeat folder (pressing twice):
the screen. repeats all files within the current
folder.
<My Music> ❈ Press the 1 RPT key again to turn
off repeat.
❈ The CD is automatically played
when a CD is inserted. Random
<Audio CD> ❈ The USB music is automatically While song (file) is playing 2 RDM
played when a USB is connected. (RDM) key
Audio CD, My Music mode: RDM on
screen
• Random (press the key) : Plays all
songs in random order.
<CD MP3>
4 186
MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on While song (file) is playing Folder Search : MP3 CD, USB
screen SEEK
TRACK key Mode
• Folder Random (press the key) : • Shortly pressing the key : Plays the CAT
While file is playing FOLDER
Plays all files within the current fold- next song. (Folder Up) key
er in random order. • Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Fast forwards the • Searches the next folder.
iPod mode: ALL RDM on screen CAT
song. While file is playing FOLDER
• All Random (press the key) : Plays (Folder Down) key
all files in random order.
Scan • Searches the parent folder.
MP3 CD, USB : ALL RDM on screen
While song (file) is playing SCAN ❈ If a folder is selected by pressing
• All Random (pressing twice): Plays the TUNE knob, the first file
all files in random order. key
within the selected folder will be
❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn • Shortly pressing the key : Scans all played.
off repeat. songs from the next song for 10
seconds each. ❈ In iPod mode, moves to the Parent
Folder.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to turn
Changing Song/File off.
While song (file) is playing ❈ The SCAN function is not support- Searching Songs (File)
SEEK
TRACK key ed in iPod mode. • Turning TUNE knob : Searches
• Shortly pressing the key : Plays the for songs (files)
current song from the beginning. • Pressing TUNE knob : Plays
SEEK
❈ If the TRACK key is pressed selected song (file).
again within 2 second, the previ-
ous song is played.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song.
4 187
MENU : Audio CD Information MENU : MP3 CD / USB

Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key Press the MENU key Set [ Info] Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key
to set the Repeat, Random, through the TUNE knob or 3 to set the Repeat, Folder Random,
Information features. key to display information of the cur- Folder Repeat, All Random,
rent song. Information, and Copy features.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] Repeat
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song. Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
❈ Press RPT again to turn off. key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within
the current folder.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
4 188
Folder Random ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off MENU : iPod
info display. In iPod mode, press the MENU key to
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM set the Repeat, Album Random, All
key to randomly play songs within the Copy Random, Information and Search fea-
tures.
current folder. Press the MENU key Set [
❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off. Copy] through the TUNE knob
or 6 key.
Folder Repeat This is used to copy the current
song into My Music. You can play
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT] the copied Music in My Music
through the TUNE knob or 3 mode.
key to repeat songs within the cur-
rent folder. ❈ If another key is pressed while
copying is in progress, a pop up
❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off. asking you whether to cancel Repeat
copying is displayed.
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
All Random ❈ If another media is connected or through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM] inserted (USB, CD, iPod, AUX) key to repeat the current song.
through the TUNE knob or 4 key while copying is in progress, copy-
ing is canceled. ❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
to randomly play all songs within the
CD. ❈ Music will not be played while
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off. copying is in progress. All Random
Information through the TUNE knob or 2
key.
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the TUNE knob or 5 Plays all songs within the currently
key to display information of the cur- playing category in random order.
rent song. ❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
4 189
Information
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the TUNE knob or 3
key.
Displays information of the current
song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Search
Press the MENU key Set [ Search]
through the TUNE knob or 4
key.
Displays iPod category list.
❈ Searching iPod category is MENU
key pressed, move to parent cate-
gory.
4 190
MENU : My Music Mode Information ➀ Select the file you wish to delete
Press the MENU key Set [ Info] by using the TUNE knob.
through the TUNE knob or 3 ➁ Press the MENU key and select
In My Music mode, press the MENU the delete menu to delete the
key to set the Repeat, Random, key.
Displays information of the current selected file.
Information, Delete, Delete All, and
Delete Selection features. song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off Delete All
info display. Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All]
through the TUNE knob or 5 key.
Delete Deletes all songs of My Music.
Press the MENU key Set [ Delete]
through the TUNE knob or 4 Delete Selection
key.
Repeat Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel]
Deletes currently playing file
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] through the TUNE knob or 6
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT In the play screen, pressing delete key.
key. will delete the currently playing song.
Songs within My Music are selected
Repeats the currently playing song. Deletes file from list and deleted.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat ➀ Select the songs you wish to
off. delete from the list.
Random
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn random off.
4 191
➁ After selecting, press MENU key AUX

and select the delete menu. AUX is used to play external MEDIA
currently connected with the AUX
terminal.
AUX mode will automatically start
when an external device is connect-
ed with the AUX terminal.
If an external device is connected,
you can also press the MEDIA key to
change to AUX mode.
My Music
• Even if memory is available, a
maximum of 6,000 songs can be
stored.
• The same song can be copied up
to 1,000 times.
• Memory info can be checked in the ❈ AUX mode cannot be started
System menu of Setup. unless there is an external device
connected to the AUX terminal.
AUX
Fully insert the AUX cable into the
AUX terminal for use.
4 192
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Using the Bluetooth® Wireless
AUDIO audio can be used only when the Technology audio features
[Audio Streaming] of Phone is
• Play / Stop
turned On .
What is Bluetooth Wireless
®
❈ Setting Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology Press the TUNE knob to play and
Technology? Audio Streaming : Press the SETUP pause the current song.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is a key Select [Phone] through the tune
wireless technology that allows mul- knob or 3 key Select [Audio
tiple devices to be connected in a Streaming] through the TUNE
short range, low-powered devices knob Set On / Off
like hands-free, stereo headset, wire-
less remote controller, etc. For more Starting Bluetooth® Wireless
information, visit the Bluetooth® Technology Audio
Wireless Technology website at • Press the MEDIA key to change the
www.Bluetooth.com • Previous / Next song
mode in order of SEEK SEEK
CD➟USB➟AUX➟My Music➟BT Press TRACK or TRACK to play
Before using Bluetooth® Wireless Audio. previous or next song.
Technology audio features • If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth® ❈ The previous song / next song /
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Wireless Technology audio will start play / pause functions may not be
audio may not be supported playing. supported in some mobile phones.
depending on the compatibility of ❈ Audio may not automatically start
your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology playing in some mobile phones.
mobile phone.
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio, you must first
pair and connect the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
4 193
PHONE • Check call history and making call

➀ Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds)
the key on the steering
Making a call using the remote controller.
Steering remote controller ➁ The call history list will be dis-
played on the screen.
➂ Press the key again to con-
nect a call to the selected number.
• Redialing the most recently called

number
➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)
the key on the steering
remote controller.
➁ The most recently called number
is redialed.
(1) VOLUME button : Raises or low-
ers speaker volume.
(2) MUTE button : Mute the micro-
phone during a call.
(3) button : Activates voice recog-
nition.
(4) button : Places and transfers
calls.
(5) button : Ends calls or cancels
functions.
4 194
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Pairing PHONE Key / Key

on the Steering Remote
Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless Controller
Technology wireless technolo-
gy Device When No Devices have been
Paired
What is Bluetooth® Wireless 1. Press the PHONE key or the 1) Car Name : Name of device as
Technology Pairing? key on the steering remote con- shown when searching from your
Pairing refers to the process of syn- troller. The following screen is dis- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
chronizing your Bluetooth® Wireless played. device
Technology phone or device with the 2. Select [OK] button to enter the 2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair
car audio system for connection. Pair Phone screen. the device
Pairing is necessary to connect and
use the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology feature. 3. From your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device (i.e. Mobile
Phone), search and select your
car audio system.
4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed where the passkey is
entered. Here, enter the
passkey “0000” to pair your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device with the car audio system.
5. Once pairing is complete, the fol-
lowing screen is displayed.
4 195
Pairing through [PHONE] • Bluetooth® features supported with-

Setup in the vehicle are as follows. Some
features may not be supported
depending on your Bluetooth®
Press the SETUP key Select device.
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] -O u t g o i n g / I n c o m i n g
Select TUNE knob Handsfreecalls
• If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology - Operations during a call (Switch
devices are paired but none are to Private, Switch to call waiting,
currently connected, pressing the MIC on/off)
PHONE key or the key on the
- Downloading Call History
steering remote controller displays
the following screen. Select [Pair] - Downloading Mobile Contacts
button to pair a new device or - Bluetooth® device auto connec-
select [Connect] to connect a previ- 1. The following steps are the same tion
ously pair device. as the steps described in the - Bluetooth Audio Streaming
“When No Devices have been • Up to five Bluetooth® devices can be
Paired” section. paired to the Car Handsfreesystem.
• Only one Bluetooth® device can be
connected at a time.
• Other devices cannot be paired
while a Bluetooth® device is con-
nected.
• Only Bluetooth® Handsfreeand
Bluetooth audio related features
are supported.
4 196
• Normal operations are possible Connecting a Device From the paired phone list, select the
only within devices that support device you want to connect and
Handsfree or audio features, such select [Connect].
as a Bluetooth® mobile phone or a Press the SETUP key Select
Bluetooth audio device. [Phone] Select [Phone List]
• If a connected Bluetooth® device
becomes disconnected due to
being out of communication range,
turning the device OFF, or a
Bluetooth® communication error,
corresponding Bluetooth® devices
are automatically searched and
connected. 1) Connected Phone : Device that is
• the system becomes unstable due currently connected
to communication errors between 2) Paired Phone : Device that is
the car Handsfreeand the Bluetooth® paired but not connected
device, reset the Bluetooth® and try
again. Upon resetting Bluetooth®, the
system is restored to its factory
release state.
• After Pairing is complete, a con-
tacts download request is sent
once to the mobile phone. As some
mobile phones may require confir-
mation upon receiving a download
request, check the mobile phone
screen.
4 197
Changing Priority From the paired phone list, select • Priority icon will be displayed
the phone you want to change to the whenset a priority phone
highest priority, then select [Change
What is Priority? Priority] button from the Menu. The
It is possible to pair up to five selected device will be changed to
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology the highest priority.
devices with the car audio system.
As a result, the “Change Priority’ fea-
ture is used to set the connection pri-
ority of paired phones.
Press the SETUP key Select

[Phone] Select [Phone List]
4 198
Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device • When deleting the currently con-

nected device, the device will auto-
matically be disconnected to pro-
Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select ceed with the deleting process.
[Phone] Select [Phone List] [Phone] Select [Phone List] • If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is deleted, the
device’s call history and contacts
data will also be deleted.
• To re-use a deleted device, you
must pair the device again.
From the paired phone list, select the From the paired phone list, select the
currently connected device and device you want to delete and select
select [Disconnect] button. [Delete] button.
4 199
• If you select the [Call History] but- Answering Calls

USING Bluetooth® Wireless ton but there is no call history data,
Technology a prompt is displayed which asks to
download call history data. Answering a Call
Phone Menu Screen • If you select the [Contacts] button Answering a call with a Bluetooth®
but there is no contacs data, a Wireless Technology device connect-
prompt is displayed which asks to ed will display the following screen.
Phone Menus download contacts data. To accept the call, press key on
With a Bluetooth® Wireless • This feature may not be supported the steering wheel during call is
Technology device connected, press in some mobile phones. For more incoming.
the PHONE key to display the Phone information on download support,
menu screen. refer to your mobile phone user’s
manual.
1) Caller : Displays the other part’s

name when the incoming caller is
1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently used saved within your contacts
contact saved so help your fast 2) Incoming Number : Displays the
call. incoming number
2) Call History : Displays the call his-
tory list screen
3) Contacts : Displays the Contacts
list screen
4) Setup : Displays Phone related
settings.
4 200
• When the incoming call pop-up is Favorites Call History

displayed, most Audio and SETUP Press the PHONE key Select
mode features will not operate. [Favorites]
Only the call volume can be oper- Press the PHONE key Select [Call
ated. History]
• The telephone number may not be
properly displayed in some mobile
phones.
• When a call is answered with the
mobile phone, the call mode will
automatically convert to Private
mode. 1) Saved favorite contact : Connects
call upon selection
A list of incoming, outgoing and
2) To add favorite : Downloaded con- missed calls is displayed.
tacts are saved as favorite.
• The call history may not be saved
in the call history list in some
• In order to save Favorite, contacts mobile phones.
should be downloaded.
• Calls received with hidden caller ID
• Contact which saved in Favorite not
will not become saved in the call
changed automatically although the
information changed in the mobile history list.
phone. In this case, delete it and • Calling through the call history is
save new information. not possible when there is no call
history or the Bluetooth® phone has
not been connected.
• Up to 20 received, dialed and
missed calls are each saved.
4 201
• Time of received/dialed calls and • Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your • It is not possible to commence
call time information are not saved. Bluetooth® phone can be down- download when the contacts down-
loaded into the car contacts. load feature has been turned off
Contacts that have been down- within the Bluetooth® device. In
Contacts loaded to the car cannot be edited addition, some devices may require
or deleted on the phone. device authorization upon attempt-
• Mobile phone contacts are man- ing to download contacts. If down-
Press the PHONE key Select loading does not normally occur,
[Contacts] aged separately for each paired
Bluetooth® device(max 1 devices x check the Bluetooth® device set-
5,000 contacts each). Previously tings or the screen state.
downloaded data is maintained • The download feature may not be
even if the Bluetooth® device has supported in some mobile phones.
been disconnected. (However, the Check to see that the Bluetooth®
contacts and call history saved to device supports the download fea-
the phone will be deleted if a paired ture. For more information of sup-
phone is deleted.) ported Bluetooth® devices and
• It is possible to download contacts function support, visit.
The list of saved phone book entries even during Bluetooth streaming
is displayed. audio.
• When downloading contacts, the
icon will be displayed within the sta-
tus bar.
4 202
Bluetooth® Wireless Viewing Paired Phone List 1) Connect/Disconnect Phone :

Technology Setting Press the SETUP key Select Connect/ disconnects currently
[Phone] Select [Phone List] selected phone
2) Change Priority : Sets currently
Pairing a New Device selected phone to highest connec-
Press the SETUP key Select tion priority
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] 3) Delete : Deletes the currently
selected phone
4) Return : Moves to the previous
screen

devices can be paired with the audio
system.
This feature is used to view mobile
For more information, refer to the phones that have been paired with
“Pairing through Phone Setup” sec- the audio system. Upon selecting a
tion within Bluetooth® Wireless paired phone, the setup menu is dis-
Technology. played.
For more information, refer to the
“Setting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Connection” section with-
in Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
4 203
• Only contacts within connected Downloading Contacts Auto Download (Contacts)

phones can be downloaded. Also Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select
check to see that your mobile [Phone] Select [Contacts Download] [Phone] Select [Auto Download]
phone supports the download fea-
ture.
• To learn more about whether your
mobile phone supports contacts
downloads, refer to your mobile
phone user’s manual.
• The contacts for only the connected
phone can be downloaded. Before
downloading, check to see whether The contacts is downloaded from the This feature is used to automatically
your phone supports the download mobile phone and the download download mobile contacts entries
feature. progress is displayed. once a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone is connected.
• Upon downloading phone contacts,
the previous corresponding data is • The Auto Download feature will
deleted. download mobile contacts entries
• This feature may not be supported every time the phone is connected.
in some mobile phones. The download time may differ
• Voice Recognition may not operate depending on the number of saved
for several moments while contacts contacts entries and the communi-
are being downloaded. cation state.
• Before downloading contacts, first
check to see that your mobile
phone supports the contacts
download feature.
4 204
Audio Streaming Outgoing Volume Turning Bluetooth System Off

Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select
[Phone] Select [Audio Streaming] [Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume] [Phone] Select [Bluetooth System
Off]
Once Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology is turned off, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology related features
will not be supported within the audio
system.
When Audio Streaming is turned on, Use TUNE know to adjust the out-
you can play music files saved in your going volume level.
device from the car. • Even while on a call, the volume
can be changed by using the
SEEK
TRACK key.
• To turn Bluetooth® Wireless

Technology back on, go to SETUP
[Phone] and select “Yes”.
4 205
VOICE RECOGNITION If prompt feedback is in [ON], then Skipping Prompt Messages

the system will say “Please say a While prompt message is being stat-
Using Voice Recognition command after the beep (BEEP)” ed Shortly press the key on the
• If prompt feedback is in [OFF], then steering remote controller (under 0.8
the system will only say “(BEEP)” seconds)
Starting Voice Recognition • To change Prompt Feedback The prompt message is immediately
Shortly press the key on the [On]/[Off], go to SETUP [System] ended and the beep tone will sound.
steering remote controller. Say a [Prompt Feedback] After the “beep”, say the voice com-
command mand.
• For proper recognition, say the
command after the voice instruc- Re-starting Voice Recognition
tion and beep tone. While system waits for a command
Shortly press the key on the
steering remote controller (under 0.8
seconds)
The command wait state is immedi-
ately ended and the beep ton will
sound. After the “beep”, say the voice
command.
4 206
ENDING VOICE
RECOGNITION
While Voice Recognition is operating

Press and hold the key on the
steering remote controller (over 0.8
seconds)
• While using voice command, press-

ing any steering wheel control or a
different key will end voice com-
mand.
• In a state where the system is wait-
ing for a voice command, say “can-
cel” or “end” to end voice com-
mand.
• In a state where the system is wait-
ing for a voice command, press and
hold the key on the steering
remote controller to end voice com-
mand.
4 207
Illustration on using voice commands • End voice command.

Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
• Starting voice command.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): (BEEP)
Please say a command after Contacts

the beep (BEEP) Beep~
More Help Contacts.

Please say the name of the contact you want
to call.
More Help.
You can say Radio, FM, AM, SIRIUS, Media, CD,
USB, Aux, My Music, iPod, Bluetooth Audio, Phone, Cancel
Call History or Contacts. Please say a command.
Beep Beep.. (end beep)
• Skipping Voice Recognition

Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Please say a... while guidance message is being stated
Shortly pressing the (BEEP)
key (under 0.8 seconds)
More Help
More Help.
You can say Radio, FM, AM, SIRIUS, Media, CD,
USB, Aux, My Music, iPod, Bluetooth Audio, Phone,
Call History or Contacts. Please say a command.
4 208
Voice Command List

• Common Commands: These are commands that can be used in all situations. (However, some commands may not
be supported in special circumstances.)
Command Function Command Function
More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be • When listening to the radio, displays the next
used anywhere in the system. radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟
Help Provides guidance on commands that can be SAT2➟SAT3➟FM1)
used within the current mode. Radio • When listening to a different mode, displays
Call<Name> Calls <Name> saved in Contacts the most recently played radio screen.
Ex) Call “John” • When currently listening to the FM radio,
Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com- maintains the current state.
mands. After saying this command, say • When listening to a different mode, displays
“Favorites”,“Call History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial the most recently played FM screen.
Number” execute corresponding functions. FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen.
Favorites Display the Favorite screen. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen.
Call History Displays the Call History screen. AM Displays the AM screen.
Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast
(Call by Name) this command, say the name of a contact saved in FM Preset 1~6.
saved in the Contacts to automatically con-
nect the call. AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6.
Dial Number Display the Dial number screen. After saying FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding
this command, you can say the number what frequency.
you want to call. AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding
Redial Connects the most recently called number. frequency.
SIRIUS (Satellite) • When currently listening to the SIRIUS,
maintains the current state.
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played SIRIUS screen.
4 209

SIRIUS (Satellite) Displays the selected SIRIUS screen. My Music Plays the music saved in My Music.
1~3 AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device.
SIRIUS Channel Plays the selected SIRIUS channel. Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®
0~223 device.
Media Moves to the most recently played media Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment.
screen. Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command.
CD Plays the music saved in the CD.
USB Plays USB music.
iPod Plays iPod music.
4 210
• FM/AM radio commands: Commands that can be • Satellite radio commands: Commands that can be
used while listening to FM, AM radio. used while listening to Satellite Radio.

Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6. Scan Scans receivable channels from the current
Auto Store Automatically selects radio broadcast fre- broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
quencies with superior reception and saves in Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.
Presets 1~6. Information Displays the information of the current broad-
Seek up Plays the next receivable broadcast. cast.
Seek down Plays the previous receivable broadcast.
Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current
broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current
present and plays for 10 seconds each.
Information Displays the information of the current broad-
cast.(This feature can be used when receiving
RBDS broadcasts.)
4 211
• Audio CD commands: Commands that can be used • MP3 CD / USB commands: Commands that can be
while listening to Audio CD. used while listening to music files saved in CD and
USB.
Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD. Random Randomly plays the files within the current
Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen- folder.
tial order. All Random Randomly plays all saved files.
Repeat Repeats the current track. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen- order.
tial order. Repeat Repeats the current file.
Scan Scans the tracks from the next track for 10 Folder Repeat Repeats all files in the current folder.
seconds each. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number. order.
Information Displays the information screen of the current Next File Plays the next file.
track. Previous File Plays the previous file.
Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec-
onds each.
Information Displays the information screen of the current
file.
Copy Copies the current file into My Music.
4 212
• iPod Commands: Commands that can be used while • My Music Commands: Commands that can be used
playing iPod. while playing My Music.

Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files.
category. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Repeat Repeats the current file.
Repeat Repeats the current song. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec-
Information Displays the information screen of the current onds each.
song. Information Displays the information screen of the current
file.
Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an
additional confirmation process.
Delete All Deletes all files saved in My Music. You will
bypass an additional confirmation process.
4 213
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands:

Commands that can be used while playing Phone
Music.
Command Function
Play Plays the currently paused song.
Pause Pauses the current song.
4 214
Driving your vehicle
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 • Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 • Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 • Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
• Automatic transaxle operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
All wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 • Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
• Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 • Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81 5
• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41 • Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44 • Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Blind spot detection system (BSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Active ECO system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 • GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 • GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,
open the windows immediately.
• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death
by asphyxiation.
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side
of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the
engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.
• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in
an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn
into the interior.
If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher
speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the
windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.
5 2
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting
• Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors.
mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con-
clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached.
• Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further • Adjust the inside and outside
• Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 7, rearview mirrors.
sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. • Be sure that all lights work.
• Be sure there are no obstacles • Check all gauges.
behind you if you intend to back up.
WARNING • Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
Driving while distracted can turned to the ON position.
result in a loss of vehicle con-
trol, that may lead to an acci- • Release the parking brake and
dent, severe personal injury, make sure the brake warning light
and death. The driver’s primary goes out.
responsibility is in the safe and For safe operation, be sure you are
legal operation of a vehicle, and familiar with your vehicle and its
use of any handheld devices, equipment.
other equipment, or vehicle sys-
tems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a
vehicle or which are not permis-
sible by law should never be
used during operation of the
vehicle.
5 3
WARNING WARNING - Driving WARNING

All passengers must be proper- under the influence of • When you intend to park or
ly belted whenever the vehicle alcohol or drugs stop the vehicle with the
is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” Drinking and driving is danger- engine on, be careful not to
in chapter 3 for more informa- ous. Drunk driving is the num- depress the accelerator pedal
tion on their proper use. ber one contributor to the high- for a long period of time. It
way death toll each year. Even a may overheat the engine or
small amount of alcohol will exhaust system and ignite a
affect your reflexes, percep- fire.
WARNING
tions and judgment. Driving • When you make a sudden
Always check the surrounding while under the influence of stop or turn the steering
areas near your vehicle for peo- drugs is as dangerous or more wheel rapidly, loose objects
ple, especially children, before dangerous than driving drunk. may drop on the floor and it
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
You are much more likely to could interfere with the opera-
or R (Reverse).
have a serious accident if you tion of the foot pedals, possi-
drink or take drugs and drive. bly causing an accident. Keep
If you are drinking or taking all things in the vehicle safely
drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride stored.
with a driver who has been • If you do not focus on driving,
drinking or taking drugs. it may cause an accident. Be
Choose a designated driver or careful when operating what
call a cab. may disturb driving such as
audio or heater. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely.
5 4
KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)

Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ACC (Accessory)
(if equipped) LOCK The steering wheel is unlocked and
electrical accessories are operative.
✽ NOTICE
If difficulty is experienced turning
the ignition switch to the ACC posi-
tion, turn the key while turning the
steering wheel right and left to
release the tension.
ON
The warning lights can be checked
OXM059001N OXM059029N
before the engine is started. This is
Whenever a front door is opened, the The steering wheel locks to protect the normal running position after the
ignition switch will illuminate for your against theft (if equipped). The igni- engine is started.
convenience, provided the ignition tion key can be removed only in the Do not leave the ignition switch ON if
switch is not in the ON position. The LOCK position. the engine is not running to prevent
light will go off immediately when the battery discharge.
ignition switch is turned on. It will When turning the ignition switch to
also go off after about 30 seconds the LOCK position, push the key
when the door is closed. inward at the ACC position and turn START
the key toward the LOCK position.
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The
engine will crank until you release
the key; then it returns to the ON
position. The brake warning light can
be checked in this position.
5 5
(Continued) Starting the engine

WARNING - Ignition
switch • Never reach for the ignition
switch, or any other controls WARNING
• Never turn the ignition switch
through the steering wheel Always wear appropriate shoes
to LOCK or ACC while the
while the vehicle is in motion. when operating your vehicle.
vehicle is moving. This would
The presence of your hand or Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
result in loss of directional
arm in this area could cause a ski boots,etc.) may interfere
control and braking function,
loss of vehicle control, an with your ability to use the
which could cause an acci-
accident and serious bodily brake and accelerator pedal.
dent.
injury or death.
• The anti-theft steering column
• Do not place any movable 1.Make sure the parking brake is
lock is not a substitute for the
objects around the driver’s applied.
parking brake. Before leaving
seat as they may move while
the driver’s seat, always make 2.Automatic Transaxle - Place the
driving, interfere with the driv-
sure the shift lever is engaged transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
er and lead to an accident.
in 1st gear for the manual Depress the brake pedal fully.
transaxle or P (Park) for auto- You can also start the engine when
matic transaxle, set the park- the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
ing brake fully and shut the position.
engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement 3.Turn the ignition switch to START
may occur if these precau- and hold it there until the engine
tions are not taken. starts (a maximum of 10 seconds),
then release the key.
(Continued)
5 6
4.In extremely cold weather (below

0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle has CAUTION
not been operated for several days, If the engine stalls while you are
let the engine warm up without in motion, do not attempt to
depressing the accelerator. move the shift lever to the P
Whether the engine is cold or warm, (Park) position. If traffic and
it should be started without road conditions permit, you may
depressing the accelerator. put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and turn
the ignition switch to the START
position in an attempt to restart
the engine.
CAUTION
Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start,
wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-
engaging the starter. Improper
use of the starter may damage it.
5 7
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button
START/STOP button position CAUTION
You are able to turn off the
OFF
engine (START/RUN) or vehicle
power (ON), only when the vehi-
cle is not in motion. In an emer-
gency situation while the vehi-
Not illuminated cle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the
• With automatic transaxle ACC position by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button for
To turn off the engine (START/RUN more than 2 seconds or 3 times
position) or vehicle power (ON posi- successively within 3 seconds.
tion), press the ENGINE If the vehicle is still moving, you
OXM053001
START/STOP button with the shift can restart the engine without
lever in the P (Park) position. When depressing the brake pedal by
Whenever the front door is opened, you press the ENGINE
the ENGINE START/STOP button pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button without the shift START/STOP button with the
will illuminate for your convenience. lever in the P (Park) position, the
The light will go off after about 30 shift lever in the N (Neutral)
ENGINE START/STOP button will position.
seconds when the door is closed. It not change to the OFF position but to
will also go off immediately when the the ACC position.
theft-alarm system is armed.
5 8
ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN
Orange indicator Red indicator Not illuminated
• With automatic transaxle • With automatic transaxle • With automatic transaxle

Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP To start the engine, depress the
button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position brake pedal and press the ENGINE
without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. START/ STOP button with the shift
If the ENGINE START/STOP button The warning lights can be checked lever in the P (Park) or the N
is in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not (Neutral) position. For your safety,
1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the ENGINE START/STOP start the engine with the shift lever in
matically to prevent battery dis- button in the ON position for a long the P (Park) position.
charge. time. The battery may discharge,
because the engine is not running. ✽ NOTICE
If you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button without
depressing the brake pedal for auto-
matic transaxle vehicles, the engine
will not start and the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes as fol-
low:
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
5 9
✽ NOTICE (Continued) Starting the engine with a

If you leave the ENGINE START/ smart key (if equipped)
• Never reach for the ENGINE
STOP button in the ACC or ON START/STOP button or any 1.Carry the smart key or leave it
position for a long time, the battery other controls through the inside the vehicle.
will discharge. steering wheel while the vehi- 2.Make sure the parking brake is
cle is in motion. The presence firmly applied
WARNING of your hand or arm in the 3.Automatic Transaxle - Place the
area could cause loss of vehi- transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
• Never press the ENGINE cle control, an accident and
START/STOP button while the Depress the brake pedal fully.
serious bodily injury or death.
vehicle is in motion except in 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP
an emergency. If the engine • Do not place any movable button while depressing the brake
stops while the vehicle is in objects around the driver's pedal.
motion, this would result in seat as they may move while
driving, interfere with the driv- 5.In extremely cold weather (below
loss of directional control and (-18°C) 0°F) or after the vehicle
braking function, which could er and lead to an accident.
has not been operated for several
cause an accident. days, let the engine warm up with-
• Before leaving the driver's out depressing the accelerator.
seat, always make sure the Whether the engine is cold or warm,
shift lever is engaged in P it should be started without depress-
(Park), set the parking brake ing the accelerator.
fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehi-
cle movement may occur if
these precautions are not
taken.
(Continued)
5 10
• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-

cle, if it is far away from you, the WARNING CAUTION
engine may not start. The engine will start, only when If the engine stalls while the
• When the ENGINE START/STOP the smart key is in the vehicle. vehicle is in motion, do not
button is in the ACC position or Never allow children or any per- attempt to move the shift lever
above, if any door is opened, the son who is unfamiliar with the to the P (Park) position. If the
system checks for the smart key. If vehicle to touch the ENGINE traffic and road conditions per-
the smart key is not in the vehicle, START/STOP button or related mit, you may put the shift lever
the "KEY OUT" indicator will blink. parts. in the N (Neutral) position while
And if all doors are closed, the the vehicle is still moving and
chime will sound for 5 seconds. press the ENGINE START/STOP
The indicator or warning will turn button in an attempt to restart
off while the vehicle is moving. the engine.
Always have the smart key with
you.
5 11
(Continued)
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normal-
ly. Replace the fuse with a new
one. If it is not possible, you can
start the engine by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button
for 10 seconds while it is in the
ACC position. The engine can
start without depressing the brake
pedal. But for your safety always
OXM053002 depress the brake pedal before
starting the engine.
✽ NOTICE
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you CAUTION
can start the engine by pressing Do not press the ENGINE
the engine start/stop button with START/ STOP button for more
the smart key. than 10 seconds except when
The side with the lock button the stop lamp fuse is blown.
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
When you press the engine
start/stop button directly with the
smart key, the smart key should
contact the button at a right angle.
(Continued)
5 12
MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

Manual transaxle operation
CAUTION
The manual transaxle has 6 forward
gears. • When downshifting from fifth
gear to fourth gear, caution
This shift pattern is imprinted on the should be taken not to inad-
shift knob. The transaxle is fully syn- vertently press the gear shift
chronized in all forward gears so lever sideways in such a man-
shifting to either a higher or a lower ner that second gear is
gear is easily accomplished. engaged. Such a drastic
Press the clutch pedal down fully downshift may cause the
while shifting, then release it slowly. engine speed to increase to
If your vehicle is equipped with an the point that the tachometer
ignition lock switch, the engine will will enter the red-zone. Such
The shift lever can be moved without pulling over-revving of the engine
the ring (1). not start when starting the engine
The ring (1) must be pulled up while moving without depressing the clutch pedal. may possibly cause engine
the shift lever. (if equipped) damage.
OXM053041 The gearshift lever must be returned • Do not downshift more than 2
to the neutral position before shifting gears or downshift the gear
into R (Reverse). when the engine is running at
The button (1) located immediately high speed (5,000 RPM or
below the shift knob must be pulled higher). Such a downshifting
upward while moving the shift lever may damage the engine.
to the R (Reverse) position. (if
equipped)
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into R
(Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
5 13
• During cold weather, shifting may Using the clutch

be difficult until the transaxle lubri- WARNING The clutch should be pressed all the
cant has warmed up. This is nor- • Before leaving the driver’s way to the floor before shifting, then
mal and not harmful to the seat, always set the parking released slowly. The clutch pedal
transaxle. brake fully and shut the should always be fully released while
• If you've come to a complete stop engine off. Then make sure driving. Do not rest your foot on the
and it's hard to shift into 1st or R the transaxle is shifted into clutch pedal while driving. This can
(Reverse), put the shift lever in N 1st gear when the vehicle is cause unnecessary wear. Do not
(Neutral) position and release the parked on a level or uphill partially engage the clutch to hold
clutch. Press the clutch pedal back grade, and shifted into R the vehicle on an incline. This causes
down, and then shift into 1st or R (Reverse) on a downhill unnecessary wear. Use the foot
(Reverse) gear position. grade. Unexpected and sud- brake or parking brake to hold the
den vehicle movement can vehicle on an incline. Do not operate
occur if these precautions are the clutch pedal rapidly and repeat-
CAUTION not followed in the order iden- edly.
• To avoid premature clutch tified.
wear and damage, do not • If your vehicle has a manual Downshifting
drive with your foot resting on transaxle not equipped with a
the clutch pedal. Also, don’t ignition lock switch, it may When you must slow down in heavy
use the clutch to hold the move and cause a serious traffic or while driving up steep hills,
vehicle stopped on an uphill accident when starting the downshift before the engine starts to
grade, while waiting for a traf- engine without depressing labor. Downshifting reduces the
fic light, etc. the clutch pedal while the chance of stalling and gives better
parking brake is released and acceleration when you again need to
• Do not use the shift lever as a increase your speed. When the vehi-
handrest during driving, as the shift lever not in the N
(neutral) position. cle is traveling down steep hills,
this can result in premature downshifting helps maintain safe
wear of the transaxle shift speed and prolongs brake life.
forks.
5 14
Good driving practices • Exercise extreme caution when

• Never take the vehicle out of gear driving on a slippery surface. Be WARNING
and coast down a hill. This is especially careful when braking, • Always buckle-up! In a colli-
extremely hazardous. Always leave accelerating or shifting gears. On a sion, an unbelted occupant is
the vehicle in gear. slippery surface, an abrupt change significantly more likely to be
in vehicle speed can cause the seriously injured or killed than
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can drive wheels to lose traction and a properly belted occupant.
cause them to overheat and mal- the vehicle to go out of control.
function. Instead, when you are • Avoid high speeds when cor-
driving down a long hill, slow down nering or turning.
and shift to a lower gear. When you • Do not make quick steering
do this, engine braking will help wheel movements, such as
slow down the vehicle. sharp lane changes or fast,
• Slow down before shifting to a sharp turns.
lower gear. This will help avoid • The risk of rollover is greatly
over-revving the engine, which can increased if you lose control
cause damage. of your vehicle at highway
• Slow down when you encounter speeds.
cross winds. This gives you much • Loss of control often occurs if
better control of your vehicle. two or more wheels drop off
• Be sure the vehicle is completely the roadway and the driver
stopped before you attempt to shift oversteers to reenter the road-
into reverse. The transaxle can be way.
damaged if you do not. To shift into • In the event your vehicle
reverse, depress the clutch, move leaves the roadway, do not
the shift lever to neutral, then shift steer sharply. Instead, slow
to the reverse position. down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed
limits.
5 15
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

Automatic transaxle operation
The automatic transaxle has 6 for-
ward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.
✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
UP normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transaxle Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
DOWN
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake
pedal. However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadver-
tent movement of the vehicle.)
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OXM053022
5 16
For smooth operation, depress the Transaxle ranges

brake pedal and the lock release but- CAUTION The indicator in the instrument clus-
ton when shifting from P (Parking) to • To avoid damage to your ter displays the shift lever position
a forward or reverse gear. transaxle, do not accelerate when the ignition switch is in the ON
the engine in R (Reverse) or position.
any forward gear position with
WARNING - Automatic the brakes on.
transaxle P (Park)
• When stopped on an incline,
• Always check the surrounding do not hold the vehicle with Always come to a complete stop
areas near your vehicle for the engine power. Use the before shifting into P (Park). This
people, especially children, service brake or the parking position locks the transaxle and pre-
before shifting the shift lever brake. vents the drive wheels from rotating.
into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Do not shift from N (Neutral)
• Before leaving the driver’s or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R WARNING
seat, always make sure the (Reverse) when the engine is
shift lever is in the P (Park) above idle speed. • Shifting into P (Park) while the
position; then set the parking vehicle is in motion will cause
brake fully and shut the the drive wheels to lock which
engine off. Unexpected and will cause you to lose control
sudden vehicle movement of the vehicle.
can occur if these precautions • Do not use the P (Park) posi-
are not followed in the order tion in place of the parking
identified. brake. Always make sure the
shift lever is latched in the P
(Park) position and set the
parking brake fully.
• Never leave a child unattend-
ed in a vehicle.
5 17
N (Neutral)
CAUTION The wheels and transaxle are not
The transaxle may be damaged engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
if you shift into P (Park) while even on the slightest incline unless
the vehicle is in motion. the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
R (Reverse)
D (Drive) Spor ts
Use this position to drive the vehicle mode
backward. This is the normal forward driving
position. The transaxle will automati-
cally shift through a 6-gear OXM053023
CAUTION sequence, providing the best fuel
Sports mode
Always come to a complete stop economy and power.
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
before shifting into or out of R in motion, sports mode is selected by
(Reverse); you may damage the For extra power when passing anoth- pushing the shift lever from the D
transaxle if you shift into R er vehicle or climbing grades, (Drive) position into the manual gate.
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in depress the accelerator fully, at To return to D (Drive) range opera-
motion, except when “Rocking which time the transaxle will auto- tion, push the shift lever back into the
the vehicle” explained in this matically downshift to the next lower main gate.
section. gear.
In sports mode, moving the shift
✽ NOTICE lever backwards and forwards will
Always come to a complete stop allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
before shifting into D (Drive). In contrast to a manual transaxle, the
sports mode allows gearshifts with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
5 18
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once (Continued) Shift lock system (if equipped)
to shift up one gear. • To maintain the required levels of For your safety, the automatic
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards vehicle performance and safety, transaxle has a shift lock system
once to shift down one the system may not execute cer- which prevents shifting the transaxle
gear. tain gearshifts when the shift lever from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
is operated. unless the brake pedal is depressed.
• When driving on a slippery road,
✽ NOTICE push the shift lever forward into To shift the transaxle from P (Park)
the +(up) position. This causes the into R (Reverse):
• In sports mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear 1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.
with road conditions, taking care which is better for smooth driving 2.Start the engine or turn the ignition
to keep the engine speed below the on a slippery road. Push the shift switch to the ON position.
red zone. lever to the -(down) side to shift 3.Move the shift lever.
• In sports mode, only the 6 forward back to the 1st gear.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
gears can be selected. To reverse depressed and released with the
or park the vehicle, move the shift shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
lever to the R (Reverse) or P chattering noise near the shift lever
(Park) position as required. may be heard. It is a normal condi-
• In sports mode, downshifts are tion.
made automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-
cally selected.
• In sports mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone shift
points are varied to upshift auto-
matically.
(Continued)
5 19
Ignition key interlock system

WARNING The ignition key cannot be removed
Always fully depress the brake unless the shift lever is in the P
pedal before and while shifting (Park) position. Even if the ignition
out of the P (Park) position into switch is in the LOCK position, the
another position to avoid inad- key also cannot be removed.
vertent motion of the vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with
which could injure persons in ENGINE START/STOP button, the
or around the vehicle. button will not change to the OFF
position unless the shift lever is in the
P (Park) position.
OXM053025
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depress-
ing the brake, then do the following:
1.Carefully remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole (1).
2.Insert a key (or screwdriver) into
the access hole and press down
on the key (or screwdriver).
3.Move the shift lever.
4.Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.
5 20
Good driving practices • Always use the parking brake. Do

• Never move the gear shift lever not depend on placing the WARNING
from P (Park) to any other position transaxle in P (Park) to keep the • Always buckle-up! In a colli-
with the accelerator pedal vehicle from moving. sion, an unbelted occupant is
depressed. • Exercise extreme caution when significantly more likely to be
driving on a slippery surface. Be seriously injured or killed than
• Never move the gear shift lever into
especially careful when braking, a properly belted occupant.
P (Park) when the vehicle is in
motion. accelerating or shifting gears. On a • Avoid high speeds when cor-
slippery surface, an abrupt change nering or turning.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely in vehicle speed can cause the
stopped before you attempt to shift • Do not make quick steering
drive wheels to lose traction and
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). wheel movements, such as
the vehicle to go out of control.
sharp lane changes or fast,
• Never take the vehicle out of gear • Optimum vehicle performance and sharp turns.
and coast down a hill. This may be economy is obtained by smoothly
extremely hazardous. Always leave • The risk of rollover is greatly
depressing and releasing the
the vehicle in gear when moving. increased if you lose control
accelerator pedal.
of your vehicle at highway
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
speeds.
cause them to overheat and mal-
function. Instead, when you are • Loss of control often occurs if
driving down a long hill, slow down two or more wheels drop off
and shift to a lower gear. When you the roadway and the driver
do this, engine braking will help oversteers to reenter the road-
slow down the vehicle. way.
• Slow down before shifting to a • In the event your vehicle
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower leaves the roadway, do not
gear may not be engaged. steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed
limits.
5 21
Moving up a steep grade from a

WARNING standing start
If your vehicle becomes stuck in To move up a steep grade from a
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you standing start, depress the brake
may attempt to rock the vehicle pedal, shift the shift lever to D
free by moving it forward and (Drive). Select the appropriate gear
backward. Do not attempt this depending on load weight and steep-
procedure if people or objects ness of the grade, and release the
are anywhere near the vehicle. parking brake. Depress the accelera-
During the rocking operation tor gradually while releasing the
the vehicle may suddenly move service brakes.
forward or backward as it When accelerating from a stop on
becomes unstuck, causing a steep hill, the vehicle may have a
injury or damage to nearby peo- tendency to roll backwards.
ple or objects. Shifting the shift lever into 2
(Second Gear) will help prevent
the vehicle from rolling back-
wards.
5 22
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)

In general, off-road conditions pro-
vide less traction and braking effec- WARNING
tiveness than normal road condi- If the AWD system warning light
tions. The driver must be especially ( ) illuminates, this indicates
alert to avoid driving on slopes which that there is a malfunction in the
tilt the vehicle to either side. AWD system.
These factors must be carefully con- If this occurs, have your vehicle
sidered when driving off-road. checked by an authorized Kia
Keeping the vehicle in contact with dealer as soon as possible.
the driving surface and under control
in these conditions is always the dri-
OXMA053039 ver's responsibility for the safety of Tight corner brake effect
Engine power can be delivered to all him/herself and his / her passengers.
front and rear wheels for maximum CAUTION - AWD
traction. AWD is useful when extra WARNING - Off road
traction is required on roads, such When turning sharply on a
driving paved road at low speed while
as, when driving on slippery, muddy,
wet, or snow-covered roads. These This vehicle is designed prima- in four-wheel drive, steering
vehicles are not designed for chal- rily for on road use although it control will be difficult.
lenging off-road use. Occasional off- can operate effectively off road.
road use such as established However, it was not designed to
drive in challenging off-road Tight corner brake effect is a unique
unpaved roads and trails are OK. It is characteristic of four-wheel drive
always important when traveling off- conditions. Driving in condi-
tions that exceed the vehicle's vehicles caused by the difference in
highway that the driver carefully tire rotation at the four wheels and
reduces the speed to a level that intended design or the driver's
experience level may result in the zero-degree alignment of the
does not exceed the safe operating front wheels and suspension.
speed for those conditions. severe injury or death.
Sharp turns at low speeds should be
carried out with caution.
5 23
All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description
• When driving in AWD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates sim-
ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operating
conditions. However, if the system determines that there is a
AWD AUTO need for the AWD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis-
(AWD LOCK is tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter-
deactivated) (Indicator light is vention.
not illuminated) • When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehicle
moves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.
• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,

off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., to
maximize traction.
AWD LOCK • This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speeds
above 30 km/h (19 mph) and is shifted to AWD AUTO mode
(Indicator light is
at speed above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the vehicle decelerates
illuminated)
to speeds below 30 km/h (19 mph), however, the transfer
mode is shifted into AWD LOCK mode again.
✽ NOTICE
• When driving on normal roads, deactivate the AWD LOCK mode by pushing the AWD LOCK button (the indi-
cator light goes off). Driving on normal roads with AWD LOCK mode (especially, when cornering) may cause
mechanical noise or vibration. The noise and vibration will disappear when the AWD LOCK mode is deactivat-
ed. Some parts of the power train may be damaged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration.
• When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the
front wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.
5 24
For safe All-wheel drive opera-

tion
WARNING - Four-wheel
driving
The conditions of on-road or
off-road that demand four-
wheel drive mean all functions
of your vehicle are exposed to
extreme stress than under nor-
mal road conditions. Slow down HILL1 HILL2
and be ready for changes in the
composition and traction of the • When you are driving up or down
surface under your tires. If you hills drive as straight as possible.
Use extreme caution in going up or WARNING - Hills
have any doubt about the safety Driving across the contour of
of the conditions you are fac- down steep hills, since you may flip
your vehicle over depending on the steep hills can be extremely
ing, stop and consider the best dangerous. This danger can
way to proceed. Do not exceed grade, terrain and water/mud con-
ditions. come from slight changes in the
the ability of yourself or your wheel angle which can destabi-
vehicle to operate safely. lize the vehicle or even if the
vehicle is maintaining stability
• Do not try to drive in deep standing under power, it can lose that
water or mud since such conditions stability if the vehicle stops its
can stall your engine and clog your forward motion. Your vehicle
exhaust pipes. Do not drive down may roll over without warning
steep hills since it requires extreme and without time for you to cor-
skill to maintain control of the vehi- rect a mistake that could cause
cle. serious injury or death.
5 25
• You must consciously take the • Always hold the steering wheel
effort to learn how to corner in an firmly when you are driving off-
AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your road.
experience in conventional 2WD • Make sure all passengers are
vehicles in choosing safe cornering wearing seat belts.
speed in AWD mode. For starters,
you must drive more slowly in
AWD. WARNING - Wind
• Drive carefully off-road because danger
your vehicle may be damaged by If you are driving in heavy wind,
rocks or roots of trees. Become the vehicle's higher center of
familiar with the off-road conditions OXM053026 gravity decreases your steering
where you are going to drive control capacity and requires
before you begin driving. you to drive more slowly.
WARNING - Steering
wheel
WARNING - 4WD Do not grab the inside of the
steering wheel when you are • If you need to drive in the water,
Reduce speed when you turn stop your vehicle, set your transfer
corners. The center of gravity of driving off-road. You may hurt
your arm by a sudden steering to the AWD LOCK mode and drive
AWD vehicles is higher than at less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
that of conventional 2WD vehi- maneuver or from steering
cles, making them more likely to wheel rebound due to impact
roll over when you turn corners with objects on the ground. You
too fast. could lose control of the steer-
ing wheel.
5 26
✽ NOTICE
WARNING - Driving • Do not drive in water if the level is WARNING - AWD driving
through higher than the bottom of the vehi- • Avoid high cornering speed.
water cle. • Do not make quick steering
Drive slowly. If you are driving • Check your brake condition once wheel movements, such as
too fast in water, the water can you are out of mud or water. Press sharp lane changes or fast,
get into the engine compart- the brake pedal several times as sharp turns.
ment and wet the ignition sys- you move slowly until you feel nor- • The risk of rollover is greatly
tem, causing your vehicle to mal braking forces return. increased if you lose control
suddenly stop. If this happens • Shorten your scheduled mainte- of your vehicle at high speed.
and your vehicle is in a tilted nance interval if you drive in off-
position, your vehicle may roll road conditions such as sand, mud • In a collision, an unbelted per-
over. or water (see “Maintenance under son is significantly more like-
severe usage conditions” in chap- ly to die compared to a person
ter 7). Always wash your vehicle wearing a seat belt.
thoroughly after off-road use, • Loss of control often occurs if
especially cleaning the bottom of two or more wheels drop off
the vehicle. the roadway and the driver
• Since the driving torque is always oversteers to re-enter the
applied to the 4 wheels the per- roadway. In the event your
formance of the AWD vehicle is vehicle leaves the roadway, do
greatly affected by the condition of not steer sharply. Instead,
the tires. Be sure to equip the vehi- slow down before pulling
cle with four tires of the same size back into the travel lanes.
and type.
• A full time four wheel drive vehi-
cle cannot be towed by an ordi-
nary tow truck. Make sure that
the vehicle is placed on a flat bed
truck for moving.
5 27
Reducing the risk of a rollover

CAUTION - Mud or snow WARNING - Rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehi-
If one of the front or rear wheels cle is defined as a Sports Utility As with other Sports Utility
begins to spin in mud, snow, Vehicle (SUV). A SUV has higher Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate
etc. the vehicle can sometimes ground clearance and a narrower this vehicle correctly may result
be driven out by depressing the track to make it more capable of per- in loss of control, an accident or
accelerator pedal further; how- forming in a wide variety of off-road vehicle rollover.
ever avoid running the engine applications. Specific design charac- • Utility vehicles have a signifi-
continuously at high rpm teristics give them a higher center of cantly higher rollover rate
because doing so could dam- gravity than ordinary vehicles. An than other types of vehicles.
age the AWD system. advantage of the higher ground • Specific design characteris-
clearance is a better view of the tics (higher ground clearance,
road, which allows you to anticipate narrower track, etc.) give this
WARNING - Jacked problems. A SUV is not designed for vehicle a higher center of
vehicle cornering at the same speeds as gravity than ordinary vehicles.
conventional passenger vehicles,
While the full-time AWD vehicle any more than low profile sports cars • A SUV is not designed for cor-
is being raised on a jack, never are designed to perform satisfactori- nering at the same speeds as
start the engine or cause the ly in off-road conditions. Due to this conventional vehicles.
tires to rotate. risk, driver and passengers are • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt
There is the danger that rotating strongly recommended to buckle maneuvers.
tires touching the ground could their seat belts. In a rollover crash, • In a rollover crash, an unbelt-
cause the vehicle to go off the an unbelted person is more likely to ed person is significantly
jack and to jump forward. die than a person wearing a seat more likely to die than a per-
belt. There are steps that a driver can son wearing a seat belt. Make
take to reduce the risk of a rollover. sure everyone in the vehicle is
Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed, properly buckled up.
and or abrupt maneuvers, do not
load your roof rack with heavy cargo,
and never modify your vehicle in any
way.
5 28
• Full-time AWD vehicles must be

WARNING tested on a special four wheel
Your vehicle is equipped with chassis dynamometer.
tires designed to provide safe
ride and handling capability. Do ✽ NOTICE
not use a size and type of tire
and wheel that is different from Never engage the parking brake
the one that is originally while performing these tests.
installed on your vehicle. It can Temporary free roller
affect the safety and perform- • A full-time AWD vehicle should not Roll tester (speedometer)
ance of your vehicle, which be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a OXM059025
could lead to steering failure or 2WD roll tester must be used, per- 1.Check the tire pressures recom-
rollover and serious injury. form the following: mended for your vehicle.
When replacing the tires, be 2.Place the front wheels on the roll
sure to equip all four tires with tester for a speedometer test as
the tire and wheel of the same shown in the illustration.
size, type, tread, brand and
load-carrying capacity. If you 3.Release the parking brake.
nevertheless decide to equip 4.Place the rear wheels on the tem-
your vehicle with any tire/wheel porary free roller as shown in the
combination not recommended illustration.
by Kia for off road driving, you
should not use these tires for WARNING -
highway driving. Dynamometer testing
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. This
is very dangerous as the vehi-
cle can jump forward and cause
serious injury or death.
5 29
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes (Continued)
Your vehicle has power-assisted
WARNING - Brakes
• Do not drive with your foot • Wet brakes may impair the
brakes that adjust automatically vehicle’s ability to safely slow
through normal usage. resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high down; the vehicle may also
In the event that the power-assisted pull to one side when the
brake temperatures, exces-
brakes lose power because of a brakes are applied. Applying
sive brake lining and pad
stalled engine or some other reason, the brakes lightly will indicate
wear, and increased stopping
you can still stop your vehicle by whether they have been
distances.
applying greater force to the brake affected in this way. Always
pedal than you normally would. The • When descending a long or test your brakes in this fash-
stopping distance, however, will be steep hill, shift to a lower gear ion after driving through deep
longer. and avoid continuous applica- water. To dry the brakes, apply
tion of the brakes. Continuous them lightly while maintaining
When the engine is not running, the
brake application will cause a safe forward speed until
reserve brake power is partially
the brakes to overheat and brake performance returns to
depleted each time the brake pedal
could result in a temporary normal.
is applied. Do not pump the brake
loss of braking performance.
pedal when the power assist has • Always, confirm the position
been interrupted. (Continued) of the brake and accelerator
Pump the brake pedal only when pedal before driving. If you
necessary to maintain steering con- don’t check the position of the
trol on slippery surfaces. accelerator and brake pedal
before driving, you may
depress the accelerator
instead of the brake pedal. It
may cause a serious accident.
5 30
In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator

If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear
the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear This brake wear warning sound
make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from means your vehicle needs serv-
parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You ice. If you ignore this audible
tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or warning, you will eventually
than normal. it may occur whenever you depress lose braking performance,
the brake pedal. which could lead to a serious
Please remember that some driving accident.
WARNING - Parking
brake conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
Applying the parking brake lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
while the vehicle is moving at mal and does not indicate a problem
normal speeds can cause a with your brakes.
sudden loss of control of the
vehicle. If you must use the
parking brake to stop the vehi- CAUTION
cle, use great caution in apply- • To avoid costly brake repairs,
ing the brake. do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads.
• Always replace the front or
WARNING rear brake pads as pairs.
Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is mov-
ing except in an emergency sit-
uation. It could damage the
vehicle system and endanger
driving safety.
5 31
Parking brake
CAUTION
Applying the parking brake
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad and brake rotor wear.
OXM053118
Hand type
OXM059013 To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then without
Foot type pressing the release button in, pull
To engage the parking brake, first the parking brake lever up as far as
apply the foot brake and then possible.
depress the parking brake pedal In addition it is recommended that
down as far as possible. when parking the vehicle on a gradi-
ent, the shift lever should be posi-
tioned in the appropriate low gear on
manual transaxle vehicles.
5 32
Releasing the parking brake

WARNING
• To prevent unintentional
movement when stopped and
leaving the vehicle, do not use
the shift lever instead of the
parking brake. Set the parking
brake AND make sure the shift
lever is securely positioned in
1st (First) gear or R (Reverse)
for manual transaxle
OXM053119 equipped vehicles and in P
Hand type (Park) for automatic transaxle
OXM059014 equipped vehicles.
Foot type To release the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and pull up the • Never allow anyone who is
To release the parking brake, parking brake lever slightly. Secondly unfamiliar with the vehicle to
depress the parking brake pedal a press the release button (1) and touch the parking brake. If the
second time while applying the foot lower the parking brake lever (2) parking brake is released
brake. The pedal will automatically while holding the button. unintentionally, serious injury
extend to the fully released position. may occur.
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parking to
avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
5 33
If at all possible, cease driving the

vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- (Continued)
sible, use extreme caution while During these conditions the
operating the vehicle and only con- vehicle should be driven at
tinue to drive the vehicle until you reduced speeds:
can reach a safe location or repair • Rough, gravel or snow-cov-
shop. ered roads.
• On roads where the road sur-
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) face is pitted or has different
surface height.
WARNING The safety features of an ABS
W-75
(or ESC) equipped vehicle
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent
Check the brake warning light by should not be tested by high
accidents due to improper or
turning the ignition switch ON (do not speed driving or cornering. This
dangerous driving maneuvers.
start the engine). This light will be could endanger the safety of
Even though vehicle control is
illuminated when the parking brake is yourself or others.
improved during emergency
applied with the ignition switch in the braking, always maintain a safe
START or ON position. distance between you and
Before driving, be sure the parking objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
brake is fully released and the brake should always be reduced dur-
warning light is off. ing extreme road conditions.
If the brake warning light remains on The braking distance for vehi-
after the parking brake is released cles equipped with an anti-lock
while the engine is running, there braking system (or Electronic
may be a malfunction in the brake Stability Control System) may
system. Immediate attention is nec- be longer than for those without
essary. it in the following road condi-
tions.
(Continued)
5 34
The ABS continuously senses the ✽ NOTICE

speed of the wheels. If the wheels A click sound may be heard in the
are going to lock, the ABS system engine compartment when the vehi-
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic cle begins to move after the engine is
brake pressure to the wheels. started. These conditions are normal
When you apply your brakes under and indicate that the anti-lock brake
conditions which may lock the system is functioning properly.
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- • Even with the anti-lock brake sys-
responding sensation in the brake tem, your vehicle still requires suf-
pedal. This is normal and it means ficient stopping distance. Always
your ABS is active. maintain a safe distance from the W-78
In order to obtain the maximum ben- vehicle in front of you.
efit from your ABS in an emergency • Always slow down when cornering. CAUTION
situation, do not attempt to modulate The anti-lock brake system cannot • If the ABS warning light is on
your brake pressure and do not try to prevent accidents resulting from and stays on, you may have a
pump your brakes. Press your brake excessive speeds. problem with the ABS. In this
pedal as hard as possible or as hard • On loose or uneven road surfaces, case, however, your regular
as the situation allows the ABS to operation of the anti-lock brake brakes will work normally.
control the force being delivered to system may result in a longer stop- • The ABS warning light will stay
the brakes. ping distance than for vehicles on for approximately 3 sec-
equipped with a conventional onds after the ignition switch
brake system. is ON. During that time, the
ABS will go through self-diag-
nosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the
light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
5 35
CAUTION ✽ NOTICE Electronic stability control

When you jump start your vehicle (ESC)
• When you drive on a road hav- because of a drained battery, the
ing poor traction, such as an engine may not run as smoothly and
icy road, and have operated the ABS warning light may turn on
your brakes continuously, the at the same time. This happens
ABS will be active continuous- because of low battery voltage. It
ly and the ABS warning light does not mean your ABS has mal-
may illuminate. Pull your vehi- functioned.
cle over to a safe place and • Do not pump your brakes!
stop the engine. • Have the battery recharged before
• Restart the engine. If the ABS driving the vehicle.
warning light goes off, then
your ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a OXMA053031
problem with the ABS. The Electronic Stability control
Contact an authorized Kia (ESC) system is designed to stabi-
dealer as soon as possible. lize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine manage-
ment system to stabilize the vehicle.
5 36
The Electronic Stability Control ESC operation

WARNING (ESC) system is an electronic sys- ESC ON condition
Never drive too fast according tem designed to help the driver main-
tain vehicle control under adverse • When the ignition is turned
to the road conditions or too - ON, ESC and ESC OFF
quickly when cornering. conditions. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Factors includ- indicator lights illuminate for
Electronic stability control approximately 3 seconds,
(ESC) will not prevent acci- ing speed, road conditions and driv-
er steering input can all affect then ESC is turned on.
dents. Excessive speed in
turns, abrupt maneuvers and whether ESC will be effective in pre- • Press the ESC OFF but-
hydroplaning on wet surfaces venting a loss of control. It is still your ton for at least half a sec-
can still result in serious acci- responsibility to drive and corner at ond after turning the igni-
dents. Only a safe and attentive reasonable speeds and to leave a tion ON to turn ESC off.
driver can prevent accidents by sufficient margin of safety. (ESC OFF indicator will
avoiding maneuvers that cause When you apply your brakes under illuminate). To turn the
the vehicle to lose traction. conditions which may lock the ESC on, press the ESC
Even with ESC installed, always wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ OFF button (ESC OFF
follow all the normal precau- sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- indicator light will go off).
tions for driving - including driv- responding sensation in the brake • When starting the engine,
ing at safe speeds for the condi- pedal. This is normal and it means you may hear a slight tick-
tions. your ESC is active. ing sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and does
✽ NOTICE not indicate a problem.
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic
Stability Control System is function-
ing properly.
5 37
When operating ESC operation off • ESC off state 2

When the ESC is in opera- ESC OFF state To cancel ESC operation,
tion, the ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC press the ESC OFF button
blinks. off states. (ESC OFF ) for more than 3
• When the Electronic seconds. ESC OFF indicator
If the engine stops when light (ESC OFF ) illuminates
Stability Control is operat- ESC is off, ESC remains off.
ing properly, you can feel a and ESC OFF warning chime
Upon restarting the engine, will sound. At this state, the
slight pulsation in the vehi- the ESC will automatically
cle. This is only the effect engine control function and
turn on again. brake control function do not
of brake control and indi-
cates nothing unusual. operate. It means the car sta-
• ESC off state 1 bility control function does not
• When moving out of the To cancel ESC operation, operate any more.
mud or driving on a slip- press the ESC OFF button
pery road, pressing the (ESC OFF ) shortly (ESC
accelerator pedal may not OFF indicator light (ESC
cause the engine rpm OFF ) illuminates). At this
(revolutions per minute) to state, the engine control
increase. function does not operate. It
means the traction control
function does not operate.
Brake control function only
operates.
5 38
Indicator light ESC OFF usage

CAUTION When driving
■ ESC indicator light Driving with varying tire or • ESC should be turned on for daily
wheel sizes may cause the ESC driving whenever possible.
system to malfunction. When
replacing tires, make sure they • To turn ESC off while driving, press
are the same size as your origi- the ESC OFF button while driving
■ ESC OFF indicator light nal tires. on a flat road surface.
WARNING
WARNING Never press the ESC OFF but-
The Electronic Stability Control ton while ESC is operating (ESC
When ignition switch is turned to ON, system is only a driving aid; use indicator light blinks).
the indicator light illuminates, then precautions for safe driving by If ESC is turned off while ESC is
goes off if the ESC system is operat- slowing down on curved, operating, the vehicle may slip
ing normally. snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow- out of control.
The ESC indicator light blinks when- ly and don’t attempt to acceler-
ever ESC is operating or illuminates ate whenever the ESC indicator
when ESC fails to operate. light is blinking, or when the ✽ NOTICE
road surface is slippery. • When operating the vehicle on a
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with dynamometer, ensure that the
the button. ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on,
it may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in false
diagnosis.
• Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system opera-
tion.
5 39
Vehicle stability management The VSM does not operate when: Malfunction indicator
(VSM) • Driving on bank road such as gra- The VSM can be deactivated even if
This system provides further dient or incline you don’t cancel the VSM operation
enhancements to vehicle stability • Driving in reverse by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
and steering responses when a vehi- indicates that a malfunction has
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
cle is driving on a slippery road or a been detected somewhere in the
remains on the instrument cluster
vehicle detects changes in coeffi- Electric Power Steering system or
cient of friction between right wheels • EPS indicator light remains on the VSM system. If the ESC indicator
and left wheels when braking. instrument cluster light ( ) or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
VSM operation off authorized Kia dealer and have the
VSM operation system checked.
When the VSM is in operation, ESC If you press the ESC OFF button to
indicator light ( ) blinks. turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
When the vehicle stability manage- light ( ) illuminates.
ment is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle To turn on the VSM, press the button
and/or abnormal steering responses again. The ESC OFF indicator light
(EPS). This is only the effect of brake goes out.
and EPS control and indicates noth-
ing unusual.
5 40
✽ NOTICE Hill-start assist control (HAC)

• The VSM is designed to function WARNING A vehicle has the tendency to roll
above approximately 15 km/h (9 • The Vehicle Stability back on a steep hill when it starts to
mph) on curves. Management system is not a go after stopping. The Hill-start
• The VSM is designed to function substitute for safe driving Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
above approximately 30 km/h (18 practices but a supplemen- vehicle from rolling back by applying
mph) when a vehicle is braking on tary function only. It is the the brakes automatically for about
a split-mu road. The split-mu road responsibility of the driver to 1.5 seconds. The brakes are
is made of surfaces which have dif- always check the speed and released when the accelerator pedal
ferent friction forces. the distance to the vehicle is depressed or after about 1.5 sec-
ahead. Always hold the steer- onds.
ing wheel firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to
activate according to the dri- WARNING
ver’s intention, even with The HAC is activated only for
installed VSM. Always follow about 1.5 seconds, so when the
all the normal precautions for vehicle is starting off always
driving at safe speeds for the depress the accelerator pedal.
conditions – including driving
in clement weather and on a
slippery road. ✽ NOTICE
• Driving with varying tire or • The HAC does not operate when
wheel sizes may cause the the transaxle shift lever is in the P
VSM system to malfunction. (Park) or N (Neutral) position.
When replacing tires, make • The HAC activates even though
sure they are the same size as the ESC is off but it does not acti-
your original tires. vate when the ESC has malfunc-
tioned.
5 41
Good braking practices • Check to be sure the parking brake • Don't coast down hills with the
is not engaged and the parking vehicle out of gear. This is extreme-
brake indicator light is out before ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
WARNING driving away. gear at all times, use the brakes to
• Whenever you leave or park • Driving through water may get the slow down, then shift to a lower
your vehicle, always set the brakes wet. They can also get wet gear so that engine braking will
parking brake as far as possi- when the vehicle is washed. Wet help you maintain a safe speed.
ble and shift the vehicle to 1st brakes can be dangerous! Your • Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
(First) gear or R (Reverse) for vehicle will not stop as quickly if the Resting your foot on the brake
manual transaxle, or P (Park) brakes are wet. Wet brakes may pedal while driving can be danger-
for automatic transaxle. If the cause the vehicle to pull to one ous because the brakes might
parking brake is not fully side. overheat and lose their effective-
engaged, the vehicle may ness. It also increases the wear of
move inadvertently and injure To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action the brake components.
yourself and others.
returns to normal, taking care to • If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
• All vehicles should always keep the vehicle under control at ing, apply the brakes gently and
have the parking brake fully all times. If the braking action does keep the vehicle pointed straight
engaged when parking to not return to normal, stop as soon ahead while you slow down. When
avoid inadvertent movement as it is safe to do so and call an you are moving slowly enough for it
of the vehicle which can injure authorized Kia dealer for assis- to be safe to do so, pull off the road
occupants or pedestrians. tance. and stop in a safe place.
5 42
• If your vehicle is equipped with an • Under some conditions your park-

automatic transaxle, don't let your ing brake can freeze in the
vehicle creep forward. To avoid engaged position. This is most like-
creeping forward, keep your foot ly to happen when there is an
firmly on the brake pedal when the accumulation of snow or ice
vehicle is stopped. around or near the rear brakes or if
• Be cautious when parking on a hill. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
Firmly engage the parking brake that the parking brake may freeze,
and place the shift lever in P (auto- apply it only temporarily while you
matic transaxle) or in first or put the shift lever in P (automatic
reverse gear (manual transaxle). If transaxle) or in first or reverse gear
your vehicle is facing downhill, turn (manual transaxle) and block the
the front wheels into the curb to rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
help keep the vehicle from rolling. If roll. Then release the parking
your vehicle is facing uphill, turn brake.
the front wheels away from the • Do not hold the vehicle on the
curb to help keep the vehicle from upgrade with the accelerator
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is pedal. This can cause the transaxle
required by other conditions to to overheat. Always use the brake
keep the vehicle from rolling, block pedal or parking brake.
the wheels.
5 43
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING (Continued)
• If the cruise control is left on • Be careful when driving
(CRUISE indicator light in the downhill using the cruise con-
instrument cluster illuminat- trol system, which may
ed), the cruise control can be increase the vehicle speed.
switched on accidentally.
Keep the cruise control sys-
tem off (CRUISE indicator
light OFF) when the cruise
control is not in use, to avoid
OXMA053020 inadvertently setting a speed.
1. Cruise indicator • Use the cruise control system
2. Cruise set indicator only when traveling on open
highways in good weather.
The cruise control system allows you • Do not use the cruise control
to program the vehicle to maintain a when it may not be safe to
constant speed without pressing the keep the vehicle at a constant
accelerator pedal. speed, for instance, driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on
This system is designed to function slippery (rainy, icy or snow-
above approximately 40 km/h (25 covered) or winding roads or
mph). over 6% up-hill or down-hill
roads.
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the cruise control sys-
tem.
(Continued)
5 44
✽ NOTICE Cruise control switch To set cruise control speed:

• During normal cruise control
operation, when the SET switch is
activated or reactivated after
applying the brakes, the cruise
control will energize after approx-
imately 3 seconds. The delay is
normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
ON position or starting the engine.
This is to check if the brake switch
OXM053004 OXM053006
which is important part to cancel
cruise control is in normal condi- CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys- 1. Press the CRUISE button on the
tion. tem on or off. steering wheel to turn the system
CANCEL: Cancels cruise control on. The CRUISE indicator light in
operation. the instrument cluster will illumi-
nate.
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise
control speed. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 40 km/h
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con- (25 mph ).
trol speed.
5 45
To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising

speed: speed:
OXM053008
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired OXM053009 OXM053008
speed. The SET indicator light in
the instrument cluster will illumi- Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures:
nate. Release the accelerator • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and
pedal at the same time. The hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. hold it. Your vehicle will gradually
desired speed will automatically Release the lever at the speed you slow down. Release the lever at the
be maintained. want. speed you want to maintain.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and
slow down or speed up slightly while release it immediately. release it immediately.
going uphill or downhill. The cruising speed will increase by The cruising speed will decrease
2km/h (or 1 mph) each time you by 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time you
move the lever up (to RES+) in this move the lever down (to SET-) in
manner. this manner.
5 46
To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do Each of these actions will cancel
the cruise control on: one of the following: cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument clus-
If you want to speed up temporarily
ter will go off), but it will not turn the
when the cruise control is on,
system off. If you wish to resume
depress the accelerator pedal.
cruise control operation, push the
Increased speed will not interfere
RES + switch located on your steer-
with cruise control operation or
ing wheel. You will return to your pre-
change the set speed.
viously preset speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
OXM053010
• Press the brake pedal.

• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-
matic transaxle.
• Push the CANCEL switch located
on the steering wheel.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 15
km/h (9 mph ).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 40 km/h (25
mph).
5 47
To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do

more than approximately 40 one of the following:
km/h (25 mph):
OXM053006
OXM053009
• Press the CRUISE button (the
If any method other than the CRUISE indicator light in the
CRUISE button was used to cancel instrument cluster will go off).
cruising speed and the system is still • Turn the ignition off.
activated, the most recent set speed
Both of these actions cancel cruise
will automatically resume when you
control operation. If you want to
move the lever up (to RES+).
resume cruise control operation,
It will not resume, however, if the repeat the steps provided in “To set
vehicle speed has dropped below cruise control speed” on the previous
approximately 40 km/h (25 mph). page.
5 48
XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 2/13/2013 9:53 AM Page 49
BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED)

➀ BSD(Blind spot detection)
Warning range is dependent on your WARNING
vehicle speed. However, if your vehi- • Always check the road condi-
cle speed is speedy about 10km/h tions while driving for unex-
than other vehicle, the warning is not pected situations even
operated. though the BSD (Blind spot
➁ LCA(Lane change assist) detection) system is operat-
ing.
When the vehicle is approaching to
your vehicle at high speed, the warn- • Never use the BSD system as
OXM053013 ing is operated. a replacement for careful driv-
ing practices. Drivers should
always use their mirrors and
look over their shoulders to
detect other vehicles when
changing lanes. The BSD sys-
tem is only intended to sup-
plement safe practices.
OXMA053126
The BSD (Blind spot detection) sys-
tem uses a radar sensor to alert the
driver while driving.
It senses the rear side territory of the
vehicle and provides information to
the driver.
5 49
Operating conditions Warning type 1st stage
The indicator on the switch will illumi- The system will activate when:
nate when the BSD (Blind spot 1.The system is on
detection) system switch is pressed
with the ignition switch ON. If vehicle 2.Vehicle speed is above 30 km/h
speed exceeds 30 km/h (18.6 mph) (18.6 mph)
the system will activate. 3.Other vehicles are detected in the
If the ignition switch is turned OFF rear side
and ON the system returns to the
previous state.
When the system is not used turn the OXMA053014
system off by turning off the switch.
If a vehicle is detected within the
When the system is turned on the boundary of the system, a yellow
warning light will illuminate for 3 sec- warning light will illuminate inside of
onds on the outside rearview mirror. the outside rearview mirror glass.
5 50
2nd stage Detecting sensor Warning message
OXMA053015
The second stage alarm will activate OXM053016 OXM053053E
when:
1.The first stage alert is on The sensors are located on inside of The message will appear to notify
the rear bumper. the driver if there are foreign sub-
2.The turn signal is on to change a stances on the rear bumper or it is
lane or the hazard warning light is Always keep the rear bumper clean
for the system to work properly. hot near the rear bumper. The light
on on the switch and the system will
turn off automatically.
When the second stage alert is acti- Remove the foreign matter on the
vated, a warning light will illuminate rear bumper.
on the outside rearview mirror hous-
ing and a alarm will sound.
If the system does not work normally
even though the foreign matter is
removed, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
5 51
WARNING CAUTION
• The warning light on the out- • The system may not work
side rearview mirror housing properly if the bumper has
will illuminate whenever a been replaced or if repair work
vehicle is detected at the rear has been done near the sen-
side by the system. sor.
To avoid accidents, do not • The detection area differs
focus only on the warning according to the roads width.
light and neglect to see the If the road is narrow the sys-
surroundings of the vehicle. tem may detect other vehicles
OXM053054E
• Drive safely even though the in the next lane.
If the system does not work properly, vehicle is equipped with a • To the contrary, if the road is
a warning message will appear and BSD (Blind spot detection) very wide the system may not
the light on the switch will turn off. system. Do not solely rely on detect other vehicles.
The system will turn off automatical- the system but check for your- • The system may turn off due
ly. self before changing lanes. to strong electromagnetic
The system may not alert the waves.
Have your vehicle inspected by an driver in some conditions so
authorized Kia dealer. always check the surround-
ings while driving.
5 52
Non-operating condition - A lot of amount of metal sub- Outside rearview mirror may not
stances are near the vehicles such alert the driver when:
Driver's Attention as a construction area.
The driver must be cautious in the - The outside rearview mirror hous-
- A big vehicle is near such as a bus ing is covered with foreign matter.
following situations in which the sys-
or truck. - The window is covered with foreign
tem may not assist the driver and
may not function properly. - A motorcycle or bicycle is near. matter.
- A flat trailer like vehicle is near. - The windows are severely tinted.
- Curved roads, tollgates, etc. - If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to it
- The surrounding of the sensor is and has accelerated.
covered by rain, snow, mud, etc
- When the other vehicle passes by
- The rear bumper near the sensor is very fast.
covered or hidden with a foreign
matter such as a sticker, bumper - When changing lanes.
guard, bicycle stand etc. - When going down or up a steep
- The rear bumper is damaged or the road where the height of the lane is
sensor is out of place. different.
- The height of the vehicle is - When the other vehicle drives at
changed or altered such as when the rear very nearby or drives very
the trunk is loaded with heavy close.
objects, or has abnormal tire pres- - When the temperature near the
sure etc. bumper is high.
- Due to bad weather such as heavy - When a trailer or carrier is installed.
rain or snow.
- A fixed object is near such as a
guardrail, etc.
5 53
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM

Active ECO operation • When the Active ECO button is Limitation of Active ECO oper-
pressed the ECO indicator (green) ation:
will illuminate to show that the
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating.
Active ECO is operating, the system
• When the Active ECO is activated, operation is limited even though
it will remain on until the Active there is no change in the ECO indi-
ECO button is pressed again. cator.
Active ECO does not turn off when
• When the coolant temperature is
the engine is restarted. To turn off
low: The system will be limited until
Active ECO, press the Active ECO
engine performance becomes nor-
button again.
mal.
• If Active ECO is turned off, the sys-
• When driving up a hill: The system
tem will return to normal mode.
OXM053017 will be limited to gain power when
Active ECO helps improve fuel effi- driving uphill because the engine
ciency by controlling certain engine When Active ECO is activated: torque is restricted.
and transaxle system operating • The engine noise may get louder. • When using sports mode: The sys-
parameters. Fuel efficiency depends tem will be limited according to the
• The vehicle speed may slightly be shift location.
on the driver's driving habit and road
reduced.
condition. • When the accelerator pedal is
• The air conditioner performance deeply depressed for a few sec-
may be affected. onds: The system will be limited,
judging that the driver wants to
speed up.
5 54
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi-
mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and
you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main-
Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance
many miles (kilometers) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in
from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, section 7. If you drive your vehicle
your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent
sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see sec-
gestions to help save money in both sequences. tion 7 for details).
fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should
moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important
and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the
lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra
the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel
change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to
Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion.
sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-
tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight
can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy.
This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer
• Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting
faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when
speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go.
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
5 55
• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly.
require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off
the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you motion
prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. Never turn the engine off to
In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can coast down hills or anytime the
your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. vehicle is in motion. The power
up period. steering and power brakes will
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset not function properly without
Lugging is driving too slowly in a some of this loss, slow down when the engine running. Instead,
very high gear resulting in engine driving in these conditions. keep the engine on and down-
bucking. If this happens, shift to a shift to an appropriate gear for
lower gear. Over-revving is racing engine braking effect. In addi-
the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating tion, turning off the ignition
This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- while driving could engage the
the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an steering wheel lock resulting in
authorized Kia dealer perform loss of vehicle steering which
scheduled inspections and mainte- could cause serious injury or
nance. death.
5 56
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Reducing the risk of a rollover
When hazardous driving conditions use second gear. Accelerate slow- This multi-purpose passenger vehi-
are encountered such as water, ly to avoid spinning the drive cle is defined as a Sports Utility
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- wheels. Vehicle (SUV). SUV’s have higher
ards, follow these suggestions: • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- ground clearance and a narrower
• Drive cautiously and allow extra slip material under the drive track to make them capable of per-
distance for braking. wheels to provide traction when forming in a wide variety of off-road
stalled in ice, snow, or mud. applications. Specific design charac-
• Avoid sudden braking or steering. teristics give them a higher center of
• When braking with non-ABS gravity than ordinary vehicles. An
brakes pump the brake pedal with WARNING - Downshifting advantage of the higher ground
a light up-and-down motion until Downshifting with an automatic clearance is a better view of the
the vehicle is stopped. transaxle, while driving on slip- road, which allows you to anticipate
pery surfaces can cause an problems. They are not designed for
accident. The sudden change in cornering at the same speeds as
WARNING - ABS tire speed could cause the tires conventional passenger vehicles,
Do not pump the brake pedal on to skid. Be careful when down- any more than low-slung sports vehi-
a vehicle equipped with ABS. shifting on slippery surfaces. cles are designed to perform satis-
factorily in off-road conditions. Due to
this risk, driver and passengers are
strongly recommended to buckle
their seat belts. In a rollover crash,
an unbelted person is more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your
roof rack with heavy cargo, and
never modify your vehicle in any way.
5 57
Rocking the vehicle

WARNING - Rollover WARNING If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
As with other Sports Utility Your vehicle is equipped with to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate tires designed to provide safe first turn the steering wheel right and
this vehicle correctly may result ride and handling capability. Do left to clear the area around your
in loss of control, an accident or not use a size and type of tire front wheels. Then, shift back and
vehicle rollover. and wheel that is different from forth between 1st (First) and R
• Utility vehicles have a signifi- the one that is originally (Reverse) in vehicles equipped with
cantly higher rollover rate installed on your vehicle. It can a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)
than other types of vehicles. affect the safety and perform- and any forward gear in vehicles
ance of your vehicle, which equipped with an automatic
• Specific design characteris- could lead to steering failure or
tics (higher ground clearance, transaxle. Do not race the engine,
rollover and serious injury. and spin the wheels as little as pos-
narrower track, etc.) give this When replacing the tires, be
vehicle a higher center of sible. If you are still stuck after a few
sure to equip all four tires with tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a
gravity than ordinary vehicles. the tire and wheel of the same tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat-
• A SUV is not designed for cor- size, type, tread, brand and ing and possible damage to the
nering at the same speeds as load-carrying capacity. If you transaxle.
conventional vehicles. nevertheless decide to equip
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt your vehicle with any tire/wheel
maneuvers. combination not recommended CAUTION
• In a rollover crash, an unbelt- by Kia for off road driving, you Prolonged rocking may cause
ed person is significantly should not use these tires for engine overheating, transaxle
more likely to die than a per- highway driving. damage or failure, and tire dam-
son wearing a seat belt. Make age.
sure everyone in the vehicle is
properly buckled up.
5 58
Smooth cornering
WARNING - Spinning WARNING
tires If your vehicle becomes stuck in
Do not spin the wheels, espe- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
cially at speeds more than 56 may attempt to rock the vehicle
km/h (35 mph). Spinning the free by moving it forward and
wheels at high speeds when the backward. Do not attempt this
vehicle is stationary could procedure if people or objects
cause a tire to overheat which are anywhere near the vehicle.
could result in tire damage that During the rocking operation
may injure bystanders. the vehicle may suddenly move
forward or backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing
✽ NOTICE injury or damage to nearby peo- OUN056051
The ESC system (if equipped) ple or objects. Avoid braking or gear changing in
should be turned OFF prior to rock- corners, especially when roads are
ing the vehicle. wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration. If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
5 59
Driving at night • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain
glare from other driver's head-
lights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. (On vehicles not
equipped with the automatic head-
light aiming feature.) Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You
OCM053010
could be temporarily blinded, and it 1VQA3003
will take several seconds for your
Because night driving presents more eyes to readjust to the darkness. Rain and wet roads can make driving
hazards than driving in the daylight, dangerous, especially if you’re not
here are some important tips to prepared for the slick pavement.
remember: Here are a few things to consider
• Slow down and keep more dis- when driving in the rain:
tance between you and other vehi- • A heavy rainfall will make it harder
cles, as it may be more difficult to to see and will increase the dis-
see at night, especially in areas tance needed to stop your vehicle,
where there may not be any street so slow down.
lights. • Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
5 60
• If your tires are not in good condi- Driving off-road

tion, making a quick stop on wet Drive carefully off-road because your
WARNING
pavement can cause a skid and vehicle may be damaged by rocks or • Underinflated or overinflated
possibly lead to an accident. Be roots of trees. Become familiar with tires can cause poor handling,
sure your tires are in good shape. the off-road conditions where you loss of vehicle control, and
• Turn on your headlights to make it are going to drive before you begin sudden tire failure leading to
easier for others to see you. driving. accidents, injuries, and even
• Driving too fast through large pud- death. Always check tires for
dles can affect your brakes. If you proper inflation before driv-
Highway driving ing. For proper tire pressures,
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly. Tires refer to “Tires and wheels” in
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to section 8.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly specification. Low tire inflation pres- • Driving on tires with no or
while driving until normal braking sures will result in overheating and insufficient tread is danger-
operation returns. possible failure of the tires. ous. Worn-out tires can result
Avoid using worn or damaged tires in loss of vehicle control, col-
which may result in reduced traction lisions, injury, and even death.
Driving in flooded areas or tire failure. Worn-out tires should be
Avoid driving through flooded areas replaced as soon as possible
unless you are sure the water is no and should never be used for
higher than the bottom of the wheel ✽ NOTICE driving. Always check the tire
hub. Drive through any water slowly. Never exceed the maximum tire tread before driving your vehi-
Allow adequate stopping distance inflation pressure shown on the cle. For further information
because brake performance may be tires. and tread limits, refer to “Tires
affected. and wheels” in section 7.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them sev-
eral times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
5 61
Fuel, engine coolant and engine

oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-
get to check both the engine coolant
and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
5 62
WINTER DRIVING
Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of
on your tires. If snow tires are need- the same size and load range as the
ed, it is necessary to select tires original tires. Mount snow tires on all
equivalent in size and type of the four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
original equipment tires. Failure to do handling in all weather conditions.
so may adversely affect the safety Keep in mind that the traction provid-
and handling of your vehicle. ed by snow tires on dry roads may
Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel- not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
eration, sudden brake applications, inal equipment tires. You should drive
1VQA3005 and sharp turns are potentially very cautiously even when the roads are
Severe weather conditions in the hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for
winter result in greater wear and During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations.
other problems. To minimize the braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without
problems of winter driving, you brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic-
should follow these suggestions: roads may cause skids to occur. You ipal regulations for possible restric-
need to keep sufficient distance tions against their use.
between the vehicle in operation in
front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently. WARNING - Snow tire
size
Snow tires should be equivalent
in size and type to the vehicle's
standard tires. Otherwise, the
safety and handling of your
vehicle may be adversely affect-
ed.
5 63
Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil To keep locks from freezing
col coolant if necessary To keep the locks from freezing,
Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight" glycerine into the key opening. If a
cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
coolant that should be used because section 8 for recommendations. If an approved de-icing fluid to remove
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized you may be able to thaw it out by
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer. using a heated key. Handle the heat-
to replace or replenish your coolant ed key with care to avoid injury.
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. Before winter, Check spark plugs and igni-
have your coolant tested to assure tion system Use approved window washer
that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as anti-freeze in system
the temperatures anticipated during described in section 7 and replace To keep the water in the window
the winter. them if necessary. Also check all washer system from freezing, add an
ignition wiring and components to be approved window washer anti-freeze
sure they are not cracked, worn or solution in accordance with instruc-
Check battery and cables damaged in any way. tions on the container. Window wash-
Winter puts additional burdens on er anti-freeze is available from an
the battery system. Visually inspect authorized Kia dealer and most auto
the battery and cables as described parts outlets. Do not use engine
in section 7. The level of charge in coolant or other types of anti-freeze
your battery can be checked by an as these may damage the paint fin-
authorized Kia dealer or a service ish.
station.
5 64
Don’t let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment

freeze Depending on the severity of the
Under some conditions your parking weather, you should carry appropri-
brake can freeze in the engaged ate emergency equipment. Some of
position. This is most likely to hap- the items you may want to carry
pen when there is an accumulation include tow straps or chains, flash-
of snow or ice around or near the light, emergency flares, sand, shov-
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. el, jumper cables, window scraper,
If there is a risk the parking brake gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan-
may freeze, apply it only temporarily ket, etc.
while you put the gear shift lever in P
(Park, automatic transaxle) or in first
or reverse gear (manual transaxle)
and block the rear wheels so the
vehicle cannot roll. Then release the
parking brake.
Don't let ice and snow accu-

mulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.
5 65
TRAILER TOWING
If you are considering towing with Remember that trailering is different
your vehicle, you should first check WARNING - Weight than just driving your vehicle by itself.
with your country's Department of limits Trailering means changes in han-
Motor Vehicles to determine their Before towing, make sure the dling, durability, and fuel economy.
legal requirements. total trailer weight, GCW (gross Successful, safe trailering requires
Since laws vary the requirements for combination weight), GVW correct equipment, and it has to be
towing trailers, cars, or other types of (gross vehicle weight), GAW used properly.
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask (gross axle weight) and trailer
an authorized Kia dealer for further tongue load are all within the This section contains many time-
details before towing. limits. tested, important trailering tips and
safety rules. Many of these are
WARNING - Towing a important for your safety and that of
trailer CAUTION your passengers. Please read this
Pulling a trailer improperly can section carefully before you pull a
If you don't use the correct trailer.
equipment and/or drive improp- damage your vehicle and result
erly, you can lose control when in costly repairs not covered by
you pull a trailer. For example, if your warranty. To pull a trailer Load-pulling components such as
the trailer is too heavy, the correctly, follow the advice in the engine, transaxle, wheel assem-
brakes may not work well - or this section. blies, and tires are forced to work
even at all. You and your pas- harder against the load of the added
sengers could be seriously or weight. The engine is required to
fatally injured. Pull a trailer only Your vehicle can tow a trailer.* To operate at relatively higher speeds
if you have followed all the identify what the vehicle trailering and under greater loads. This addi-
steps in this section. capacity is for your vehicle, you tional burden generates extra heat.
should read the information in The trailer also adds considerably to
“Weight of the trailer” that appears wind resistance, increasing the
You may require an additional wiring later in this section.
harness connector to install a trailer pulling requirements.
hitch. Please contact an authorized
Kia dealer for more details.
5 66
Hitches Safety chains Trailer brakes

It's important to have the correct You should always attach chains If your trailer is equipped with a brak-
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large between your vehicle and your trail- ing system, make sure it conforms to
trucks going by, and rough roads are er. Cross the safety chains under the your state’s regulations and that it is
a few reasons why you’ll need the tongue of the trailer so that the properly installed and operating cor-
right hitch. Here are some rules to tongue will not drop to the road if it rectly.
follow: becomes separated from the hitch. If your trailer weight exceeds the
• Will you have to make any holes in Instructions about safety chains may maximum allowed weight without
the body of your vehicle when you be provided by the hitch manufactur- trailer brakes, then the trailer will also
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then er or by the trailer manufacturer. require its own brakes as well. Be
be sure to seal the holes later Follow the manufacturer’s recom- sure to read and follow the instruc-
when you remove the hitch. mendation for attaching safety tions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be
If you don’t seal them, deadly car- chains. Always leave just enough able to install, adjust and maintain
bon monoxide (CO) from your slack so you can turn with your trail- them properly.
exhaust can get into your vehicle, er. And, never allow safety chains to • Don’t tap into or modify your vehi-
as well as dirt and water. drag on the ground. cle's brake system.
• The bumpers on your vehicle are
not intended for hitches. Do not
attach rental hitches or other
WARNING - Trailer
bumper-type hitches to them. Use brakes
only a frame-mounted hitch that Do not use a trailer with its own
does not attach to the bumper. brakes unless you are absolute-
• Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail- ly certain that you have proper-
able at an authorized Kia dealer. ly set up the brake system. This
is not a task for amateurs. Use
an experienced, competent
trailer shop for this work.
5 67
Driving with a trailer Following distance Making turns

Towing a trailer requires a certain Stay at least twice as far behind the When you’re turning with a trailer,
amount of experience. Before setting vehicle ahead as you would when make wider turns than normal. Do
out for the open road, you must get driving your vehicle without a trailer. this so your trailer won’t strike soft
to know your trailer. Acquaint your- This can help you avoid situations shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
self with the feel of handling and that require heavy braking and sud- or other objects near the edge of the
braking with the added weight of the den turns. road. Avoid jerky or sudden maneu-
trailer. And always keep in mind that vers. Signal well in advance before
the vehicle you are driving is now a turning or lane changes.
Passing
good deal longer and not nearly so
responsive as your vehicle is by You’ll need more passing distance
itself. up ahead when you’re towing a trail-
er. And, because of the increased
Before you start, check the trailer vehicle length, you’ll need to go
hitch and platform, safety chains, much farther beyond the passed
electrical connector(s), lights, tires vehicle before you can return to your
and mirror adjustment. If the trailer lane. Due to the added load to the
has electric brakes, start your vehicle engine when going uphill the vehicle
and trailer moving and then apply the may also take longer to pass than it
trailer brake controller by hand to be would on flat ground.
sure the brakes are working. This lets
you check your electrical connection
at the same time. Backing up
During your trip, check occasionally Hold the bottom of the steering
to be sure that the load is secure, wheel with one hand. Then, to move
and that the lights and any trailer the trailer to the left, just move your
brakes are still working. hand to the left. To move the trailer to
the right, move your hand to the
right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.
5 68
Turn signals when towing a trailer Driving on grades

When you tow a trailer, your vehicle WARNING Reduce speed and shift to a lower
has to have a different turn signal Failure to use an approved trail- gear before you start down a long or
flasher and extra wiring. The green er wiring harness could result steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
arrows on your instrument panel will in damage to the vehicle electri- down, you might have to use your
flash whenever you signal a turn or cal system and/or personal brakes so much that they would get
lane change. Properly connected, injury. hot and no longer operate efficiently.
the trailer lights will also flash to alert On a long uphill grade, shift down
other drivers you’re about to turn, and reduce your speed to around 70
change lanes, or stop. km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possi-
When towing a trailer, the green bility of engine and transaxle over-
arrows on your instrument panel will heating.
flash for turns even if the bulbs on If your trailer weighs more than the
the trailer are burned out. Thus, you maximum trailer weight without trail-
may think drivers behind you are er brakes and you have an automat-
seeing your signals when, in fact, ic transaxle, you should drive in D
they are not. It’s important to check (Drive) when towing a trailer.
occasionally to be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working. You must also Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
check the lights every time you dis- when towing a trailer will minimize
connect and then reconnect the heat build up and extend the life of
wires. your transaxle.
Do not connect a trailer lighting sys-
tem directly to your vehicle’s lighting
system. Use only an approved trailer
wiring harness.
An authorized Kia dealer can assist
you in installing the wiring harness.
5 69
Parking on hills 2.If the vehicle has a manual

CAUTION Generally, if you have a trailer transaxle, place the vehicle in neu-
• When towing a trailer on steep attached to your vehicle, you should tral. If the vehicle has an automatic
grades (in excess of 6%) pay not park your vehicle on a hill. People transaxle, place the vehicle in P
close attention to the engine can be seriously or fatally injured, (Park).
coolant temperature gauge to and both your vehicle and the trailer 3.Set the parking brake and shut off
ensure the engine does not can be damaged if they unexpected- the engine.
overheat. ly roll downhill. 4.Place chocks under the trailer
If the needle of the coolant However, if you ever have to park wheels on the down hill side of the
temperature gauge moves your trailer on a hill, here's how to do wheels.
across the dial towards “H” it: 5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,
(HOT), pull over and stop as shift to neutral, release the parking
soon as it is safe to do so, and brake and slowly release the
allow the engine to idle until it WARNING - Parking on
a hill brakes until the trailer chocks
cools down. You may proceed absorb the load.
once the engine has cooled Parking your vehicle on a hill
sufficiently. with a trailer attached could 6.Reapply the brakes, reapply the
cause serious injury or death, parking brake and shift the vehicle
• You must decide driving to R (Reverse) for manual
speed depending on trailer should the trailer break loose or
brake stops working. transaxle or P (Park) for automatic
weight and uphill grade to transaxle.
reduce the possibility of
engine and transaxle over- 1.Pull the vehicle into the parking 7.Shut off the vehicle and release the
heating. space. Turn the steering wheel in vehicle brakes but leave the park-
the direction of the curb (right if ing brake set.
headed downhill, left if headed up
hill).
5 70
Maintenance when trailer tow-

WARNING - Parking ing CAUTION
brake Your vehicle will need service more • Due to higher load during
It can be dangerous to get out often when you regularly pull a trail- trailer usage, overheating
of your vehicle if the parking er. Important items to pay particular might occur in hot days or
brake is not firmly set. attention to include engine oil, auto- during uphill driving. If the
If you have left the engine run- matic transaxle fluid, axle lubricant coolant gauge indicates over-
ning, the vehicle can move sud- and cooling system fluid. Brake con- heating, switch off the A/C and
denly. You or others could be dition is another important item to stop the vehicle in a safe area
seriously or fatally injured. frequently check. Each item is cov- to cool down the engine.
ered in this manual, and the Index • When towing check transaxle
will help you find them quickly. If fluid more frequently.
When you are ready to leave after you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to
parking on a hill review these sections before you
1. With the manual transaxle in start your trip.
Neutral or automatic transaxle in P Don’t forget to also maintain your
(Park), apply your brakes and hold trailer and hitch. Follow the mainte-
the brake pedal down while you: nance schedule that accompanied
• Start your engine; your trailer and check it periodically.
Preferably, conduct the check at the
• Shift into gear; and start of each day’s driving. Most
• Release the parking brake. importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
2. Slowly remove your foot from the should be tight.
brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear
of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
5 71
kg (lbs.)
If you do decide to pull a trail- Gasoline Engine
er Engine
Here are some important points if 2.4L 3.3L
you decide to pull a trailer: Item
• Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a hitch dealer about sway 750 750
Without brake system
control. Maximum trailer (1,650) (1,650)
• Do not do any towing with your weight 907 907
With brake system
vehicle during its first 2,000 km (1,999) (1,999)
(1,200 miles) in order to allow the
engine to properly break in. Failure 127 159
Maximum tongue weight
to heed this caution may result in (280) (350)
serious engine or transaxle dam-
age. To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should
• When towing a trailer, be sure to read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this sec-
consult an authorized Kia dealer tion.
for further information on additional
requirements such as a towing kit,
etc.
• Always drive your vehicle at a mod-
erate speed (less than 100 km/h
(60 mph)).
• On a long uphill grade, do not
exceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or the
posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• The chart contains important con-
siderations that have to do with
weight:
5 72
Weight of the trailer Weight of the trailer tongue The trailer tongue should weigh a
maximum of 10% of the total loaded
trailer weight, within the limits of the
maximum permissible trailer tongue
load. After you've loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to correct them simply by mov-
ing some items around in the trailer.
Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight
C190E01JM C190E02JM
What is the maximum safe weight of The tongue load of any trailer is an
a trailer? It should never weigh more important weight to measure
than the maximum trailer weight with because it affects the total gross
trailer brakes. But even that can be vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi-
too heavy. cle. This weight includes the curb
It depends on how you plan to use weight of the vehicle, any cargo you
your trailer. For example, speed, alti- may carry in it, and the people who
tude, road grades, outside tempera- will be riding in the vehicle. And if you
ture and how often your vehicle is will tow a trailer, you must add the
used to pull a trailer are all important. tongue load to the GVW because
The ideal trailer weight can also your vehicle will also be carrying that
depend on any special equipment weight.
that you have on your vehicle.
5 73
WARNING - Trailer
• Never load a trailer with more
weight in the rear than in the
front. The front should be
loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load;
the rear should be loaded with
approximately 40% of the total
trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum
weight limits of the trailer or
trailer towing equipment.
Improper loading can result in
damage to your vehicle and/or
personal injury. Check
weights and loading at a com-
mercial scale or highway
patrol office equipped with
scales.
• An improperly loaded trailer
can cause loss of vehicle con-
trol.
5 74
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
OXM059100N/OXMA053203N/OXM059102N/OXMA053205 OXMA059102N/OXMA053204A/OXMA053200N/OXMA053206
Tire and loading information label

The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehi-
cle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.
5 75
Vehicle capacity weight: Seating capacity: Towing capacity:

5 persons : 420 kg (930 lbs.) Total - 5 persons - 2.4L Engine
7 persons : 506 kg (1120 lbs.) (Front seat : 2 persons, Without trailer brakes
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- : 750 kg (1650 lbs.)
mum combined weight of occupants - 7 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons, With trailer brakes
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight Rear seat : 5 persons) : 907 kg (2000 lbs.)
includes the tongue load. Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a - 3.3L Engine
driver, your vehicle may carry. Without trailer brakes
However, the seating capacity may : 750 kg (1650 lbs.)
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight With trailer brakes
of the cargo being carried or towed. : 907 kg (2000 lbs.)
Do not overload the vehicle as there - with trailer package
is a limit to the total weight, or load : 1588 kg (3500 lbs.)
limit including occupants and cargo, Towing capacity is the maximum
the vehicle can carry. trailer weight including its cargo
weight, your vehicle can tow.
5 76
Cargo capacity: Steps for determining correct load 5.Determine the combined weight of
The cargo capacity of your vehicle limit luggage and cargo being loaded
will increase or decrease depending 1.Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may not
on the weight and the number of bined weight of occupants and safely exceed the available cargo
occupants and the tongue load, if cargo should never exceed XXX kg and luggage load capacity calcu-
your vehicle is equipped with a trail- or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac- lated in Step 4.
er. ard. 6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
2.Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be
the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult
be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
3.Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your vehi-
the driver and passengers from cle.
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg
(1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68
kg (150 lbs.) passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity
is 295 kg (650 lbs).
(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or
1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5 77
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
A B C A B C A B C
C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM
Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total

Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Vehicle Capacity 635 kg
A A A
Weight (1400 lbs) Weight (1400 lbs) Weight (1400 lbs)
Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant
136 kg 340 kg 390 kg
B Weight B Weight B Weight
(300 lbs) (750 lbs)
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 78 kg (172 lbs) × 5 (860 lbs)
Available Cargo and 499 kg Available Cargo and 295 kg Available Cargo and 245 kg
C C C
Luggage weight (1100 lbs) Luggage weight (650 lbs) Luggage weight (540 lbs)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
5 78
Certification label The label will help you decide how

The certification label is located on
WARNING - Over much cargo and installed equipment
the driver's door sill at the center pil- loading your vehicle can carry.
lar. • Never exceed the GVWR for
This label shows the maximum your vehicle, the GAWR for If you carry items inside your vehicle
allowable weight of the fully loaded either the front or rear axle - like suitcases, tools, packages, or
vehicle. This is called the GVWR and vehicle capacity weight. anything else - they are moving as
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The Exceeding these ratings can fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
GVWR includes the weight of the cause an accident or vehicle or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and damage. You can calculate the the items will keep going and can
cargo. weight of your load by weigh- cause an injury if they strike the driv-
ing the items (or people) er or a passenger.
This label also tells you the maxi- before putting them in the
mum weight that can be supported vehicle. Be careful not to over-
by the front and rear axles, called load your vehicle.
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
• Do not load your vehicle any
To find out the actual loads on your heavier than the GVWR, either
front and rear axles, you need to go the maximum front or rear
to a weigh station and weigh your GAWR and vehicle capacity
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with weight. If you do, parts,
this. Be sure to spread out your load including tires on your vehicle
equally on both sides of the center- can break, and it can change
line. the way your vehicle handles
and braking ability. This could
cause you to lose control and
crash. Also, overloading can
shorten the life of your vehi-
cle.
5 79
WARNING CAUTION WARNING - Loose cargo

• Overloading your vehicle can • Overloading your vehicle may Items you carry inside your
cause heat buildup in your cause damage. Repairs would vehicle can strike and injure
vehicle's tires and possible not be covered by your war- occupants in a sudden stop or
tire failure that could lead to a ranty. Do not overload your turn, or in a crash.
crash. vehicle. • Put items in the cargo area of
• Overloading your vehicle can • Using heavier suspension your vehicle. Try to spread the
cause increased stopping dis- components to get added weight evenly.
tances that could lead to a durability might not change • Never stack items, like suit-
crash. your weight ratings. Ask your cases, inside the vehicle
• A crash resulting from poor dealer to help you load your above the tops of the seats.
handling vehicle damage, tire vehicle the right way.
• Do not leave an unsecured
failure, or increased stopping child restraint in your vehicle.
distances could result in seri-
ous injury or death. • When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
• Do not drive with a seat folded
down unless necessary.
5 80
VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY

This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR
proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating)
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable
weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle
bility, with or without a trailer.
(including all options, equipment,
Properly loading your vehicle will
GAW (Gross axle weight) passengers and cargo). The GVWR
provide maximum return of the vehi-
is shown on the certification label
cle design performance. Before load- This is the total weight placed on located on the driver’s door sill.
ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself each axle (front and rear) - including
with the following terms for determin- vehicle curb weight and all payload.
ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the certification GAWR
label: (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
Base curb weight weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
This is the weight of the vehicle
are shown on the certification label.
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not The total load on each axle must
include passengers, cargo, or option- never exceed its GAWR.
al equipment.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
Vehicle curb weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus
This is the weight of your new vehicle actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
when you picked it up from your deal- gers.
er plus any aftermarket equipment.
5 81
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 6
• Use of temporary compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flasher It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
■ Type A
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center
console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher oper-

OXM063002 ates whether your vehicle is run-
■ Type B
ning or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
OXM063001
The hazard warning flasher serves

as a warning to other drivers to exer-
cise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
6 2
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING

If the engine stalls at a cross- 2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn If the engine stalls while driv-
road or crossing on your emergency hazard flashing
ers, set the parking brake and put
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or 1.Reduce your speed gradually,
the transaxle in P (Park, automatic
crossing, set the shift lever in the N keeping a straight line. Move cau-
transaxle) or reverse (manual
(Neutral) position and then push the tiously off the road to a safe place.
transaxle).
vehicle to a safe place. 2.Turn on your emergency flashers.
3.Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on 3.Try to start the engine again. If your
If you have a flat tire while the side of the vehicle that is away vehicle will not start, contact an
driving from traffic. authorized Kia dealer or seek other
qualified assistance.
If a tire goes flat while you are driv- 4.When changing a flat tire, follow
ing: the instruction provided later in this
1.Take your foot off the accelerator section. ✽ NOTICE
pedal and let the vehicle slow If there was a check engine light and
down while driving straight ahead. loss of power or stall and if safe to do
Do not apply the brakes immedi- so to wait at least 10 seconds to
ately or attempt to pull off the road restart the vehicle after it stalls. This
as this may cause a loss of control. may reset the car so it will no longer
When the vehicle has slowed to run at low power (limp home) condi-
such a speed that it is safe to do tion.
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on a firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
6 3
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally
turns over slowly WARNING but does not start
1.If your vehicle has an automatic If the engine will not start, do 1.Check the fuel level.
transaxle, be sure the shift lever is not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could result in a 2.With the ignition switch in the
in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the LOCK position, check all connec-
emergency brake is set. collision or cause other dam-
age. In addition, push or pull tors at the ignition coils and spark
2.Check the battery connections to starting may cause the catalytic plugs. Reconnect any that may be
be sure they are clean and tight. converter to overload and cre- disconnected or loose.
3.Turn on the interior light. If the light ate a fire hazard. 3.Check the fuel line in the engine
dims or goes out when you operate compartment.
the starter, the battery is dis- 4.If the engine still does not start, call
charged. an authorized Kia dealer or seek
4.Check the starter connections to other qualified assistance.
be sure they are securely tight-
ened.
5.Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
6 4
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jumper Cables Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
WARNING - Battery
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid • Keep all flames or sparks
harm to yourself or damage to your away from the battery. The
vehicle or battery, follow these jump battery produces hydrogen
(-) starting procedures. If in doubt, we gas which may explode if
(+)
(-) strongly recommend that you have a exposed to flame or sparks.
competent technician or towing serv- If these instructions are not
(+) Discharged ice jump start your vehicle. followed exactly, serious per-
Booster
battery
battery sonal injury and damage to
the vehicle may occur! If you
1VQA4001 CAUTION are not sure how to follow this
Connect cables in numerical order Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- procedure, seek qualified
and disconnect in reverse order. tem. You can damage a 12-volt assistance. Automobile bat-
starting motor, ignition system, teries contain sulfuric acid.
and other electrical parts This is poisonous and highly
beyond repair by use of a 24- corrosive. When jump start-
volt power supply (either two ing, wear protective glasses
12-volt batteries in series or a and be careful not to get acid
24-volt motor generator set). on yourself, your clothing or
on the vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start
the vehicle if the discharged
WARNING - Battery battery is frozen or if the elec-
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level is low; the battery
trolyte level of the battery as may rupture or explode.
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode causing seri-
ous injury.
6 5
Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to Push-starting

1.Make sure the booster battery is contact anything except the correct Vehicles equipped with automatic
12-volt and that its negative termi- battery terminals or the correct transaxle lock system cannot be
nal is grounded. ground. Do not lean over the bat- push-started.
tery when making connections.
2.If the booster battery is in another Follow the directions in this section
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to for jump-starting.
come in contact. CAUTION - Battery
3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical cables
loads. Do not connect the jumper WARNING
4.Connect the jumper cables in the cable from the negative terminal Never tow a vehicle to start it
exact sequence shown in the illus- of the booster battery to the because the sudden surge for-
tration. First connect one end of a negative terminal of the dis- ward when the engine starts
jumper cable to the positive termi- charged battery. This can cause could cause a collision with the
nal of the discharged battery (1), the discharged battery to over- tow vehicle.
then connect the other end to the heat and crack, releasing bat-
positive terminal of the booster tery acid.
battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the 5.Start the engine of the vehicle with
other jumper cable to the negative the booster battery and let it run at
terminal of the booster battery (3), 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of
then the other end to a solid, sta- the vehicle with the discharged
tionary, metallic point (for example, battery.
the engine lifting bracket) away If the cause of your battery discharg-
from the battery (4). Do not con- ing is not apparent, you should have
nect it to or near any part that your vehicle checked by an author-
moves when the engine is cranked. ized Kia dealer.
6 6
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicates 4.Check to see if the water pump
overheating, you experience a loss drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING
of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the radiator cap
knocking, the engine will probably be tight. If the drive belt seems to be when the engine is hot. This
too hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant leak- may result in coolant being
ing from the radiator, hoses or blown out of the opening and
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon under the vehicle. (If the air condi- cause serious burns.
as it is safe to do so. tioning had been in use, it is nor-
mal for cold water to be draining
2.Place the shift lever in P (Park, from it when you stop). 6.If you cannot find the cause of the
automatic transaxle) or Neutral overheating, wait until the engine
(manual transaxle) and set the temperature has returned to nor-
parking brake. If the air condition- WARNING
mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
ing is on, turn it off. While the engine is running, carefully add coolant to the reser-
3.If engine coolant is running out keep hair, hands and clothing voir to bring the fluid level in the
under the vehicle or steam is com- away from moving parts such reservoir up to the halfway mark.
ing out from underneath the hood, as the fan and drive belts to pre-
vent injury. 7.Proceed with caution, keeping
stop the engine. Do not open the alert for further signs of overheat-
hood until the coolant has stopped ing. If overheating happens again,
running or the steaming has 5.If the water pump drive belt is bro- call an authorized Kia dealer for
stopped. If there is no visible loss ken or engine coolant is leaking assistance.
of engine coolant and no steam, out, stop the engine immediately
leave the engine running and and call the nearest authorized Kia
check to be sure the engine cool- dealer for assistance. CAUTION
ing fan is operating. If the fan is not Serious loss of coolant indi-
running, turn the engine off. cates there is a leak in the cool-
ing system and this should be
checked as soon as possible by
6 7
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

Jack and tools Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency WARNING - Changing
tire changing only. tires
To prevent the jack from “rattling” • Never attempt vehicle repairs
while the vehicle is in motion, store it in the traffic lanes of a public
properly. road or highway.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce • Always move the vehicle com-
the possibility of personal injury. pletely off the road and onto
the shoulder before trying to
change a tire. The jack should
be used on a firm level
ground. If you cannot find a
OXM063003
firm, level place off the road,
call a towing service company
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut for assistance.
wrench are stored in the luggage • Be sure to use the correct
compartment. front and rear jacking posi-
Pull up the luggage box cover to tions on the vehicle; never
reach this equipment. use the bumpers or any other
(1) Jack handle part of the vehicle for jack
support.
(2) Jack
(Continued)
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
(4) Socket
6 8
(Continued) Removing and storing the

spare tire
• The vehicle can easily roll off
the jack causing serious
injury or death. No person
should place any portion of
their body under a vehicle that
is supported only by a jack;
use vehicle support stands.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack. OXM063005
• Do not allow anyone to remain 3.Connect the socket and wheel lug
in the vehicle while it is on the nut wrench.
jack. OXM063004
4.Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
• Make sure any children pres- Your spare tire is stored underneath loosen the bolt enough to lower the
ent are in a secure place away your vehicle, directly below the cargo spare tire.
from the road and from the area.
vehicle to be raised with the Turn the wrench counterclockwise
To remove the spare tire: until the spare tire reaches the
jack. 1.Open the tailgate. ground.
2.Find the hex bolt cover and bend
the cover back.
6 9
WARNING
Ensure the spare tire retainer is
properly aligned with the center
of the spare tire to prevent the
spare tire from “rattling”.
Otherwise, it may cause the
spare tire to fall off the carrier
and lead to an accident.
OXM069004 OXM069005
5.After the spare tire reaches the To store the spare tire:
ground, continue to turn the 1.Lay the tire on the ground with the
wrench counterclockwise, and valve stem facing up.
draw the spare tire outside. Never
rotate the wrench excessively, oth- 2.Place the wheel under the vehicle
erwise the spare tire carrier may be and install the retainer (1) through
damaged. the wheel center.
6.Remove the retainer (1) from the 3.Turn the wrench clockwise until it
center of the spare tire. clicks.
6 10
Changing tires
WARNING - Changing
a tire
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
1VQA4023 blocked, and that no person
1VQA4022 4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, remain in a vehicle that is
jack, jack handle, and spare tire being jacked.
1.Park on a level surface and apply from the vehicle.
the parking brake firmly. 5.Block both the front and rear of the
2.Place the transaxle shift lever in R wheel that is diagonally opposite
(Reverse) with manual transaxle or from the jack position.
P (Park) with automatic transaxle.
3.Activate the hazard warning flash-
ers.
6 11
OXM069006 OCM054013 OAM069009

6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter- 7.Place the jack at the front or rear 8.Insert the jack handle into the jack
clockwise one turn each, but do jacking position closest to the tire and turn it clockwise, raising the
not remove any nut until the tire you are changing. Place the jack at vehicle until the tire just clears the
has been raised off the ground. the designated locations under the ground. This measurement is
frame. approximately 30 mm (1 in.).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-
WARNING - Jack ble and that there is no chance for
location movement or slippage.
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
6 12
9.Loosen the wheel nuts and remove 10. To install the wheel, hold it on the
them with your fingers. Slide the WARNING studs, put the wheel nuts on the
wheel off the studs and lay it flat so Wheels may have sharp edges. studs and tighten them finger
it cannot roll away. To put the wheel Handle them carefully to avoid tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
on the hub, pick up the spare tire, possible severe injury. Before completely seated, then tighten
line up the holes with the studs and putting the wheel into place, be the nuts as much as possible
slide the wheel onto them. If this is sure that there is nothing on the with your fingers again.
difficult, tip the wheel slightly and hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, 11. Insert the wrench into the jack
get the top hole in the wheel lined gravel, etc.) that prevents the and lower the vehicle to the
up with the top stud. Then jiggle the wheel from fitting solidly ground by turning the wheel nut
wheel back and forth until the against the hub. wrench counterclockwise.
wheel can slide over the other
If there is, remove it. If the con-
studs.
tact of the mounting surface
between the wheel and hub is
not good, the wheel nuts could
come loose and cause the loss
of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may
result in loss of control of the
vehicle. This may cause serious
injury or death.
6 13
If you have a tire gauge, remove the

valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION
If the pressure is lower than recom- Your vehicle has metric threads
mended, drive slowly to the nearest on the wheel studs and nuts.
service station and inflate to the cor- Make certain during wheel
rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust removal that the same nuts that
it until it is correct. Always reinstall were removed are reinstalled -
the valve cap after checking or or, if replaced, that nuts with
adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap metric threads and the same
is not replaced, dust and dirt may get chamfer configuration are used.
into the tire valve and air may leak Installation of a non-metric
OUN047019 from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, thread nut on a metric stud or
buy another and install it as soon as vice-versa will not secure the
Then position the wrench as shown possible. wheel to the hub properly and
in the drawing and tighten the wheel will damage the stud so that it
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place must be replaced.
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an and return the jack and tools to their Note that most lug nuts do not
extension pipe over the wrench han- proper storage locations. have metric threads. Be sure to
dle. Go around the wheel tightening use extreme care in checking
every nut following the numerical for thread style before installing
sequence shown in the image until aftermarket lug nuts or wheels.
they are all tight. Then double-check If in doubt, consult an author-
each nut for tightness. After changing ized Kia dealer.
wheels, have an authorized Kia deal-
er tighten the wheel nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:

9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)
6 14
Important - use of compact spare

WARNING - Wheel studs tire (if equipped) WARNING
If the studs are damaged, they Your vehicle is equipped with a com- The compact spare tire is for
may lose their ability to retain pact spare tire. This compact spare emergency use only. Do not
the wheel. This could lead to the tire takes up less space than a regu- operate your vehicle on this
loss of the wheel and a collision lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a compact spare at speeds over
resulting in serious injuries. conventional tire and is designed for 80 km/h (50 mph). The original
temporary use only. tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to
To prevent the jack, jack handle, avoid failure of the spare possi-
wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire CAUTION bly leading to personal injury or
from rattling while the vehicle is in • You should drive carefully death.
motion, store them properly. when the compact spare is in
use. The compact spare
WARNING - Inadequate should be replaced by the The compact spare should be inflat-
proper conventional tire and ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).
spare tire pressure
rim at the first opportunity.
Check the inflation pressures
as soon as possible after • The operation of this vehicle ✽ NOTICE
installing the spare tire. Adjust is not recommended with Check the inflation pressure after
it to the specified pressure, if more than one compact spare installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
necessary. Refer to “Tires and tire in use at the same time. the specified pressure, as necessary.
wheels” in section 8.
6 15
When using a compact spare tire, • Avoid driving over obstacles. The • The compact spare tire should not
observe the following precautions: compact spare tire diameter is be used on any other wheels, nor
• Under no circumstances should smaller than the diameter of a con- should standard tires, snow tires,
you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a ventional tire and reduces the wheel covers or trim rings be used
higher speed could damage the ground clearance approximately with the compact spare wheel. If
tire. 25 mm (1 inch), which could result such use is attempted, damage to
in damage to the vehicle. these items or other vehicle com-
• Ensure that you drive slowly ponents may occur.
enough for the road conditions to • Do not take this vehicle through an
avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, automatic vehicle wash while the • Do not use more than one compact
such as a pothole or debris, could compact spare tire is installed. spare tire at a time.
seriously damage the compact • Do not use the compact spare tire • Do not tow a trailer while the com-
spare. on any other vehicle because this pact spare tire is installed.
• Any continuous road use of this tire tire has been designed especially
could result in tire failure, loss of for your vehicle.
vehicle control, and possible per- • The compact spare tire’s tread life
sonal injury. is shorter than a regular tire.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- Inspect your compact spare tire
mum load rating or the load-carry- regularly and replace worn com-
ing capacity shown on the sidewall pact spare tires with the same size
of the compact spare tire. and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
6 16
TOWING
Towing service For trailer towing guidelines informa-
tion, refer to “Trailer towing” in sec- WARNING
tion 5. If your vehicle is equipped with
side and curtain air bag, set the
On 4WD vehicles, your vehicle must ignition switch to LOCK or ACC
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies position when the vehicle is
or flatbed equipment with all the being towed.
wheels off the ground. The side and curtain air bag
may deploy when the ignitions
is ON, and the rollover sensor
CAUTION detects the situation as a
The 4WD vehicle should never rollover.
be towed with the wheels on the
dolly ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transaxle or the
4WD system.
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to

dolly
tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
OXM069028 on the ground (without dollies) and
the front wheels off the ground.
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
authorized Kia dealer or a commer- pension components are damaged
cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting or the vehicle is being towed with the
and towing procedures are neces- front wheels on the ground, use a
sary to prevent damage to the vehi- towing dolly under the front wheels.
cle. The use of wheel dollies or When being towed by a commercial
flatbed is recommended. tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
6 17
When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
OUN046030
CAUTION
Failure to place the transaxle
shift lever in N (Neutral) may
cause internal damage to the
transaxle.
OCM054034
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle back-
wards with the front wheels on
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
6 18
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 • Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 • Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 • Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 • For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-27 • Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 • Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 • Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-50
• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 • Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35 • Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Brake/clutch fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 • Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
• Checking the brake/clutch fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 • Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 • Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 • Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38 • Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55 7
• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38 • Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
7
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ 2.4L GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Positive battery terminal
7. Negative battery terminal
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
9. Radiator cap
10. Engine oil dipstick
* : if equipped
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OXMA072001
7 3
Maintenance
■ 3.3L GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Negative battery terminal
7. Positive battery terminal
8. Radiator cap
9. Engine oil dipstick
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
* if equipped
* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OXMA073001
7 4
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility We recommend you have your vehi-
to prevent damage to your vehicle cle maintained and repaired by an
and injury to yourself whenever per- authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record quality standards and receives tech-
Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- nical support from Kia in order to pro-
cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. vide you with a high level of service
your vehicle, we strongly recom- satisfaction.
mend that you have an authorized You should retain documents that
Kia dealer perform this work. show proper maintenance has been
An authorized Kia dealer has factory performed on your vehicle in accor-
trained technicians and genuine Kia dance with the scheduled mainte-
parts to service your vehicle proper- nance service charts shown on the
ly. For expert advice and quality serv- following pages. You need this infor-
ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. mation to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
requirements of your vehicle war-
cient servicing may result in opera-
ranties.
tional problems with your vehicle that
Detailed warranty information is pro-
could lead to vehicle damage, an
vided in your Warranty & Consumer
accident, or personal injury.
Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
7 5
Maintenance
Owner maintenance precau-

tions WARNING -
Improper or incomplete service may
Maintenance work
result in problems. This section gives • Performing maintenance work
instructions only for the maintenance on a vehicle can be danger-
items that are easy to perform. ous. You can be seriously
injured while performing some
As explained earlier in this section,
maintenance procedures. If
several procedures can be done only
you lack sufficient knowledge
by an authorized Kia dealer with spe-
and experience or the proper
cial tools.
tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an
✽ NOTICE authorized Kia dealer.
Improper owner maintenance dur- • Working under the hood with
ing the warranty period may affect the engine running is danger-
warranty coverage. For details, read ous. It becomes even more
the separate Warranty & Consumer dangerous when you wear
Information manual provided with jewelry or loose clothing.
the vehicle. If you're unsure about These can become entangled
any servicing or maintenance proce- in moving parts and result in
dure, have it done by an authorized injury. Therefore, if you must
Kia dealer. run the engine while working
under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry
(especially rings, bracelets,
watches, and necklaces) and
all neckties, scarves, and sim-
ilar loose clothing before get-
ting near the engine or cooling
fans.
7 6
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle:
and inspections that should be per- • Note any changes in the sound of
formed by the owner or an author-
When you stop for fuel:
the exhaust or any smell of
ized Kia dealer at the frequencies • Check the engine oil level.
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in the
dependable operation of your vehi- • Check for vibrations in the steering
coolant reservoir.
cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer-
• Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer-
Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight-
brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position.
er as soon as possible.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
These Owner Maintenance Checks turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
are generally not covered by war- WARNING
when traveling on smooth, level
ranties and you may be charged for Be careful when checking your road.
labor, parts and lubricants used. engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot • When stopping, listen and check
coolant and steam may blow for unusual sounds, pulling to one
out under pressure. This could side, increased brake pedal travel
cause burns or other serious or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
injury. • If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check the automatic transaxle P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
7 7
Maintenance
At least monthly: At least once a year:

• Check the coolant level in the • Clean the body and door drain
engine coolant reservoir. holes.
• Check the operation of all exterior • Lubricate the door hinges and
lights, including the stoplights, turn checks, and hood hinges.
signals and hazard warning flash- • Lubricate the door and hood locks
ers. and latches.
• Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather-
tires including the spare. strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
At least twice a year • Inspect and lubricate the automat-
(i.e., every Spring and Fall): ic transaxle linkage and controls.
• Check the radiator, heater and air • Clean the battery and terminals.
conditioning hoses for leaks or • Check the brake fluid level.
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
7 8
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE

Follow the Normal Maintenance If your vehicle is operated under the
Schedule if the vehicle is usually above conditions, you should
operated where none of the following inspect, replace or refill more fre-
conditions apply. If any of the follow- quently than the following Normal
ing conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Schedule. After 120
Maintenance Under Severe Usage months or 240,000 km (150,000
Conditions. miles) continue to follow the pre-
• Repeated short distance driving. scribed maintenance intervals.
• Driving in dusty conditions or
sandy areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are being used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in
cold temperatures and/or extreme-
ly humid climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy
city traffic during hot weather
above 32°C (90°F).
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.
Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the
frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one *3 : Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed
bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are avail- anytime they have been submerged in water.
able from your authorized Kia dealer along with infor- * : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine
4
mation on how to use them. Do not mix other addi- vibration and adjust if necessary.
tives.
* : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur
5
* : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be

2
or tension is reduced excessively.
maintenance free but periodic inspection is recom-
mended for this maintenance schedule depends on
fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters
like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard
starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediate-
ly regardless of maintenance schedule and consult
an authorized Kia dealer for details.
7 10
Maintenance

12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months
❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter *6 ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
(12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Add fuel additive *1
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
(12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months)
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD)
❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
joint, upper arm ball joint
replace.
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake pedal free play
❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks

replace.
7 11
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
(36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 36 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
(36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 36 months) ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD)
❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
replace.
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
(Continued)
7 12
Maintenance

(Continued) 60,000 km (37,500 miles) or 30 months
❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Rotate tire

❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect battery condition
(48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 48 months) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect vacuum hose
(48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 48 months) ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid
❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections (Every 40,000 miles or 48 months)
❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *3
❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect transfer case oil (AWD) *3
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or (60,000 km (37,500 miles) or 60 months)
replace.
replace.
7 13
Maintenance


❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (84,000 km (52,500 miles) or 84 months)
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Add fuel additive *1
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD)
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
joint, upper arm ball joint replace.
❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks

replace.
7 14
Maintenance

96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months (Continued)
❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect drive belts
❑ Inspect battery condition (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months
❑ Inspect vacuum hose after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers (96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 96 months)
❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Add fuel additive *1
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 96 months)
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Replace coolant
joint, upper arm ball joint (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks
❑ Inspect parking brake ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❑ Inspect valve clearance *4
(Continued)
7 15
Maintenance

❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
(108,000 km (67,500 miles) or 108 months) ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD)
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
replace.
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid
(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months)
❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *3
❑ Inspect transfer case oil (AWD) *3
❑ Inspect drive belts
(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months
after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)*5
(Continued)
7 16
Maintenance

❑ Replace climate control air filter ❑ Rotate tire
(for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
(120,000 km (75,000 miles) or 120 months) ❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(120,000 km (75,000 miles) or 120 months) (132,000 km (82,500 miles) or 132 months)
❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Add fuel additive *1
❑ Inspect brake pedal free play (132,000 km (82,500 miles) or 132 months)
❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play
replace. ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 17
Maintenance

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Replace climate control air filter

❑ Inspect battery condition (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Replace coolant
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections
joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5
(Continued)
7 18
Maintenance


replace.
❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)
(Continued)
7 19
Maintenance

❑ Add fuel additive *

1 ❑ Rotate tire
(168,000 km (105,000 miles) or 168 months) ❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid
(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *3
replace. ❑ Inspect transfer case oil (AWD) *3
replace.
7 20
Maintenance

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Inspect battery condition (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Replace coolant
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections
joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 replace.
❑ Inspect valve clearance *4
(Continued)
7 21
Maintenance


❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
replace.
❑ Replace spark plugs
(Continued)
7 22
Maintenance

❑ Add fuel additive *
1 ❑ Rotate tire
(216,000 km (135,000 miles) or 216 months) ❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Add fuel additive *1
replace. (228,000 km (142,500 miles) or 228 months)
replace.
7 23
Maintenance

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid
❑ Inspect battery condition (Every 40,000 miles or 48 months)
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect drive belts
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Replace coolant
joint, upper arm ball joint (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Add fuel additive *1
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 (240,000 km (150,000 miles) or 240 months)
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play
❑ Inspect parking brake ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *3 replace.
❑ Inspect transfer case oil (AWD) *3
(Continued) No check, No service required
❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
7 24
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE DRIVING CONDI-
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
OPERATION TION
EVERY 6,000 KM (3,750 MILES) A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R
OR 6 MONTHS H, I, J, K
AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E
SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 96,000 KM (60,000 MILES) A, C, E, F, G, I
MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 120,000 KM (80,000 MILES) C, E, F, G, I, J
FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS, CALIPERS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H
REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H
PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H
STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE &

BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I
UPPER ARM BALL JOINT
7 25
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE DRIVING CONDI-

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
OPERATION TION
EVERY 12,000 KM (7,500 MILES) OR
DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
6 MONTHS
TRANSFER CASE OIL (AWD) R EVERY 120,000 KM (75,000 MILES) C, D, E, G, H, I, J
REAR AXLE OIL (AWD) R EVERY 120,000 KM (75,000 MILES) C, D, E, G, H, I, J
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E
UNIT)
EVERY 12,000 KM (7,500 MILES) OR
PROPELLER SHAFT I C, E
6 MONTHS
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F)
in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez- G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
ing temperature H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
tances towing
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- J - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph)
spread roads K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
E - Driving in sandy areas
7 26
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (cartridge) Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
The engine oil and filter should be A clogged filter can limit the speed at nections
changed at the intervals specified in which the vehicle may be driven, Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
the maintenance schedule. If the damage the emission system and connections for leakage and dam-
vehicle is being driven in severe con- cause multiple issues such as hard age. Have an authorized Kia dealer
ditions, more frequent oil and filter starting. If an excessive amount of replace any damaged or leaking
changes are required. foreign matter accumulates in the parts immediately.
fuel tank, the filter may require
replacement more frequently.
Drive belts Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
After installing a new filter, run the
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of engine for several minutes, and The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil check for leaks at the connections. should be inspected at those inter-
saturation and replace if necessary. Fuel filters should be installed by an vals specified in the maintenance
Drive belts should be checked peri- authorized Kia dealer. schedule. Make sure that a new
odically for proper tension and vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-
adjusted as necessary. rectly replaced.
7 27
Maintenance
Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Cooling system

hoses (if equipped) A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is Check the cooling system compo-
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- recommended when the filter is nents, such as the radiator, coolant
dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. reservoir, hoses and connections for
damage. Hard and brittle rubber, leakage and damage. Replace any
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and damaged parts.
excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs
ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs
paid to examine those hose surfaces of the correct heat range. Coolant
nearest to high heat sources, such The coolant should be changed at
as the exhaust manifold. the intervals specified in the mainte-
Valve clearance (if equipped) nance schedule.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in con- Inspect for excessive valve noise
tact with any heat source, sharp and/or engine vibration and adjust if
edges or moving components which necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
might cause heat damage or should perform the operation.
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are pres-
ent. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
7 28
Maintenance
Automatic transaxle fluid Brake hoses and lines

Visually check for proper installation,
Automatic transaxle fluid should not The use of a non-specified fluid chafing, cracks, deterioration and
be checked under normal usage could result in transaxle mal- any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-
conditions. function and failure. ed or damaged parts immediately.
But in severe conditions, the fluid Use only specified automatic
should be changed at an authorized transaxle fluid. (Refer to
“Recommended lubricants and Brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid
Kia dealer in accordance to the
scheduled maintenance at the begin- capacities” in section 8.) Check the brake fluid level in the
ning of this section. brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
Manual transaxle fluid hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
(if equipped) DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Inspect the manual transaxle fluid
according to the maintenance sched-
ule.
✽ NOTICE
Automatic transaxle fluid color is
basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the auto-
matic transaxle fluid will begin to
look darker.
It is the normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace
the fluid based upon the changed
color.
7 29
Maintenance
Parking brake Suspension mounting bolts Drive shafts and boots

Inspect the parking brake system Check the suspension connections Check the drive shafts, boots and
including the parking brake lever (or for looseness or damage. Retighten clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
pedal) and cables. to the specified torque. damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Brake discs, pads, calipers Steering gear box, linkage &
and rotors boots/lower arm ball joint
Check the pads for excessive wear, Air conditioning refrigerant
With the vehicle stopped and engine
discs for run out and wear, and off, check for excessive free-play in Check the air conditioning lines and
calipers for fluid leakage. the steering wheel. connections for leakage and dam-
age.
Check the linkage for bends or dam-
Exhaust pipe and muffler age. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, damage. Replace any damaged
muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- parts.
rioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con- Power steering pump, belt and
nections or replace parts as neces- hoses (if equipped)
sary.
Check the power steering pump and
hoses for leakage and damage.
Replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately. Inspect the power
steering belt (or drive belt) for evi-
dence of cuts, cracks, excessive
wear, oiliness and proper tension.
Replace or adjust it if necessary.
7 30
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a ■ Type A
■ Type A few minutes (about 5 minutes) for

the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
WARNING - Radiator
hose
Be very careful not to touch the
OXM079005
radiator hose when checking or ■ Type B
OXM079004 adding the engine oil as it may
■ Type B be hot enough to burn you.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
CAUTION
• Do not overfill the engine oil. It
may damage the engine. OXMA073005
OXMA073004 • Do not spill engine oil, when If it is near or at L, add enough oil to
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level adding or changing engine bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
ground. oil. If you drop the engine oil
2. Start the engine and allow it to on the engine room, wipe it off Use a funnel to help prevent oil
reach normal operating tempera- immediately. from being spilled on engine com-
ture. ponents.
7 31
Maintenance
Use only the specified engine oil. Changing the engine oil and
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants filter
and capacities” in section 8.)
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this section.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irri-
tation or cancer of the skin if
left in contact with the skin for
prolonged periods of time.
Always protect your skin by
washing your hands thoroughly
with soap and warm water as
soon as possible after handling
used oil.
7 32
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level (Continued)
has a reservoir filled with year round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is When you are sure all the
WARNING pressure has been released,
filled at the factory.
Removing radiator press down on the cap, using
Check the antifreeze protection and cap a thick towel, and continue
coolant level at least once a year, at
turning counterclockwise to
the beginning of the winter season,
remove it.
and before traveling to a colder cli-
mate. • Even if the engine is not oper-
• Never attempt to remove the ating, do not remove the radi-
radiator cap while the engine ator cap or the drain plug
is operating or hot. Doing so while the engine and radiator
might lead to cooling system are hot. Hot coolant and
and engine damage and could steam may still blow out
result in serious personal under pressure, causing seri-
injury from escaping hot ous injury.
coolant or steam.
• Turn the engine off and wait
until it cools down. Use
extreme care when removing
the radiator cap. Wrap a thick
towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to
the first stop. Step back while
the pressure is released from
the cooling system.
(Continued)
7 33
Maintenance
Recommended engine coolant

WARNING • When adding coolant, use only
The electric motor deionized water or soft water for
(cooling fan) is con- your vehicle and never mix hard
trolled by the engine water in the coolant filled at the fac-
coolant temperature, tory. An improper coolant mixture
can result in serious malfunction or
refrigerant pressure engine damage.
and vehicle speed. It may some-
times operate even when the • The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be
engine is not running. Use protected by an ethylene-glycol-
extreme caution when working based coolant to prevent corrosion
near the blades of the cooling OXM079006 and freezing.
fan so that you are not injured Check the condition and connections • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
by a rotating fan blades. As the of all cooling system hoses and coolant or mix them with the spec-
engine coolant temperature heater hoses. Replace any swollen ified coolant.
decreases, the electric motor or deteriorated hoses. • Do not use a solution that contains
will automatically shut off. This more than 60% antifreeze or less
is a normal condition. The coolant level should be filled than 35% antifreeze, which would
between F and L marks on the side reduce the effectiveness of the
If your vehicle is equipped with of the coolant reservoir when the
GDI, the electric motor (cooling solution.
engine is cool.
fan) may operate until you dis-
connect the negative battery If the coolant level is low, add enough
cable. specified coolant to provide protec-
tion against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to F, but do not over-
fill. If frequent additions are required,
see an authorized Kia dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
7 34
Maintenance
For mixture percentage, refer to the Changing the coolant

following table. Have the coolant changed by an
Mixture Percentage
authorized Kia dealer according to
Ambient (volume) the Maintenance Schedule at the
Temperature beginning of this section.
Antifreeze Water
-15°C (5°F) 35 65
-25°C (-13°F) 40 60
CAUTION
-35°C (-31°F) 50 50 Put a thick cloth around the
radiator cap before refilling the
-45°C (-49°F) 60 40
coolant in order to prevent the
OXMA073007 coolant from overflowing into
engine parts such as the alter-
nator.
WARNING
Radiator cap
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Do not remove the radiator cap • Radiator coolant can severely
when the engine and radiator obscure visibility when
are hot. Scalding hot coolant sprayed on the windshield
and steam may blow out under and may cause loss of vehicle
pressure which may result in control or damage the paint
serious injury. and body trim.
7 35
Maintenance
BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID
Checking the brake/clutch* If the level is low, add fluid to the
fluid level MAX level. The level will fall with WARNING - Brake/
accumulated mileage. This is a nor- clutch* fluid
mal condition associated with the
wear of the brake linings and/or When changing and adding
clutch disc (if equipped). If the fluid brake/clutch* fluid, handle it
level is excessively low, have the carefully. Do not let it come in
brake/clutch* system checked by an contact with your eyes. If brake/
authorized KIA dealer. clutch* fluid should come in
contact with your eyes, immedi-
ately flush them with a large
Use only the specified brake/clutch* quantity of fresh tap water. Have
fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri- your eyes examined by a doctor
cants and capacities” in section 8.) as soon as possible.
OXM079008
Check the fluid level in the reservoir Never mix different types of fluid. CAUTION
periodically. The fluid level should be Do not allow brake/clutch* fluid
between MAX and MIN marks on the WARNING - Loss of to contact the vehicle's body
side of the reservoir. brake/clutch* fluid paint, as paint damage will
Before removing the reservoir cap In the event the brake/clutch* result. Brake/clutch* fluid, which
and adding brake/clutch* fluid, clean system requires frequent addi- has been exposed to open air
the area around the reservoir cap tions of fluid, the vehicle should for an extended time should
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch* be inspected by an authorized never be used as its quality can-
fluid contamination. Kia dealer. not be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly. Don't put
* if equipped in the wrong kind of fluid. A few
drops of mineral-based oil, such
as engine oil, in your brake/
clutch* system can damage
brake/clutch* system parts.
7 36
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid Check the fluid level in the washer
level fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- WARNING - Coolant
sary. Plain water may be used if • Do not use radiator coolant or
■ Type A
washer fluid is not available. antifreeze in the washer fluid
However, use washer solvent with reservoir.
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-
mates to prevent freezing. • Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle
control or damage to paint
and body trim.
• Windshield washer fluid
ODMNMC2019 agents contain some amounts
■ Type B
of alcohol and can be flamma-
ble under certain circum-
stances. Do not allow sparks
or flame to contact the washer
fluid or the washer fluid reser-
voir. Damage to the vehicle or
occupants could occur.
• Windshield washer fluid is
poisonous to humans and ani-
OXMA073010 mals. Do not drink and avoid
contacting windshield washer
The reservoir is translucent so that fluid. Serious injury or death
you can check the level with a quick could occur.
visual inspection.
7 37
Maintenance
PARKING BRAKE
Checking the parking brake Type B
Type A
OXM059015
OXM059013 Check the stroke of the parking

brake by counting the number of
Check whether the stroke is within
“clicks’’ heard while fully applying it
specification when the parking brake
from the released position. Also, the
pedal is depressed with 30 kg (66 lb,
parking brake alone should securely
294 N) of force. Also, the parking
hold the vehicle on a fairly steep
brake alone should securely hold the
grade. If the stroke is more or less
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
than specified, have the parking
stroke is more or less than specified,
brake adjusted by an authorized Kia
have the parking brake adjusted by
dealer.
Stroke : 8~9 notch
Stroke : 5~6 “clicks’’ at a force of
20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).
7 38
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
Filter replacement
OXM079013 OXM073099
OXM079012 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner
attaching clips and open the cover. box.
It must be replaced when necessary, 3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
and should not be washed.
4. Lock the cover with the cover
You can clean the filter when inspect- attaching clips.
ing the air cleaner element.
Clean the filter by using compressed
air.
7 39
Maintenance
Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule. CAUTION
If the vehicle is operated in extreme- • Do not drive with the air clean-
ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the er removed; this will result in
element more often than the usual excessive engine wear.
recommended intervals. (Refer to • When removing the air cleaner
“Maintenance under severe usage filter, be careful that dust or
conditions” in this section.) dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of
non-genuine parts could dam-
age the air flow sensor.
7 40
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the mainte-
nance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the fol-
lowing procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components. OXM079015 OXM079016
1. Open the glove box and remove 2. With the glove box open, remove
the support strap (1). the stoppers on both sides.
7 41
Maintenance
OXM079017 OXM079018N
3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air filter.
ter case by pulling out both sides 5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of the cover. of disassembly.
✽ NOTICE
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly.
Otherwise, the system may produce
noise and the effectiveness of the fil-
ter may be reduced.
7 42
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement
shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean
eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn
ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commer- CAUTION
cial vehicle washes. If the blades are To prevent damage to the wiper
not wiping properly, clean both the arms or other components, do
window and the blades with a good not attempt to move the wipers
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse manually.
thoroughly with clean water.
1JBA5122
CAUTION CAUTION
✽ NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper The use of a non-specified
blades, do not use gasoline, wiper blade could result in
Commercial hot waxes applied by kerosene, paint thinner, or other wiper malfunction and failure.
automatic vehicle washes have been solvents on or near them.
known to make the windshield diffi-
cult to clean.
7 43
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade
1JBA7037
OHM078059
1LDA5023 Type B
Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm.
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose CAUTION
the plastic locking clip. Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
CAUTION windshield.
1JBA7038
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield, 2. Compress the clip and slide the
since it may chip or crack the blade assembly downward.
windshield. 3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
7 44
Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade
OHM078060 OHM078061
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then 3. Install the new blade assembly in OHM078062
pull down the blade assembly and the reverse order of removal.
remove it. 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
7 45
Maintenance
OHM078063
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
7 46
Maintenance
BATTERY
For best battery service (Continued)
WARNING - Battery dan-
gers If any electrolyte gets
Always read the follow- into your eyes, flush
ing instructions carefully your eyes with clean
when handling a battery. water for at least 15 min-
utes and get immediate
Keep lighted cigarettes medical attention.
and all other flames or If electrolyte gets on
sparks away from the your skin, thoroughly
battery. wash the contacted
Hydrogen, a highly com- area. If you feel pain or
OXM079100 bustible gas, is always burning sensation, get
present in battery cells medical attention imme-
• Keep the battery securely mount- and may explode if ignit- diately.
ed. ed. Wear eye protection
• Keep the battery top clean and dry. Keep batteries out of the when charging or work-
• Keep the terminals and connec- reach of children ing near a battery.
tions clean, tight, and coated with because batteries con- Always provide ventila-
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. tain highly corrosive tion when working in an
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from SULFURIC ACID. Do not enclosed space.
the battery immediately with a allow battery acid to (Continued)
solution of water and baking soda. contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, discon- (Continued)
nect the battery cables.
7 47
Maintenance
(Continued) Battery recharging

CAUTION
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
An inappropriately dis- If you connect unauthorized calcium-based battery.
posed battery can be electronic devices to the bat-
Pb harmful to the environ- tery, the battery may be dis- • If the battery becomes discharged
ment and human health. charged. Never use unautho- in a short time (because, for exam-
Dispose the battery rized devices. ple, the headlights or interior lights
according to your local were left on while the vehicle was
law(s) or regulation. not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure • If the battery gradually discharges
on the case may cause battery because of high electric load while
acid to leak, resulting in per- the vehicle is being used, recharge
sonal injury. Lift with a battery it at 20-30A for two hours.
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery
cables are connected.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
Never touch these compo-
nents with the engine running
or the ignition switched on.
Failure to follow the above
warnings can result in serious
bodily injury or death.
7 48
Maintenance
(Continued) Reset items

WARNING - Recharging Items should be reset after the bat-
battery 1. Turn off the battery charger
main switch. tery has been discharged or the bat-
When recharging the battery, tery has been disconnected.
observe the following precau- 2. Unhook the negative clamp
from the negative battery ter- • Auto up/down window
tions: (See section 4)
minal.
• The battery must be removed • Sunroof (See section 4)
from the vehicle and placed in 3. Unhook the positive clamp
an area with good ventilation. from the positive battery ter- • Trip computer (See section 4)
minal. • Climate control system
• Do not allow cigarettes,
sparks, or flame near the bat- (See section 4)
tery. • Clock (See section 4)
• Watch the battery during WARNING • Audio (See section 4)
charging, and stop or reduce • Before performing mainte-
the charging rate if the battery nance or recharging the bat-
cells begin gassing (boiling) tery, turn off all accessories
violently or if the temperature and stop the engine.
of the electrolyte of any cell • The negative battery cable
exceeds 49°C (120°F). must be removed first and
• Wear eye protection when installed last when the battery
checking the battery during is disconnected.
charging.
• Disconnect the battery charg-
er in the following order.
(Continued)
7 49
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS

Tire care
CAUTION
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must • Underinflation also results in
always maintain recommended tire excessive wear, poor handling
inflation pressures and stay within and reduced fuel economy.
the load limits and weight distribution Wheel deformation also is
recommended for your vehicle. possible. Keep your tire pres-
sures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling,
Recommended cold tire infla- have it checked by an author-
tion pressures ized Kia dealer.
All tire pressures (including the OXM079101L • Overinflation produces a
spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- harsh ride, excessive wear at
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label the center of the tire tread, and
vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center a greater possibility of dam-
least three hours or driven less than pillar. age from road hazards.
1.6 km (one mile).
Recommended pressures must be WARNING - Tire under-
maintained for the best ride, vehicle inflation
handling, and minimum tire wear.
Severe underinflation (70 kPa
For recommended inflation pressure, (10 psi) or more) can lead to
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section severe heat build-up, causing
8. blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
leading to severe injury or
death. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
7 50
Maintenance
Checking tire inflation pres-

CAUTION CAUTION - Tire pressure sure
• Warm tires normally exceed Always observe the following: Check your tires once a month or
recommended cold tire pres- • Check tire pressure when the more.
sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 tires are cold. (After vehicle
psi). Do not release air from Also, check the tire pressure of the
has been parked for at least spare tire.
warm tires to adjust the pres- three hours or hasn't been
sure or the tires will be under- driven more than 1.6 km (one
inflated. mile) since startup.) How to check
• Be sure to reinstall the tire • Check the pressure of your Use a good quality gauge to check
inflation valve caps. Without spare tire each time you check tire pressure. You cannot tell if your
the valve cap, dirt or moisture the pressure of other tires. tires are properly inflated simply by
could get into the valve core looking at them. Radial tires may
and cause air leakage. If a • Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a look properly inflated even when
valve cap is missing, install a they're underinflated.
new one as soon as possible. vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one. Check the tire's inflation pressure
• Worn, old tires can cause acci- when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
dents. If your tread is badly means your vehicle has been sitting
WARNING - Tire Inflation for at least three hours or driven no
worn, or if your tires have
Overinflation or underinflation been damaged, replace them. more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
7 51
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire Tire rotation

valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- WARNING To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure • Inspect your tires frequently mended that the tires be rotated
measurement. If the cold tire inflation for proper inflation as well as every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
pressure matches the recommended wear and damage. Always use sooner if irregular wear develops.
pressure on the tire and loading a tire pressure gauge.
information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for
• Tires with too much or too little correct balance.
ment is necessary. If the pressure is pressure wear unevenly caus-
low, add air until you reach the rec- ing poor handling, loss of vehi- When rotating tires, check for uneven
ommended amount. cle control, and sudden tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
If you overfill the tire, release air by failure leading to accidents, usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
pushing on the metal stem in the injuries, and even death. The sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
center of the tire valve. Recheck the recommended cold tire pres- of-balance wheels, severe braking or
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure for your vehicle can be severe cornering. Look for bumps or
sure to put the valve caps back on found in this manual and on bulges in the tread or side of tire.
the valve stems. They help prevent the tire label located on the dri- Replace the tire if you find either of
leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- ver's side center pillar. these conditions. Replace the tire if
ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
• Worn tires can cause acci- be sure to bring the front and rear tire
dents. Replace tires that are pressures to specification and check
worn, show uneven wear, or lug nut tightness.
are damaged.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
• Remember to check the pres- 8.
sure of your spare tire. Kia
recommends that you check
the spare every time you
check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
7 52
Maintenance
Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal-
for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance
The wheels on your vehicle were
✽ NOTICE aligned and balanced carefully at the
Rotate radial tires that have an factory to give you the longest tire life
asymmetric tread pattern only from and best overall performance.
front to rear and not from right to In most cases, you will not need to
left. have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
S2BLA790A wear or your vehicle pulling one way
Directional tires (if equipped)
WARNING or the other, the alignment may need
• Do not use the compact spare to be reset.
tire (if equipped) for tire rota- If you notice your vehicle vibrating
tion. when driving on a smooth road, your
• Do not mix bias ply and radial wheels may need to be rebalanced.
ply tires under any circum-
stances. This may cause CAUTION
unusual handling characteris-
tics that could result in death, Improper wheel weights can
severe injury, or property damage your vehicle's alu-
CBGQ0707A damage. minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
7 53
Maintenance
Tire replacement (Continued)

WARNING - Replacing
Tread wear indicator tires • Using tires and wheels other
than the recommended sizes
To reduce the chance of serious
could cause unusual handling
or fatal injuries from an acci-
characteristics and poor vehi-
dent caused by tire failure or
cle control, resulting in a seri-
loss of vehicle control:
ous accident.
• Replace tires that are worn,
• Wheels that do not meet Kia’s
show uneven wear, or are
specifications may fit poorly
damaged. Worn tires can
and result in damage to the
cause loss of braking effec-
vehicle or unusual handling
tiveness, steering control, and
and poor vehicle control.
OEN076053 traction.
• The ABS works by comparing
• Do not drive your vehicle with
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear the speed of the wheels. The
too little or too much pressure
indicator will appear as a solid band tire size affects wheel speed.
in your tires. This can lead to
across the tread. This shows there is When replacing tires, all 4
uneven wear and tire failure.
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread tires must use the same size
left on the tire. Replace the tire when • When replacing tires, never originally supplied with the
this happens. mix radial and bias-ply tires vehicle. Using tires of a differ-
on the same vehicle. You must ent size can cause the ABS
Do not wait for the band to appear replace all tires (including the
across the entire tread before replac- (Anti-lock Brake System) and
spare) if moving from radial to ESC (Electronic Stability
ing the tire. bias-ply tires. Control) to work irregularly.
(Continued)
7 54
Maintenance
Compact spare tire replacement Wheel replacement Tire traction

A compact spare tire has a shorter When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you
tread life than a regular size tire. any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are
Replace it when you can see the wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery
tread wear indicator bars on the tire. factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be
The replacement compact spare tire and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators
should be the same size and design appear. Slow down whenever there
tire as the one provided with your is rain, snow or ice on the road to
new vehicle and should be mounted WARNING reduce the possibility of losing con-
on the same compact spare tire A wheel that is not the correct trol of the vehicle.
wheel. The compact spare tire is not size may adversely affect wheel
designed to be mounted on a regular and bearing life, braking and
size wheel, and the compact spare stopping abilities, handling Tire maintenance
tire wheel is not designed for mount- characteristics, ground clear- In addition to proper inflation, correct
ing a regular size tire. ance, body-to-tire clearance, wheel alignment helps to decrease
snow chain clearance, tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
speedometer and odometer cal- unevenly, have your dealer check the
ibration, headlight aim and wheel alignment.
bumper height.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
7 55
Maintenance
Tire sidewall labeling 2. Tire size designation 108 - Load Index, a numerical code
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire associated with the maximum
1
size designation. You will need this load the tire can carry.
5,6 information when selecting replace- T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
7 ment tires for your vehicle. The fol- speed rating chart in this section
lowing explains what the letters and for additional information.
4 numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Wheel size designation
Example tire size designation:
2 Wheels are also marked with impor-
3 (These numbers are provided as an tant information that you need if you
example only; your tire size designa- ever have to replace one. The follow-
tor could vary depending on your ing explains what the letters and
1 I030B04JM vehicle.) numbers in the wheel size designa-
This information identifies and P235/65R17 108T tion mean.
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tire and also provides P - Applicable vehicle type (tires Example wheel size designation:
the tire identification number (TIN) marked with the prefix “P’’ are 7.0JX17
for safety standard certification. The intended for use on passenger
TIN can be used to identify the tire in vehicles or light trucks; however,
case of a recall. not all tires have this marking). 7.0 - Rim width in inches.
235 - Tire width in millimeters. J - Rim contour designation.
1. Manufacturer or brand name 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section 17 - Rim diameter in inches.
Manufacturer or Brand name is height as a percentage of its
shown. width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
17 - Rim diameter in inches.
7 56
Maintenance
Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire

The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age
ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over 6 years old, Tires degrade over time, even
used for passenger vehicle tires. The based on the manufacturing date, when they are not being used.
speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be Regardless of the remaining
designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find tread, we recommend that tires
tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire be replaced after approximately
tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the six (6) years of normal service.
ating speed. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. Heat caused by hot climates or
The DOT Code is a series of num- frequent high loading condi-
Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers tions can accelerate the aging
Rating Maximum Speed and English letters. The manufactur- process. Failure to follow this
Symbol ing date is designated by the last four warning can result in sudden
S 180 km/h (112 mph) digits (characters) of the DOT code. tire failure, which could lead to
T 190 km/h (118 mph) a loss of control and an acci-
H 210 km/h (130 mph) DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO dent involving serious injury or
death.
V 240 km/h (149 mph) The front part of the DOT means a
Z 240 km/h (Above 149 mph) plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1613 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2013.
7 57
Maintenance
4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear
rial This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara-
The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled
manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern-
materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire
steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
The letter "R" means radial ply con- tire. half times (1½) as well on the gov-
struction; the letter "D" means diago- ernment course as a tire graded 100.
nal or bias ply construction; and the The relative performance of tires
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- 7. Uniform tire quality grading
depends upon the actual conditions
struction. Quality grades can be found where of their use, however, and may
applicable on the tire sidewall depart significantly from the norm
between tread shoulder and maxi- due to variations in driving habits,
5. Maximum permissible inflation mum section width.
pressure service practices and differences in
For example: road characteristics and climate.
This number is the greatest amount TREADWEAR 200
of air pressure that should be put in These grades are molded on the
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum TRACTION AA side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
permissible inflation pressure. Refer TEMPERATURE A The tires available as standard or
to the Tire and Loading Information optional equipment on your vehicle
label for recommended inflation may vary with respect to grade.
pressure.
7 58
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C Temperature -A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to The temperature grades are A (the WARNING - Tire
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those highest), B and C representing the tempera-
grades represent the tire’s ability to tire’s resistance to the generation of ture
stop on wet pavement as measured heat and its ability to dissipate heat The temperature grade for this
under controlled conditions on spec- when tested under controlled condi- tire is established for a tire that
ified government test surfaces of tions on a specified indoor laboratory is properly inflated and not
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked test wheel. overloaded. Excessive speed,
C may have poor traction perform- Sustained high temperature can underinflation, or excessive
ance. cause the material of the tire to loading, either separately or in
degenerate and reduce tire life, and combination, can cause heat
excessive temperature can lead to build-up and possible sudden
WARNING tire failure. This can cause loss
sudden tire failure. Grades B and A
The traction grade assigned to represent higher levels of perform- of vehicle control and serious
this tire is based on straight- ance on the laboratory test wheel injury.
ahead braking traction tests, than the minimum required by law.
and does not include accelera-
tion, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
7 59
Maintenance
Tire terminology and definitions Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
Air Pressure: The amount of air air pressure in a tire, measured in side of an asymmetrical tire, that
inside the tire pressing outward on kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per must always face outward when
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in square inch (psi) before a tire has mounted on a vehicle.
kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per built up heat from driving. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
square inch (psi). Curb Weight: This means the weight air pressure.
Accessory Weight: This means the of a motor vehicle with standard and Load Index: An assigned number
combined weight of optional acces- optional equipment including the ranging from 1 to 279 that corre-
sories. Some examples of optional maximum capacity of fuel, oil and sponds to the load carrying capacity
accessories are, automatic coolant, but without passengers and of a tire.
transaxle, power seats, and air con- cargo.
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
ditioning. DOT Markings: The DOT code maximum air pressure to which a
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a includes the Tire Identification cold tire may be inflated. The maxi-
tire's height to its width. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- mum air pressure is molded onto the
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords ignator which can also identify the sidewall.
that is located between the plies and tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand and date of production. Maximum Load Rating: The load
the tread. Cords may be made from rating for a tire at the maximum per-
steel or other reinforcing materials. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating missible inflation pressure for that
Bead: The tire bead contains steel GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight tire.
wires wrapped by steel cords that Rating for the Front Axle. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
hold the tire onto the rim. GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in Rating for the Rear axle. weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
which the plies are laid at alternate production options weight.
angles less than 90 degrees to the Normal Occupant Weight: The
centerline of the tread. number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg
(150 pounds).
7 60
Maintenance
Occupant Distribution: Designated Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Vehicle Maximum Load on the
seating positions. code assigned to a tire indicating the Tire: Load on an individual tire due to
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side maximum speed at which a tire can curb and accessory weight plus
of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- operate. maximum occupant and cargo
ticular side that faces outward when Traction: The friction between the weight.
mounted on a vehicle. The outward tire and the road surface. The Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
facing sidewall bears white lettering amount of grip provided. Load on an individual tire that is
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or Tread: The portion of a tire that determined by distributing to each
model name molding that is higher or comes into contact with the road. axle its share of the curb weight,
deeper than the same moldings on accessory weight, and normal occu-
the inner facing sidewall. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow pant weight and driving by 2.
bands, sometimes called "wear
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire bars," that show across the tread of a Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-
used on passenger cars and some tire when only 2/32 inch of tread ly attached to a vehicle showing the
light duty trucks and multipurpose remains. original equipment tire size and rec-
vehicles. ommended inflation pressure.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Recommended Inflation Pressure: Grading Standards, a tire information
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- system that provides consumers with
ed tire inflation pressure and shown ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-
on the tire placard. ture and treadwear. Ratings are
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in determined by tire manufacturers
which the ply cords that extend to the using government testing proce-
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the dures. The ratings are molded into
centerline of the tread. the sidewall of the tire.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-
upon which the tire beads are seat- ber of designated seating positions
ed. multiplied by 68 kg. (150 lbs) plus the
Sidewall: The portion of a tire rated cargo and luggage load.
between the tread and the bead.
7 61
Maintenance
All season tires Snow tires Radial-ply tires have the same load
Kia specifies all season tires on If you equip your vehicle with snow carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
some models to provide good per- tires, they should be the same size belted tires of the same size, and use
formance for use all year round, and have the same load capacity as the same recommended inflation
including snowy and icy road condi- the original tires. Snow tires should be pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
tions. All season tires are identified installed on all four wheels; otherwise, with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud poor handling may result. not recommended. Any combina-
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 psi) tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
tires have better snow traction than more air pressure than the pressure belted tires when used on the same
all season tires and may be more recommended for the standard tires vehicle will seriously deteriorate
appropriate in some areas. on the tire label on the driver's side of vehicle handling. The best rule to fol-
the center pillar, or up to the maxi- low is: Identical radial-ply tires should
mum pressure shown on the tire side- always be used as a set of four.
Summer tires wall, whichever is less. Do not drive Longer wearing tires can be more
Kia specifies summer tires on some faster than 120 km/h (75 mph) when susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
models to provide superior perform- your vehicle is equipped with snow is very important to follow the tire
ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- tires. rotation interval shown in this section
formance is substantially reduced in to achieve the tread life potential of
snow and ice. Summer tires do not Radial-ply tires these tires. Cuts and punctures in
have the tire traction rating M+S radial-ply tires are repairable only in
Radial-ply tires provide improved the tread area, because of sidewall
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. tread life, road hazard resistance and
if you plan to operate your vehicle in flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
smoother high speed ride. The radi- radial-ply tire repairs.
snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom- al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
mends the use of snow tires or all belted construction, and are selected
season tires on all four wheels. to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
7 62
Maintenance
Low aspect ratio tire

(if equipped) CAUTION CAUTION
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect Because the sidewall of the low • It is not easy to recognize the
ratio is lower than 50, are provided aspect ratio tire is shorter than tire damage with your own
for sporty looks. the normal, the wheel and tire of eyes. But if there is the slight-
the low aspect ratio tire is easi- est hint of tire damage, even
Because the low aspect ratio tires er to be damaged. So, follow the though you cannot see the tire
are optimized for handling and brak- instructions below. damage with your own eyes,
ing, it may be more uncomfortable to have the tire checked or
ride in and there is more noise com- - When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously replaced because the tire
pare with normal tires. damage may cause air leak-
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driv- age from the tire.
ing, inspect tires and wheels. • If the tire is damaged by driv-
- When passing over a pothole, ing on a rough road, off road,
speed bump, manhole, or curb pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the stone, it will not be covered by
tires and wheels are not dam- the warranty.
aged. • You can find out the tire infor-
- If the tire is impacted, we rec- mation on the tire sidewall.
ommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000km.
7 63
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse
age by fuses. replacement
Normal Blown
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, • Never replace a fuse with any-
one located in the driver’s side panel thing but another fuse of the
bolster, the other in the engine com- same rating.
■ Cartridge type partment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a
sories, or controls do not work, check fire.
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu-
has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the
fuse will melt. proper fuse - even as a tem-
Normal Blown
If the electrical system does not porary repair. It may cause
■ Multi fuse work, first check the driver’s side extensive wiring damage and
fuse panel. a possible fire.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this CAUTION
Normal Blown indicates an electrical problem. Avoid Do not use a screwdriver or any
using the system involved and imme- other metal object to remove
diately consult an authorized Kia fuses because it may cause a
dealer. short circuit and damage the
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade system.
type for lower amperage rating, car-
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher ✽ NOTICE
amperage ratings.
Normal Blown The actual fuse/relay panel label
OLM079051N may differ from equipped items.
7 64
Maintenance
Inner panel fuse replacement If you do not have a spare, use a

fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced.
ODM072018
OXM073020 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight

out. Use the removal tool provided
1. Turn the ignition switch and all on the engine compartment fuse
other switches off. panel cover.
2. Open the fuse panel cover. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
7 65
Maintenance
Fuse switch Engine compartment fuse 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it
replacement if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
CAUTION
After checking the fuse panel in
the engine compartment,
OXM073022 securely install the fuse panel
Always, put the fuse switch at the ON OXMA073023 cover. If not, electrical failures
position. may occur from water contact.
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
If you move the switch to the OFF other switches off.
position, some items such as audio 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
and digital clock must be reset and pressing the tab and pulling the
transmitter (or smart key) may not cover up.
work properly.
CAUTION
Always place the fuse switch in
the ON position while driving
the vehicle.
7 66
Maintenance
Multi fuse
ODM072047
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
✽ NOTICE
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
7 67
Maintenance
Fuse/relay panel description
ODM072017
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,

you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE
OXMA073116
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
7 68
Maintenance
Inner fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected component
Instrument Cluster (IND./MICOM), Steering Angle Sensor, Alternator, Smart Key Control Module, A/V &
MODULE 2 10A
Navigation Head Unit, STOP_SW, SI_ECU, HLLD LH/RH
MODULE 1 7.5A SPORTS MODE SW/KEY_SOL, SPORT_MODE_SW
A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (IND.), Digital Clock
A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, PODS Module
START 7.5A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Relay - Start, Sub Start, Burglar Alarm), PDM
WIPER RR 15A ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)
WIPER FRT 25A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Wiper (Low) Relay), Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)
ESC Off Switch, Front A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster, Audio, MTS, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,
Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Power Window Main Switch, 4WD ECU, P_WDW_PASS_SW_IMS,
MODULE 3 10A
Rear Parking Assist SNSR, FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, FRT_PASS_SEAT_EXT, CONSOLE_EXTN , IPM
(BCM IG1)
Front A/C Control Module, Active Incar Sensor, Cluster Ionize, ICM Relay Box (Rear A/C Relay) E/R
A/CON 7.5A
Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay)
AMP 30A AMP
P/OUTLET 1 15A -
P/OUTLET 2 20A LUGGAGE_POWER_OUTLET, FRT_POWER_OUTLET_DRV
BLOWER RR 20A ICM Relay Box (Rear A/C Relay)
7 69
Maintenance

Driver Power Window Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH, Driver Safety
P/WDW LH 25A
Power Window Module
Passenger Power Window Relay, Power Window Main Switch
P/WDW RH 25A
Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH
Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay), Driver/Passenger Door Lock Actuator,
DR LOCK 20A
Rear Door Lock Actuator LH/RH, ICM Relay Box (T/GATE LATCH Relay)
SMART KEY 4 10A PDM, Start Stop Button Switch, FOB Holder
S/HTR FRT 20A FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, FRT_PASS_SEAT_EXT
P/SEAT DRV 30A Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver Lumbar Support Switch
P/SEAT PASS 20A Passenger Power Seat Switch
HTD STRG 15A Steering wheel heater
F/LID 15A Fuel Filler Door Switch
O/S Mirror Switch, Power Window Switch, E/R Fuse & Relay Box(POWER OUTLET RLY), Digital Clock,
MODULE4 10A
MTS, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
HTD MIRR 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Front A/C Control Module
SMART_KEY_1 25A SMART KEY/SMK_UNIT
SMART_KEY_2 7.5A Smart Key Control Module
SMART_KEY_3 7.5A Smart Key Control Module
S/HEATER RR 15A ICM Relay Box (RR SEAT WARMER LH RLY), ICM Relay Box (RR SEAT WARMER RH RLY)
DR_SCUFF_LP_DRV, DR_SCUFF_LP_PASS, DR_WARNG_SW, S_VISOR_LP_LH/RH, OHC_LAMP,
INTERIOR LAMP 10A
ROOM_LP, RL/RR_PERSONAL_LAMP, CARGO_LAMP
MULTIMEDIA 15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, MTS
OBD_II, Front A/C Control Module, TPMS, Digital Clock, INSIDE_MIRR, S_WARMER_SW_LH/RH,
MEMORY 10A AIR_VENT_SEAT_SW_LH/RH, CLUSTER, O_S_MIRR_SW, P_WDW_MAIN_SW,
FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, P_WDW_PASS_SW
7 70
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
OXMA073027
OXMA073131
7 71
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel

IPM (Fuse - S/HTR FRT, P/Seat SUN ROOF-1 25A, IPS1 (FOG LH/RH, TAIL LAMP LH), ARISU LH
I/P B+2 60A
(HEAD LAMP LOW LH, HEAD LAMP HI LH, TURN SIG RL, TURN SIG FL)
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
RR HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay
ABS 1 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
ABS 2 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
MULTI SMART_KEY-1 25A, SMART_KEY-4 10A, MODULE-1 7.5A, SUNROOF-2 25A, (FUSE SW RLY,
FUSE INTERIOR LAMP 10A : DR_SCUFF_LP_DRV, DR_SCUFF_LP_PASS, DR_WARNG_SW,
S_VISOR_LP_LH/RH, OHC_LAMP, ROOM_LP, RL/RR_PERSONAL_LAMP, CARGO_LAMP, MULTI-
I/P B+3 60A
MEDIA 15A : Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, MTS, MEMORY 10A : OBD_II, Front A/C Control
Module, TPMS, Digital Clock, INSIDE_MIRR, S_WARMER_SW_LH/RH, AIR_VENT_SEAT_SW_LH/
RH, CLUSTER, O_S_MIRR_SW, P_WDW_MAIN_SW, FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, P_WDW_PASS_SW)
I/P B+1 50A AMP 30A, P/WDW LH 25A, P/WDW RH 25A, S/HEATER_RR 15A
MDPS 80A MDPS_ECU
C/FAN 60A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (C/FAN RLY)
IGN 2 40A Start Relay, W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch, With Smart Key - E/R Fuse & Relay Box (IGN2 Relay)
TRAILER 30A Trailer Power Outlet
IGN 1 40A W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch, With Smart Key - E/R Fuse & Relay Box (IGN1 Relay, ACC Relay )
HORN 15A Horn Relay
DEICER 15A Front Wiper Deicer Relay
FUSE
IPM (DR LOCK 20A, BLOWER RR 20A, FUEL LID 15A, IPS3 (TAIL LAMP RH, TAIL INT LAMP),
I/P B+4 50A
ARISU RH (HEAD LAMP LOW RH, HEAD LAMP HI RH, TURN SIG RR, TURN SIG FR)
ABS 7.5A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
B/UP LP 7.5A Back-Up Lamp Relay (A/T), Back-Up Lamp Switch (M/T)
4WD 20A 4WD_ECU
7 72
Maintenance

B/A HORN 15A B/A RLY
FUSE SENSOR 5 7.5A PCM
TCU 15A Transaxle Range Switch, PCM
A/CON 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(BLOWER RLY, Front A/C Control Module)
AC INVERTER 30A AC_INVERTER_UNIT
POWER OUTLET 25A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (POWER OUTLET RLY), RR_P_OUTLET, FRT_POWER_OUTLET_PASS
P/TAILGATE 30A PTGM
H/LAMP RH 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(H/LAMP RH RLY), H_LP_RH
AMS 10A E/R Fuse & Relay WIPER LO RLY), PCM
EMS BOX(MAIN RLY(IGN_COIL 20A, ECU_1 20A, SNSR_1 10A, SNSR_2 10A, ECU_2 10A,
EMS 40A
INJECTOR_1 10A), F/PUMP 15A, ECU_4 15A
Theta : Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/2, Variable Intake Manifold Valve,
SENSOR 1 10A Crankshaft Position Sensor, Oxygen Sensor Up/Down
EMS Lambda : PCM, Oxygen Sensor #1/2/3/4
BOX
Theta : C/FAN RLY, Canister Close Valve
Lambda : C/FAN RLY, PCM, Canister Close Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/2 (Exhaust), Oil Control Valve
SENSOR 2 10A
#1/2 (Intake), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Manifold Valve #1/2,
Immobilizer Module
ECU 1 20A PCM
F/PUMP 15A Fuel Pump Relay
Theta : IG_COIL_CAPACITOR, IG_COIL_1/2/3/4,
IGN_COIL 20A
Lambda : CONDENSOR1/2,IGN_COIL_HARN_LAG, GN_COIL_2/4/6
Theta : Immobilizer Module, F/PUMP RLY,
INJECTOR_1 10A
Lambda : PCM, F/PUMP RLY
ECU 4 15A Theta : PCM, Lambda : PCM, IDB
7 73
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care Finish maintenance
Washing CAUTION
Exterior general caution
To help protect your vehicle’s finish • Do not use strong soap, chem-
It is very important to follow the label ical detergents or hot water,
directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least and do not wash the vehicle in
cleaner or polish. Read all warning direct sunlight or when the
and caution statements that appear once a month with lukewarm or cold
water. body of the vehicle is warm.
on the label.
If you use your vehicle for off-road • Be careful when washing the
driving, you should wash it after each side windows of your vehicle.
off-road trip. Pay special attention to Especailly, with high-pressure
the removal of any accumulation of water. Water may leak through
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign the windows and wet the inte-
materials. Make sure the drain holes rior.
in the lower edges of the doors and • To prevent damage to the
rocker panels are kept clear and plastic parts and lamps, do
clean. not clean with chemical sol-
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, vents or strong detergents.
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately. WARNING - Wet brakes
Even prompt washing with plain After washing the vehicle, test
water may not completely remove all the brakes while driving slowly
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for to see if they have been affected
use on painted surfaces, may be by water. If braking performance
used. is impaired, dry the brakes by
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- applying them lightly while
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. maintaining a slow forward
Do not allow soap to dry on the fin- speed.
ish.
7 74
Maintenance
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no CAUTION
longer bead on the paint. • Wiping dust or dirt off the
Always wash and dry the vehicle body with a dry cloth will
before waxing. Use a good quality scratch the finish.
liquid or paste wax, and follow the • Do not use steel wool, abra-
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all sive cleaners, acid detergents
metal trim to protect it and to main- or strong detergents contain-
tain its luster. ing high alkaline or caustic
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- agents on chrome-plated or
als with a spot remover will usually anodized aluminum parts.
OJB037800
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure This may result in damage to
to re-wax these areas even if the rest the protective coating and
CAUTION of the vehicle does not yet need wax- cause discoloration or paint
ing. deterioration.
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
7 75
Maintenance
Finish damage repair Bright-metal maintenance Underbody maintenance

Deep scratches or stone chips in the • To remove road tar and insects, Corrosive materials used for ice and
painted surface must be repaired use a tar remover, not a scraper or snow removal and dust control may
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly other sharp object. collect on the underbody. If these
rust and may develop into a major • To protect the surfaces of bright- materials are not removed, acceler-
repair expense. metal parts from corrosion, apply a ated rusting can occur on underbody
coating of wax or chrome preser- parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
✽ NOTICE vative and rub to a high luster.
though they have been treated with
If your vehicle is damaged and • During winter weather or in coastal rust protection.
requires any metal repair or areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-
replacement, be sure the body shop body and wheel openings with luke-
applies anti-corrosion materials to preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum warm or cold water once a month,
the parts repaired or replaced. after off-road driving and at the end
jelly or other protective compound.
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of the doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rust-
ing.
7 76
Maintenance
Aluminum or chrome wheel main- Corrosion protection

WARNING tenance Protecting your vehicle from corro-
After washing the vehicle, test The aluminum or chrome wheels are sion
the brakes while driving slowly coated with a clear protective finish. By using the most advanced design
to see if they have been affected • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, and construction practices to combat
by water. If braking performance polishing compound, solvent, or corrosion, we produce vehicles of
is impaired, dry the brakes by wire brushes on aluminum or the highest quality. However, this is
applying them lightly while chrome wheels. They may scratch only part of the job. To achieve the
maintaining a slow forward or damage the finish. long-term corrosion resistance your
speed. vehicle can deliver, the owner's
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled. cooperation and assistance is also
required.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean Common causes of corrosion
the wheels after driving on salted The most common causes of corro-
roads. This helps prevent corrosion on your vehicle are:
sion.
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
• Avoid washing the wheels with allowed to accumulate underneath
highspeed vehicle wash brushes. the vehicle.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid • Removal of paint or protective
detergents It may damage and cor- coatings by stones, gravel, abra-
rode the aluminum or chrome sion or minor scrapes and dents
wheels coated with a clear protec- which leave unprotected metal
tive finish. exposed to corrosion.
7 77
Maintenance
High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler- Keep your vehicle clean
If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not The best way to prevent corrosion is
cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture to keep your vehicle clean and free
materials, corrosion protection is can be dispersed. For all these rea- of corrosive materials. Attention to
particularly important. Some of the sons, it is particularly important to the underside of the vehicle is partic-
common causes of accelerated cor- keep your vehicle clean and free of ularly important.
rosion are road salts, dust control mud or accumulations of other mate-
chemicals, ocean air and industrial rials. This applies not only to the vis-
pollution. ible surfaces but particularly to the • If you live in a high-corrosion area
underside of the vehicle. — where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
Moisture breeds corrosion pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
To help prevent corrosion should take extra care to prevent
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to You can help prevent corrosion from corrosion. In winter, hose off the
occur. For example, corrosion is beginning by observing the following: underside of your vehicle at least
accelerated by high humidity, partic- once a month and be sure to clean
ularly when temperatures are just the underside thoroughly when
above freezing. In such conditions, winter is over.
the corrosive material is kept in con- • When cleaning underneath the
tact with the vehicle’s surface by vehicle, give particular attention to
moisture that evaporates slowly. the components under the fenders
Mud is particularly corrosive and other areas that are hidden
because it dries slowly and holds from view. Do a thorough job; just
moisture in contact with the vehicle. dampening the accumulated mud
Although the mud appears to be dry, rather than washing it away will
it can still retain the moisture and accelerate corrosion rather than
promote corrosion. prevent it. Water under high pres-
sure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
7 78
Maintenance
• When cleaning lower door panels, Keep paint and trim in good con- Interior care
rocker panels and frame members, dition
be sure that drain holes are kept
Interior general precautions
Scratches or chips in the finish
open so that moisture can escape Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
should be covered with "touch-up"
and not be trapped inside to accel- cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-
paint as soon as possible to reduce
erate corrosion. er, and air freshener from contacting
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
the interior parts because they may
metal is showing through, the atten-
cause damage or discoloration. If
Keep your garage dry tion of a qualified body and paint
they do contact the interior parts,
shop is recommended.
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, wipe them off immediately. If neces-
poorly ventilated garage. This cre- sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product
ates a favorable environment for cor- Bird droppings : Bird droppings are instructions for correct usage.
rosion. This is particularly true if you highly corrosive and may damage
wash your vehicle in the garage or painted surfaces in just a few hours.
drive it into the garage when it is still Always remove bird droppings as
CAUTION
wet or covered with snow, ice or soon as possible. Never allow water or other liq-
mud. Even a heated garage can con- uids to come in contact with
tribute to corrosion unless it is well electrical/electronic compo-
ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Don't neglect the interior nents inside the vehicle as this
Moisture can collect under the floor may damage them.
mats and carpeting and cause corro-
sion. Check under the mats periodi-
cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertil-
izers, cleaning materials or chemi-
cals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in
proper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed
with clean water and thoroughly
dried.
7 79
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt

CAUTION rior trim webbing
When cleaning leather products Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use soap solution recommended for
Remove dust and loose dirt from
neutral detergents or low alco- cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
hol content solutions. If you use the instructions provided with the
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
high alcohol content solutions soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
vinyl cleaner.
or acid/alkaline detergents, the webbing because this may weaken
color of the leather may fade or it.
the surface may get stripped off. Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-
Cleaning the interior window
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- glass
tion recommended for upholstery or If the interior glass surfaces of the
carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
fresh spots do not receive immediate film), they should be cleaned with a
attention, the fabric can be stained glass cleaner. Follow the directions
and its color can be affected. Also, its on the glass cleaner container.
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not proper- CAUTION
ly maintained.
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
CAUTION may result in damage of the rear
Using anything but recommend- window defroster grid.
ed cleaners and procedures
may affect the fabric’s appear-
ance and fire-resistant proper-
ties.
7 80
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control
vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system
warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system)
The positive crankcase ventilation
information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air
Warranty & Maintenance booklet in firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases
your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase.
Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air
emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air
applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by
systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the
switch again. PCV valve into the induction system.
(1) Crankcase emission control sys-
tem 2. Evaporative emission con-
(2) Evaporative emission control sys- trol (including ORVR:
tem Onboard Refueling Vapor
(3) Exhaust emission control system Recovery)
system
The Evaporative Emission Control
In order to assure the proper function System is designed to prevent fuel
of the emission control systems, it is vapors from escaping into the atmos-
recommended that you have your phere.
vehicle inspected and maintained by (The ORVR system is designed to
an authorized Kia dealer in accor- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
dance with the maintenance sched- be loaded into a canister while refu-
ule in this manual. eling at the gas station, preventing
the escape of fuel vapors into the
atmosphere.)
7 81
Maintenance
Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions

Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide)
tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present
onboard canister. When the engine is with other exhaust fumes.
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions Therefore, if you smell exhaust
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control sole- while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi-
noid valve. formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
Purge Control Solenoid Valve Vehicle modifications your vehicle, drive it only with all
(PCSV) This vehicle should not be modified. the windows fully open. Have your
The purge control solenoid valve is Modification of your vehicle could vehicle checked and repaired
controlled by the Engine Control affect its performance, safety or immediately.
Module (ECM); when the engine durability and may even violate gov-
coolant temperature is low during ernmental safety and emissions reg-
idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- ulations. WARNING - Exhaust
orated fuel is not taken into the Engine exhaust gases contain
engine. After the engine warms up In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modifi- carbon monoxide (CO). Though
during ordinary driving, the PCSV colorless and odorless, it is
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to cation may not be covered under
the engine. warranty. dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
• If you use unauthorized electronic on this page to avoid CO poi-
devices, it may cause the vehicle to soning.
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
7 82
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-
fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) alytic converter emission control
garages) any more than what is device.
necessary to move the vehicle in or Therefore, the following precautions
out of the area. WARNING - Fire
must be observed:
• When the vehicle is stopped in an • A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
open area for more than a short gasoline engines.
time with the engine running, your vehicle. Do not park, idle
adjust the ventilation system (as or drive the vehicle over or • Do not operate the vehicle when
needed) to draw outside air into the near flammable objects, such there are signs of engine malfunc-
vehicle. as grass, vegetation, paper, tion, such as misfire or a noticeable
leaves, etc. loss of performance.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with • The exhaust system and cat- • Do not misuse or abuse the
the engine running. alytic system are very hot engine. Examples of misuse are
while the engine is running or coasting with the ignition off and
• When the engine stalls or fails to immediately after the engine descending steep grades in gear
start, excessive attempts to restart is turned off. Keep away from with the ignition off.
the engine may cause damage to the exhaust system and cat-
the emission control system. • Do not operate the engine at high
alytic, you may get burned. idle speed for extended periods (5
Also, do not remove the heat minutes or more).
sink around the exhaust sys- • Do not modify or tamper with any
tem, do not seal the bottom of part of the engine or emission con-
the vehicle or do not coat the trol system. All inspections and
vehicle for corrosion control. adjustments must be made by an
It may present a fire risk under authorized Kia dealer.
certain conditions. • Avoid driving with a extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, dam-
aging the catalytic converter.
7 83
Maintenance
Failure to observe these precautions

could result in damage to the catalyt-
ic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
7 84
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 8-6
• Recommended sae viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8
DIMENSIONS
Item mm (in)
Overall length 4,685 (184.4)
Overall width 1,885 (74.2)
Overall height 1,700 (66.9)/1,735 (68.3)*1/1,745 (68.7)*2
P235/65 R17 1,626 (64.0)
Front tread 235/60 R18 1,621 (63.8)
P235/55 R19 1,621 (63.8)
P235/65 R17 1,623 (63.8)
Rear tread 235/60 R18 1,618 (63.7)
P235/55 R19 1,618 (63.7)
Wheelbase 2,700 (106.29)
*1 with roof rack
*2 with sunroof and roof rack
ENGINE
Gasoline Theta
Item Gasoline 3.3L
II 2.4
Displacement 2,359 3,342
cc (cu. in) (143.95) (203.9)
Bore x Stroke 88x97 92 x 83.8
mm (in.) (3.46X3.81) (3.62 x 3.30)
Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6
No. of cylinders 4. In-line V-type
8 2
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type
Headlamps(Low) 55 H7SLL
Headlamps(Low)- HID type* 35 D3S
Headlamps(High) 55 H7LL
Front turn signal lamps 28 PY28/8W
Front
Front position lamps LED LED
Front fog lamps 27 GE881
Front Side marker LED LED
Side Repeater lamps (Outside Mirror)* LED LED
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) 27 or 8 P27/8W
Bulb type Rear tail lamps (Inside) 8 P27/8W
Side marker 5 W5W
Rear Stop lamps LED LED
LED type Rear Tail lamps LED LED
Rear
Side marker LED LED
Rear turn signal lamps 27 PY27W
Back-up lamps 18 W18W
High mounted stop lamp* LED LED
License plate lamps 5 FESTOON
Map lamps 10 W10W
Room lamps 10 FESTOON
Personal lamps* 8 FESTOON
Interior
Vanity mirror lamps* 5 FESTOON
Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON
Luggage lamp 10 FESTOON
* If equipped
8 3
TIRES AND WHEELS

Inflation pressure kPa (psi)
Normal load Maximum load Wheel lug nut torque
Item Tire size Wheel sizee
( ) ( ) kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)
Front Rear Front Rear
P235/65R17 7.0J×17
Full size tire 235/60R18 7.5J×18 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33)
P235/55R19 7.5J×19 9~11
(65~79, 88~107)
Compact spare tire
T165/90R17 4.0T×17 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)
(if equipped)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
8 4
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT

2.4GDI 3.3GDI
AT AT AT
2WD 2WD 4WD 2WD 4WD
5 Seater 2130 kg (4696 lbs.) 2180 kg (4806 lbs.) 2260 kg (4982 lbs.) 2270 kg (5004 lbs.) 2350 kg (5181 lbs.)
7 Seater 2250 kg (4960 lbs.) 2300 kg (5071 lbs.) 2380 kg (5247 lbs.) 2400 kg (5291 lbs.) 2480 kg (5467 lbs.)
LUGGAGE VOLUME
ltem 5 Seater 7 Seater
MIN. 660 l (23.3 cu ft) 116 l (4.1 cu ft)
VDA
MAX. 1,675 l (59.2 cu ft) 1,530 l (54.0 cu ft)
Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.

Max : Behind front seat to roof.
8 5
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *1 *2
(drain and refill) 2.4 Engine 5.0 l (5.28 US qt.)
API Service SM*3,
ILSAC GF-4 or above
3.3 Engine 5.7 l (6.02 US qt.)
Manual transaxle fluid 2.4 Engine 1.8 l (1.90 US qt.) API GL-4, SAE 75W/85
MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA
2.4 Engine 7.1 l (7.50 US qt.)
ATF SP-IV Kia genuine ATF & SP-IV or other
Automatic transaxle fluid
brands meeting the above specification
3.3 Engine 7.8 l (8.24 US qt.)
approved by Kia motors corp.
AT 7.4 l (7.8 US qt.)
2.4 Engine
MT 7.1 l (7.5 US qt.)
Without Trailer Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water
Coolant Packege: 8.7 l (Ethylene glycol base coolant
(9.2 US qt.) for aluminum radiator)
3.3 Engine AT
With Trailer
Packege : 9.1 l
(9.6 US qt.)
8 6
Lubricant Volume Classification

0.7~0.8 l
Brake fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
(0.7~0.8 US qt.)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
Rear differential oil (AWD) 0.7 l (0.74 US qt.)
(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)
2.4 Engine 0.6 l (0.63 US qt.) HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
Transfer case oil (AWD)
3.3 Engine 0.7 l (0.74 US qt.) (SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)
Fuel 66 l (17.4 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-
omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 If the API service SM or ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL or ACEA A3.
8 7
Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has Using oils of any viscosity other than
number an effect on fuel economy and cold those recommended could result in
weather operating (engine start and engine damage.
CAUTION engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- When choosing an oil, consider the
ty engine oils can provide better fuel range of temperature your vehicle
Always be sure to clean the area economy and cold weather perform-
around any filler plug, drain will be operated in before the next oil
ance, however, higher viscosity change. Proceed to select the rec-
plug, or dipstick before check- engine oils are required for satisfac-
ing or draining any lubricant. ommended oil viscosity from the
tory lubrication in hot weather. chart.
This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when
the vehicle is used on unpaved Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
roads. Cleaning the plug and Temperature
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
dipstick areas will prevent dirt (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
and grit from entering the Gasoline 5W-30, 5W-40
engine and other mechanisms Engine Oil *1 5W-20 (5W-30)
that could be damaged.
1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of
a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if
the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper
engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
8 8
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

Frame Number VIN Label (if equipped) LABEL
OXM089001 OEN086004N
The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OCM056002
(VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- number on the plate can easily be attached on the driver’s side center
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from pillar gives the vehicle identification
The number is punched on the floor outside. number (VIN).
under the front passenger seat. To
check the number, open the carpet
flap.
8 9
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL

PRESSURE LABEL ■ 2.4L
OXM089003 OXMA073130
■ 3.3L
OXM079101L The refrigerant label is located at the
front of the engine room.
The tires supplied on your new vehi-
cle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pres-
sures recommended for your vehicle.
OHG080004
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
8 10
XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 1
Index
II
Index
Alarm system ................................................................4-19
A All wheel drive ..............................................................5-23
A/V Mode ......................................................................4-80 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ......................................5-34
AC Inverter ..................................................................4-152 Appearance care ............................................................7-74
Active eco system..........................................................5-54 Exterior care ..............................................................7-74
Active eco operation ................................................5-54 Interior care ..............................................................7-79
Air bag warning label ....................................................3-77 Armrest (rear) ................................................................3-24
Air bag warning light ....................................................3-50 Ashtray ........................................................................4-154
Air bags..........................................................................3-47 Automatic climate control system ..............................4-131
Operation ..................................................................3-48 Automatic heating and air conditioning..................4-133
Do not install a child restraint on the Manual heating and air conditioning ......................4-134
Front passenger’s seat ..............................................3-50 Air conditioning ......................................................4-139
Air bag warning light ................................................3-50 Automatic transaxle ......................................................5-16
SRS components and functions ................................3-51 Sports mode ..............................................................5-18
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ......................3-60 Shift-lock override ....................................................5-20
Side air bag................................................................3-66
Curtain air bag ..........................................................3-67 B
SRS care ....................................................................3-74
Air bag warning label................................................3-77 Battery............................................................................7-47
Air cleaner ....................................................................7-39 Battery saver function..................................................4-108
Airconditioning system................................................4-121 Blind spot detection system ..........................................5-49
Manual climate control system ..............................4-121 Warning type ............................................................5-50
Airconditioning system................................................4-131 Detecting sensor ........................................................5-51
Automatic climate control system ..........................4-131 Warning Message ......................................................5-51
Non operating condition............................................5-53
Bottle holder ................................................................4-150
Brake system..................................................................5-30
Power brakes ............................................................5-30
I 2
Index
Parking brake ..........................................................5-32 Compact spare tire ........................................................6-15
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)..................................5-34 Compact spare tire replacement ....................................7-55
Electronic stability control (ESC) ............................5-36 Coolant ..........................................................................7-33
Vehicle stability management ..................................5-40 Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ..................................7-33
Hill-start assist control (HAC) ..................................5-41 Crankcase emission control system ..............................7-81
Brakes/clutch fluid ........................................................7-36 Cruise control system ....................................................5-44
Bulb wattage ....................................................................8-3 Cruise control switch ................................................5-45
To set cruise control speed........................................5-45
C Cup holder ..................................................................4-149
Curtain air bag ..............................................................3-67
Camera (Rear view) ....................................................4-106
Capacities (Lubricants)....................................................8-6 D
Care................................................................................7-50
Tire care ....................................................................7-50 Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel
Exterior care ..............................................................7-74 illumination ................................................................4-69
Interior care ..............................................................7-79 Dashboard, see instrument cluster ................................4-68
Center console storage ................................................4-146 Day/night rearview mirror ............................................4-55
Central door lock switch................................................4-23 Daytime running light..................................................4-109
Checking the parking brake ..........................................7-38 Defogging (Windshield) ..............................................4-142
Checking tire inflation pressure ....................................7-51 Defogging logic ..........................................................4-144
Child restraint system ....................................................3-38 Defroster (Rear window) ............................................4-120
Seat belt ....................................................................3-40 Defrosting (Windshield) ..............................................4-142
Tether anchor system ................................................3-43 Dimensions ......................................................................8-2
Child-protector rear door lock ......................................4-24 Display illumination, see instrument panel
Climate control air filter ................................................7-41 illumination ................................................................4-69
Clock............................................................................4-154 Displays, see instrument cluster ....................................4-68
Clothes hanger ............................................................4-155 Do not install a child restraint on the
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ..............4-68 front passenger’s seat ................................................3-50
I 3
Index
Door locks......................................................................4-21 Emission control system................................................7-81
Central door lock switch ..........................................4-23 Crankcase emission control system ..........................7-81
Child-protector rear door lock ..................................4-24 Evaporative emission control System ......................7-81
Drinks holders, see cup holders ..................................4-149 Exhaust emission control system ..............................7-82
Driver position memory system ......................................3-8 Engine ..............................................................................8-2
Storing positions..........................................................3-9 Engine compartment........................................................2-6
Recalling positions ......................................................3-9 Engine coolant ..............................................................7-33
Easy access function ................................................3-10 Engine Coolant Temperature guage ..............................4-72
Driver's and passenger's front air bag............................3-60 Engine number ..............................................................8-10
Driving at night..............................................................5-60 Engine oil ......................................................................7-31
Driving in flooded areas ................................................5-61 Engine overheats..............................................................6-7
Driving in the rain ........................................................5-60 Engine start/stop button ..................................................5-8
Driving off-road ............................................................5-61 Engine start/stop button position ................................5-8
DRL see Daytime running light ..................................4-109 Engine start/stop button position ....................................5-8
Engine will not start ........................................................6-4
E Evaporative emission control System ..........................7-81
Exhaust emission control system ..................................7-82
Economical operation ....................................................5-55 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..............7-27
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ....................................4-56 Exterior care ..................................................................7-74
Electric power steering ..................................................4-49 Exterior overview (Front)................................................2-2
Electronic stability control (ESC) ................................5-36 Exterior overview (Rear) ................................................2-3
Emergency starting ..........................................................6-5
Jump starting ..............................................................6-5
I 4
Index
F G
Flat tire ............................................................................6-8 Gauges ..........................................................................4-71
Jack and tools ..............................................................6-8 Glove box ....................................................................4-146
Removing and storing the spare tire ..........................6-9 Gross vehicle weight ......................................................8-5
Changing tires ..........................................................6-11
Compact spare tire ....................................................6-15 H
Floor mat anchor(s) ....................................................4-155
Fluid ..............................................................................7-36 Hazard warning flasher................................................4-107
Brakes/clutch fluid ....................................................7-36 Hazardous driving conditions........................................5-57
Washer fluid ..............................................................7-37 Headlamp escort function............................................4-108
Fog light (front) ..........................................................4-112 Headlamp welcome ....................................................4-108
Front seat adjustment - Manual ......................................3-5 Headlamp welcome function ......................................4-108
Front seat adjustment - power ........................................3-6 Headrest(front) ..............................................................3-10
Fuel Economy................................................................4-89 Headrest(rear) ................................................................3-22
Fuel filler lid ..................................................................4-40 Heated steering wheel....................................................4-51
Fuel Gauge ....................................................................4-72 Heater ..........................................................................4-131
Fuel requirements ............................................................1-3 Automatic climate control system ..........................4-131
Fuse switch ....................................................................7-66 High - beam operation ................................................4-111
Fuses ..............................................................................7-64 Hight adjustment............................................................3-28
Instrument panel fuse ................................................7-65 Highway driving ............................................................5-61
Fuse switch................................................................7-66 Hill-start assist control (HAC) ......................................5-41
Multi fuse ..................................................................7-67 Hood ..............................................................................4-38
Fuse/relay panel description......................................7-68 Horn ..............................................................................4-51
How to use this manual ..................................................1-2
I 5
Index
Vanity mirror lamp ..................................................4-119
I Interior overview ............................................................2-4
Ignition switch position ..................................................5-5
Immobilizer system ........................................................4-8 J
Indicator light ................................................................4-91
Inside rearview mirror ..................................................4-55 Jack and tools ..................................................................6-8
Instrument cluster ..........................................................4-68 Jump starting....................................................................6-5
Instrument panel illumination ..................................4-69
LCD Display Control ................................................4-70 K
Gauges ......................................................................4-71
Transaxle Shift Indicator ..........................................4-74 KEY ................................................................................5-5
Instrument panel fuse ....................................................7-65 Ignition switch position ..............................................5-5
Instrument panel overview ..............................................2-5 Keys ................................................................................4-4
Interior care....................................................................7-99 Immobilizer system ....................................................4-8
Interior features............................................................4-149
Cup holder ..............................................................4-149 L
Sunvisor ..................................................................4-150
Bottle holder............................................................4-150 Label ..............................................................................3-77
Power outlet ............................................................4-151 Air bag warning label................................................3-77
Floor mat anchor(s) ................................................4-155 Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-56
Luggage net (holder) ..............................................4-156 Tire specification and pressure label ........................8-10
Side curtain..............................................................4-156 Refrigerant label........................................................8-10
Interior lamp AUTO cut ..............................................4-117 Lap/shoulder belt ..........................................................3-27
Interior light ................................................................4-117 LCD display ..................................................................4-75
Interior lamp AUTO cut ..........................................4-117 LCD modes ..............................................................4-75
Map lamp ................................................................4-118 Service Mode ............................................................4-76
Room lamp ..............................................................4-117 User Settings Mode ..................................................4-78
Luggage lamp ..........................................................4-119 A/V Mode..................................................................4-80
I 6
Index
Turn By Turn Mode ..................................................4-80 Maintenance schedule ..................................................7-10
Warning Messages ....................................................4-81 Maintenance services ......................................................7-5
LCD Display Control ....................................................4-70 Manual climate control system....................................4-121
LCD modes....................................................................4-75 Manual transaxle............................................................5-13
Lighting........................................................................4-108 Map lamp ....................................................................4-118
Battery saver function ............................................4-108 Mirrors ..........................................................................4-55
Headlamp escort function ......................................4-108 Day/night rearview mirror ........................................4-55
Headlamp welcome function ..................................4-108 Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ................................4-56
Lighting control ......................................................4-109 Inside rearview mirror ..............................................4-55
High - beam operation ............................................4-111 Outside rearview mirror ............................................4-64
Turn signals ............................................................4-112 Moonroof, see panorama sunroof..................................4-44
Front fog light ........................................................4-112 Multi fuse ......................................................................7-67
Daytime running light ............................................4-109
Lighting control ..........................................................4-109 O
Autolight..................................................................4-110
Lubricants and capacities ................................................8-6 Odometer ......................................................................4-73
Luggage net (holder) ..................................................4-156 Oil (Engine) ..................................................................7-31
Luggage room lamp ....................................................4-119 Outside rearview mirror ................................................4-64
Luggage volume ..............................................................8-5 Overheats ........................................................................6-7
Owner maintenance ........................................................7-7
M
P
Maintenance ....................................................................7-5
Maintenance services ..................................................7-5 Panorama sunroof ..........................................................4-44
Owner maintenance ....................................................7-7 Parking brake ................................................................5-32
Scheduled maintenance service ..................................7-9 Checking the parking brake ......................................7-38
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..........7-27 Power brakes..................................................................5-30
Tire maintenance ......................................................7-55 Power outlet ................................................................4-151
I 7
Index
Power window lock button............................................4-36 Pre-tensioner seat belt ..............................................3-31
Pre-tensioner seat belt....................................................3-31 Seat belt Precautions ................................................3-34
Seat warmer (front)........................................................3-12
R Seat warmer (rear) ........................................................3-21
Seat warmer with air ventilation (front) ........................3-14
Rear parking assist system ..........................................4-102 Seatback pocket ............................................................3-14
Rear seat adjustment......................................................3-15 Seats ................................................................................3-2
Rear view camera ........................................................4-106 Front seat adjustment - Manual ..................................3-5
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ..................7-50 Front seat adjustment - power ....................................3-6
Recommended lubricants and capacities ........................8-6 Headrest(front) ..........................................................3-10
Recommended SAE viscosity number........................8-6 Seat warmer (front) ..................................................3-12
Refrigerant label ............................................................8-10 Seat warmer with air ventilation (front) ..................3-14
Road warning ..................................................................6-2 Seatback pocket ........................................................3-14
Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-58 Rear seat adjustment ................................................3-15
Room lamp ..................................................................4-117 Armrest (rear)............................................................3-24
Rotation (Tire) ..............................................................7-58 Headrest(rear)............................................................3-22
Seat warmer (rear) ....................................................3-21
S Service Mode ................................................................4-76
Shift-lock override ........................................................5-20
Scheduled maintenance service ......................................7-9 Side air bag ....................................................................3-66
Seat belt Precautions......................................................3-34 Side curtain ..................................................................4-156
Seat belt restraint system ..............................................3-25 Smart key ......................................................................4-11
Seat belt warning ..........................................................3-26 Battery replacement ..................................................4-18
Seat belts........................................................................3-25 Smooth cornering ..........................................................5-59
Seat belt restraint system ..........................................3-25 Snow tires ......................................................................5-63
Seat belt warning ......................................................3-26 Spare tire..........................................................................6-9
Lap/shoulder belt ......................................................3-27 Removing and storing the spare tire ..........................6-9
Hight adjustment ......................................................3-28 Changing tires ..........................................................6-11
I 8
Index
Compact spare tire ....................................................6-15 Sunglass holder............................................................4-147
Compact spare tire replacement................................7-55 Sunvisor ......................................................................4-150
Special driving conditions ............................................5-57
Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-57 T
Rocking the vehicle ..................................................5-58
Smooth cornering ......................................................5-59 Tachometer ....................................................................4-71
Driving at night ........................................................5-60 Tailgate ..........................................................................4-25
Driving in the rain ....................................................5-60 Tether anchor system ....................................................3-43
Driving in flooded areas............................................5-61 Theft-alarm system ........................................................4-19
Highway driving........................................................5-61 Tilt and telescopic steering ............................................4-50
Driving off-road ........................................................5-61 Tire and wheels................................................................8-4
Speedometer ..................................................................4-71 Tire rotation ..................................................................7-52
Sports mode ..................................................................5-18 Tire specification and pressure label ............................8-10
SRS care ........................................................................3-74 Tires and wheels ............................................................7-50
SRS components and functions ....................................3-51 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..............7-50
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ..................6-4 Tire care ....................................................................7-50
Steering wheel................................................................4-49 Checking tire inflation pressure ................................7-51
Electric power steering..............................................4-49 Tire rotation ..............................................................7-52
Tilt and telescopic steering........................................4-50 Tire replacement........................................................7-54
Horn ..........................................................................4-51 Wheel alignment and tire balance ............................7-53
Heated steering wheel ..............................................4-51 Wheel replacement....................................................7-55
Flex steer ..................................................................4-52 Tire maintenance ......................................................7-55
Storage compartment ..................................................4-146 Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-56
Center console storage ............................................4-146 Tire traction ..............................................................7-55
Glove box ................................................................4-146 Compact spare tire replacement................................7-55
Sunglass holder ......................................................4-147
Luggage box............................................................4-148
I 9
Index
Towing ..........................................................................6-17
Towing service ..........................................................6-17
W
Trailer towing ................................................................5-66 Warning light ................................................................4-91
Transaxle........................................................................5-13 Warning Messages ........................................................4-81
Manual transaxle ......................................................5-13 Washer fluid ..................................................................7-37
Automatic transaxle ..................................................5-16 Welcome system ..........................................................4-108
Transaxle Shift Indicator ..............................................4-74 Headlamp welcome ................................................4-108
Trip A/B ........................................................................4-88 Wheel alignment and tire balance ................................7-53
Trip computer ................................................................4-87 Wheel replacement ........................................................7-55
Trip A/B ....................................................................4-88 Windows ........................................................................4-33
Fuel Economy ..........................................................4-89 Power window lock button ......................................4-36
Turn By Turn Mode ......................................................4-80 Windshield defrosting and defogging..........................4-142
Turn signals..................................................................4-112 Windshield washers ....................................................4-115
Windshield wipers ......................................................4-114
U Winter driving................................................................5-63
Snow tires..................................................................5-63
User Settings Mode ......................................................4-78 Wiper blades ..................................................................7-43
Wipers and washers ....................................................4-113
V Windshield wipers ..................................................4-114
Windshield washers ................................................4-115
Vanity mirror lamp ......................................................4-119
Vehicle break-in process..................................................1-5
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-9
Vehicle stability management........................................5-40
Vehicle weight ..............................................................5-81
I 10

2014 Kia Sorento 37088

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2014 Kia Sorento 37088

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2014 Kia Sorento 37088

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

XM(FL) CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.

QXP 1/23/2013 3:19 PM Page 1

Kia, THE COMPANY

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at

This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

© 2013 Kia Canada Inc.

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Specifications & Consumer information 8

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- Use of MTBE Fuel Additives

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview .I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Your vehicle at a glance

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

9. Door locks .............................................4-21

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Driver position memory system button .....3-8

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Audio remote control buttons ............4-160

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-34

Safety features of your vehicle

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 • Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66

Safety features of your vehicle

2nd row seat

3rd row seat*

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING - Driver’s seat

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) WARNING - Rear seat- (Continued)

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle

Safety features of your vehicle

Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward Seatback angle

Safety features of your vehicle

Safety features of your vehicle

Storing positions into memory Recalling positions from memory

Safety features of your vehicle

Easy access function Headrest (for front seat)

Safety features of your vehicle

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat warmer (if equipped)

The active headrest is designed to

Safety features of your vehicle

During mild weather or under condi-

Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION - Seat damage

injure vehicle occupants.

Safety features of your vehicle

Safety features of your vehicle

Folding the rear seat